Tsun Yip Holdings Limited 進業控股有限公司 (Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with Limited Liability) WARNING

Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited, The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong take no responsibility for the contents of this Web Proof Information Pack, make no representation as to its accuracy or completeness and expressly disclaim any liability whatsoever for any loss howsoever arising from or in reliance upon the whole or any part of the contents of this Web Proof Information Pack.

WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK of

Tsun Yip Holdings Limited 進業控股有限公司 (Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability) WARNING

This Web Proof Information Pack is being published as required by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “HKEx”)/the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong solely for the purpose of providing information to the public in Hong Kong.

This Web Proof Information Pack is in draft form. The information contained in it is incomplete and is subject to change which can be material. This Web Proof Information Pack may not be updated until a document registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong is issued by Tsun Yip Holdings Limited (the “Company”), which will be posted on this website. By viewing this Web Proof Information Pack, you acknowledge, accept and agree with the Company, any of its sponsor, advisers or members of the underwriting syndicate that:

(a) this Web Proof Information Pack is only for the purpose of facilitating equal dissemination of information to investors in Hong Kong and not for any other purposes. No investment decision should be based on the information contained in this Web Proof Information Pack;

(b) the posting of the Web Proof Information Pack or supplemental, revised or replacement pages on the HKEx Website does not give rise to any obligation of the Company, any of its sponsor, advisers and/or members of the underwriting syndicate to proceed with an offering in Hong Kong or any other jurisdiction. There is no assurance that the Company will proceed with the offering;

(c) the contents of the Web Proof Information Pack or supplemental, revised or replacement pages may or may not be replicated in full or in part in the actual document;

(d) this Web Proof Information Pack is in draft form and may be changed, updated or revised by the Company from time to time but each of the Company and its affiliates, advisers, sponsors or members of the underwriting syndicate is under no obligation, legal or otherwise, to update any information contained in this Web Proof Information Pack;

(e) this Web Proof Information Pack does not constitute a prospectus, notice, circular, brochure or advertisement offering to sell any securities to the public in any jurisdiction, nor is it an invitation to the public to make offers to subscribe for or purchase any securities, nor is it calculated to invite offers by the public to subscribe for or purchase any securities;

(f) this Web Proof Information Pack must not be regarded as an inducement to subscribe for or purchase any securities, and no such inducement is intended;

(g) neither the Company nor any of its affiliates, sponsor, advisers or members of the underwriting syndicate is offering, or is soliciting offers to buy, any securities in any jurisdiction through the publication of this Web Proof Information Pack;

(h) neither this Web Proof Information Pack nor anything contained herein shall form the basis of or be relied on in connection with any contract or commitment whatsoever;

(i) neither the Company nor any of its affiliates, sponsor, advisers or members of the underwriting syndicate makes any express or implied representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained in this Web Proof Information Pack;

(j) each of the Company and its affiliates, sponsor, advisers or members of the underwriting syndicate expressly disclaims any and all liability on the basis of any information contained in, or omitted from, or any inaccuracies or errors in, this Web Proof Information Pack; and

(k) as there are many legal restrictions on the distribution of this Web Proof Information Pack or dissemination of any information contained in this Web Proof Information Pack, you agree to inform yourself about and observe any such restrictions applicable to you.

If an offer or an invitation is made to the public in Hong Kong in due course, prospective investors are reminded to make their investment decisions solely based on a prospectus of the Company registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong, copies of which will be distributed to the public during the offer period, and no such offer or invitation to the public in Hong Kong will be made until after such registration. THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTENTS

This Web Proof Information Pack contains the following information in relation to Tsun Yip Holdings Limited extracted from the Post Hearing proof of the draft document:

• Summary

• Definitions

• Risk factors

• Directors

• Corporate information

• Industry overview

• Licensing and other requirements for government projects

• Environmental protection laws and regulations

• History and development

• Business

• Connected transactions

• Future plans

• Directors, senior management, board committees and staff

• Controlling shareholders and substantial shareholders

• Share capital

• Financial information

APPENDICES

• I Accountants’ report

• III Property valuation

• IV Summary of the constitution of the Company and Cayman Islands company law

• V Statutory and general information

YOU SHOULD READ THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK.

—i— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

The Group is principally engaged in the provision of waterworks engineering services, road Third Schedule 3 works and drainage services and site formation works for the public sector in Hong Kong. Waterworks, road and drainage works, site formation works fall within a broader engineering discipline known as civil engineering.

During the Track Record Period, the Group generated a substantial part of its revenue from carrying out waterworks engineering services and road works and drainage services in the capacity of a subcontractor. For each of the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue generated from contracts in which the Group acted as a subcontractor represented approximately [73.9]% and approximately [88.5]% of the Group’s total revenue respectively. Revenue generated from the Group providing services in the capacity of a main contractor accounted for a lesser part of the Group’s total revenue, representing approximately [26.1]% and approximately [11.5]% of the Group’s total revenue during the Track Record Period.

The Group as a subcontractor

The Group, as a subcontractor, has provided waterworks engineering services and road works and drainage services to certain main contractors during the Track Record Period. In the capacity of a subcontractor, the Group had completed [six] contracts during the Track Record Period and had three contracts in progress as at the Latest Practicable Date.

The main contractors to which the Group provided services during the Track Record Period included MHCC/MHWE (who has been the Group’s largest customer since the year ended 31 March 2008), Kwan On Construction Company Limited, Penta-Ocean-Peako Joint Venture, Victory Trenchless Engineering Company Limited and Chit Cheung Construction Company Limited. MHWE/MHCC was the largest customer of the Group during the Track Record Period. [For the year ended 31 March 2009, revenue derived from MHWE amounted to approximately HK$[2.5] million, representing approximately [2.8]% of the Group’s total revenue. No revenue was derived from MHWE for the year ended 31 March 2010. For each of the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue derived from MHCC amounted to approximately HK$[57.8] million and approximately HK$[131.4] million respectively, representing approximately [65.9]% and [88.3]% of the Group’s total revenue in respective year.]

Details of the Group’s completed contracts and contracts in progress are set out in the paragraph headed “Contracts completed and contracts in progress” under the section headed “Business” in this document.

The Group as a main contractor

The Group, as a main contractor, has provided waterworks engineering services to WSD during the Track Record Period. In the capacity of a main contractor, the Group had completed two waterworks contracts during the Track Record Period and had two waterworks contracts in progress as at the Latest Practicable Date.

—1— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

Services provided by the Group

Waterworks engineering services. These services include construction and maintenance of water mains, service reservoirs, impounding reservoirs, pumping stations, water tanks, treatment works, watercourses for distribution systems and other related construction works. These services may also involve related civil construction works which include excavation, stabilisation, foundations strengthening, reinstatement of carriageways, footways and expressways. For projects that are carried out on existing trafficked roads, the contractor may also be required to make arrangements on traffic diversion and control.

Road works and drainage services. These services include construction of interchange, carriageway, walkway, footpath, access road, covered footbridge, link bridge, drainage channel and the associated lighting, drainage, landscaping, utilities diversion and electrical and mechanical works.

Site formation works. These services generally involve demolition of existing buildings and structures, excavation to the design formation level and reduction and stabilisation of existing slopes.

LICENSES AND REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

The Group as a subcontractor

Members of the Group are required to be registered under the Primary Register of the Registration Scheme introduced by the Provisional Construction Industry Co-ordination Board (臨時建造業統籌委員), whose work was taken over by the Construction Industry Council (建造業議會) in February 2007, in order to act as subcontractor for capital works contracts and maintenance contracts of the Government with tenders to be invited on or after 15 August 2004.

In November 2006, TYW was admitted to the List of Registered Subcontractors for participating in civil engineering works, road works and drainage services and waterworks under the Registration Scheme and in November 2008, TY Civil was admitted to the List of Registered Subcontractors for participating in civil engineering works, road works and drainage services and waterworks engineering services.

Save as aforesaid registration requirement, TYW and TY Civil, undertaking Government contracts as a subcontractor, are not required to comply with the licensing requirements set forth in the ETWB Handbook and not subject to the restrictions on contract value and number of contracts applicable to main contractors as described below.

The Group as a main contractor

Members of the Group are required to comply with the licensing requirements set forth in the ETWB Handbook in order to tender for Government projects in the capacity as a main contractor.

—2— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

The following table summarises the details of the licences obtained by members of the Group as an approved contractor as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Month and year of first Current value of relevant project which registration Member of the Group is with the the Group Status as at eligible to Government Government which held Level/category of the Latest undertake departments/ departments/ the licence/ registration held as at the Practicable under the organisation organisation aproval Latest Practicable Date Date relevant licence*

WBDB May 2009 TYW Approved Contractors for Public Confirmed Contract value up Works — Waterworks Category to HK$75 million (Group B)

WBDB March 2009 TYW Approved Contractors for Public Confirmed Contract value up Works — Road and Drainage to HK$75 million Category (Group B)

WBDB March 2009 TYW Approved Contractors for Public Probationary Contract value up Works — Site Formation to HK$75 million Category (Group B)

* The tender limit is subject to adjustment.

Waterworks. Being a licensed contractor with confirmed status under Group B of the “Waterworks” category, TYW is eligible for the award of any number of Government contracts, save for maintenance contracts, under this category provided that the contract value of each individual contract does not exceed HK$75 million and TYW fulfills the minimum employed capital and working capital requirements. According to the technical circular of WBDB, any approved contractor, acting as a main contractor, may not be awarded with more than two waterworks maintenance contracts at any time. Save as disclosed above, there is no other limitation or restriction on the number of contracts which TYW is eligible for award under this category.

Roads and drainage. Being a licensed contractor with confirmed status under Group B of the “Roads and Drainage” category, TYW is eligible for the award of any number of Government contracts[, save for maintenance contracts,] under this category provided that the contract value of each individual contract does not exceed HK$75 million and TYW fulfills the minimum employed capital and working capital requirements. According to the technical circular of WBDB, any approved contractor under this category, acting as a main contractor, may be subject to similar restriction or limitation on the number of maintenance contracts as those applicable to an approved contractor under the “Waterworks” category.

—3— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

Site formation. Being a licensed contractor with probationary status under Group B of the “Site Formation” category, TYW is eligible to tender for such number of Government contracts[, save for maintenance contracts,] under this category provided that the total value of Group B works does not exceed HK$75 million and TYW fulfills the minimum employed capital and working capital requirements. According to the technical circular of WBDB, any approved contractor under this category, acting as a main contractor, may be subject to similar restriction or limitation on the number of maintenance contracts as those applicable to an approved contractor under the “Waterworks” category.

During the Track Record Period, the Group primarily focused on provision of waterworks engineering services. The Group intends to continue its focus on waterworks engineering services in the future. Nevertheless, the Directors do not consider that the aforesaid limitation on the number of waterworks maintenance contracts which may be awarded to a contractor has any significant adverse impact on the Group. On one hand, the Group, if undertakes waterworks maintenance contracts in the capacity of a subcontractor, is not subject to the aforesaid limitation. On the other hand, the Group may choose to undertake other waterworks contracts instead of waterworks maintenance contracts in the event that the limitation on the number of waterworks maintenance contract has been reached by the Group.

In order to be eligible to tender for Government contracts in the capacity of a main contractor under these three categories with individual contract value over HK$75 million, TYW will be required to satisfy the financial criteria, technical and management personnel criteria for application for promotion to Group C in the above categories. Details of the requirements are set out in the section headed “Licensing and other requirements for Government projects” in this document.

AWARDS AND RECOGNITIONS

In recognition of the Group’s outstanding performance and quality of works, the Group has received the following awards or certificate from different departments of the Government and a professional accreditation organization:

Year of grant Description Organisation

2010 Certificate for compliance with the requirements of Accredited ISO9001:2008 quality management system standard Certification for construction of civil engineering works (site International Limited formation, waterworks, roads and drainage)

2009 Bronze prize in the renovation and maintenance Labour Department of works — Subcontractors in WSD Contract No. the Government [21/WSD/06] under the Construction Industry Safety Award Scheme

2007 Merit award in recognition of the performance of Works Bureau of the TYW’s construction site in WSD Contract No. Government 2/WSD/05 during the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007 under the Considerate Contractors Site Award Scheme

—4— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

In addition, the Group has been receiving letters from WBDB in respect of its performance ratings which is derived from the performance scores given in all the reports written on its performance in Government works contracts in the preceding 12 reporting periods. Based on the aforesaid letters from WBDB, the Directors are of the view that the Group has achieved outstanding performance ratings during the Track Record Period.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

With an operating history of over 20 years, the Directors believe that the Group, with its experienced management team and extensive experience in implementation of waterworks projects, has established a reputation in the waterworks engineering industry in Hong Kong. In particular, the Directors believe that the Group possesses the following competitive strengths:

• Established operating history and track record

• Well-positioning to capture the emerging business opportunities

• Consistently high quality of services

• Well-established relationships with main contractors

• Good relationships with subcontractors

• Experienced management team

RISK FACTORS

Risks relating to the business of the Group

• The Group’s revenue during the Track Record Period was generated substantially from carrying out waterworks engineering contracts and roads and drainage services contracts in the capacity as a subcontractor

• The Group relies heavily on MHCC/ MHWE, the Group’s largest customer during the Track Record Period

• The Group determines the tender price based on estimated time and costs involved in a project which may deviate from the actual time and costs incurred

• The Group acted as subcontractor in most of the contracts undertaken during the Track Record Period. Revenue generated from contracts in which the Group acted as subcontractor represented approximately [73.9]% and [88.5]% of the Group’s total revenue respectively. The Group may continue to act in such capacity in the future. If the Group is unable to recover subcontracting fees from the relevant main contractor, the operating results of the Group could be adversely affected

—5— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

• Failure to meet schedule requirements of contracts may result in liquidated damages imposed on the Group

• The Group is relying on certain principal subcontractors to implement the contracts

• The Group’s success significantly depends on the key management and its ability to attract and retain additional technical and management staff

• The Group’s business is labour-intensive

• The Group’s cash flows may fluctuate

• The Group’s business is project-based. Fee collection and profit margin depend on the terms of individual work contract and may not be regular

• The Group’s operations are subject to construction risk

Risks relating to the industry in which the Group operates

• The business of the Group is subject to obtaining a number of licences and approvals

• The Group’s operation is restricted to Hong Kong

• The Group’s operations are subject to due compliance with a number of environmental protection laws, regulations and requirements

• The business of the Group could be materially affected by the Government’s level of spending on infrastructure and civil engineering projects

• The Group’s business could be affected by adverse weather conditions

• Work contracts with WSD are subject to termination for convenience by WSD

BUSINESS OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

Being a licensed contractor on the Contractor List under the categories of “Waterworks”, “Roads and Drainage” and “Site Formation”, the Group is eligible, in the capacity of a main contractor, to tender for projects of these three categories in the public sector in Hong Kong. Over years of participation in waterworks engineering services, the Group has built up its reputation in the waterworks engineering industry and maintained good relationship with other main contractors. The Group aims at leveraging its competitive edge in the waterworks engineering industry to become one of the leading waterworks engineering services providers to the public sector in Hong Kong which commits to strive for excellence in service quality and timeliness. With established operating history and track record in the waterworks engineering industry and an enhanced reputation, the Group intends to focus on the provision of waterworks engineering services and undertake more waterworks contracts in the capacity as a main contractor in the near future.

—6— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

At present, the Group has not yet fulfilled the requirements for applying for promotion to Group C under the category of “Waterworks” on probationary status. The Company does not intend to apply for promotion to Group C under the category of “Waterworks”, “Roads and Drainage” and “Site Formation” in the near future.

The Group will continue to foster its reputation and increase its market share in the waterworks engineering industry by pursuing the following strategies:

Expansion of business scale

The Group’s business requires significant capital. At the early stage of a project, the Group will be required to purchase construction materials, acquire equipment and machinery and recruit project management and technical personnel required for undertaking the project. In addition, the Group is required to comply with the minimum employed capital and working capital requirements for retention on the Contractor List (details of which are set out in the section headed “Licensing and other requirements for Government projects” in this document) to carry out Government contracts. The then levels of employed capital and working capital of the Group pose limitations on the number and size of Government contracts undertaken by the Group as a main contractor. As such, the Group’s expansion has been historically constrained by the availability of financial resources and manpower resources of the Group. Going forward, the Directors intend to participate more actively in the tendering process for Government’s contracts with a view to obtaining more waterworks contracts in the capacity of a main contractor from the Government, in which the Group has already established a proven track record, to scale up the Group’s business.

Further enhancement in work quality

The Directors believe that the Group’s success depends considerably on its ability to deliver works of high quality in a timely manner. The Group has received outstanding performance ratings for the quality of its works from the WBDB for the fourth quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010. The Directors consider that maintaining work quality is of utmost importance to the Group’s ongoing development in the waterworks engineering sector and the Group’s tendering of Government contracts in the future. In order to uphold the work quality of the Group, the Directors plan to recruit additional personnel for quality assurance of the Group.

Strengthening of safety team

The Directors consider that enhancing the Group’s project safety is equally important to upholding the Group’s work quality. A sound safety system lowers the risk of accidents and improves work efficiency. It is the Group’s responsibility to provide a safe and healthy working environment for the benefit of its staff, its subcontractors and the general public. In order to enhance the Group’s safety system, the Directors plan to recruit additional personnel to strengthen the safety team of the Group.

—7— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

FUTURE PROSPECTS

The Directors believe the Group’s proven track record in delivering works of high quality in a timely manner has placed the Group in an advantageous position to seize the growth opportunities in the civil engineering sector in Hong Kong. Not only will the replacement and rehabilitation program launched by WSD (details of which are set out in the section headed “Industry overview” in this document) continue to open up numerous waterworks opportunities to the Group, the infrastructure and development projects being currently implemented or to be implemented by the Government, which the Directors believe would inevitably involve waterworks, road and drainage works or site formation works at some stage, will also create tremendous business opportunities to the Group in the coming years.

IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

The Directors have drawn up an implementation plan for the period up to 31 March 2013 with a view to achieving the business objective along with the strategies as described above. Details of the implementation plan are set out in the paragraph headed “Implementation plan” in the section headed “Future plans” in this document.

RELATIONSHIP WITH MHCC / MHWE

Background

MHCC and MHWE are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of Ming Hing Waterworks, a company with its issued shares listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange. Ming Hing Waterworks, through its subsidiaries, is principally engaged in the provision of maintenance and construction works on civil engineering contracts including waterworks engineering, road works and drainage and slope upgrading services in Hong Kong.

Business relationship

The business relationship between the Group and MHWE started in 2001 with a waterworks project in the North District in the New Territories, whereby TYW acted as a subcontractor to MHWE. TYW’s engagement in respect of the aforesaid waterworks project was initiated by Mr. Kan approaching MHWE after Mr. Kan becoming aware of the relevant Government contract being awarded to MHWE. Since the inception of business relationship with MHWE as described above, MHCC/MHWE, as a main contractor, had subcontracted a few contracts from WSD to the Group for implementation. In respect of the eight contracts completed by the Group during the Track Record Period, two contracts were obtained from MHCC/MHWE, and in respect of the five contracts in progress as at the Latest Practicable Date, three contracts were obtained from MHCC/MHWE. For each of the two financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, MHCC/MHWE was the largest customer of the Group, contributing approximately [68.8]% and [88.3]% to the Group’s total turnover.

—8— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY mains replacement and rehabilitation project (contract number 18/WSD/08). Based on the disclosure in the annual report of Ming Hing Waterworks for the year ended 31 March 2010, the Directors believe that Ming Hing Waterworks has also made advances to its other principal subcontractors apart from the Group.

As at 31 March 2009 and 2010, advances from MHCC/MHWE amounted to approximately HK$8.2 million and HK$9.0 million respectively, and the maximum balances of advances during the aforesaid two years were approximately HK$14.0 million and HK$11.2 million respectively. Among the balances outstanding as at 31 March 2009 and 2010, approximately HK$8.2 million and HK$3.5 million respectively carried interest at HIBOR (being 0.11%) plus 4%. The aforesaid advances will normally be fully set off against certified payments payable by the main contractors to the Group upon completion of the relevant contracts.

The terms of the aforesaid contracts, including the advances from MHCC/MHWE, were arrived at between the Group and MHCC/MHWE after arm’s length negotiation. The Directors consider that, if advances were not made by MHCC/MHWE to the Group for implementation of the aforesaid contracts, the Group could have sought alternative financing methods such as obtaining loans from Mr. Kan, the Controlling Shareholder, bringing in new shareholder(s) to the Group or obtaining external borrowings.

Given that the interest rate charged by MHCC/MHWE is comparable to the interest rates charged by HSBC on the loans previously granted to the Group (being 1% per annum over the best lending rate of HSBC, being 5%, for the HK$4.0 million non-revolving loan and a flat rate of 3.75% per annum (subject to HSBC’s right to renegotiate in the event that the best lending rate of HSBC, being 5%, changes between the date of the relevant facility letter and the date of drawdown) for the HK$2.0 million non-revolving loan respectively), the advances from MHCC/MHWE do not require any asset pledge or security from the Group or guarantee from the Controlling Shareholders and the obtaining of the advances would enhance the liquidity of the Group, the Directors consider it is beneficial to the Group to obtain such advances for the purpose of recruiting additional workers and acquiring the equipment and machinery and/or materials necessary to carry out the contract works for which MHWE/MHCC was the main contractor. Furthermore, as it is indicated in the annual report of Ming Hing Waterworks for the year ended 31 March 2010 that Ming Hing Waterworks has made advances to its other principal subcontractors, and the Group also has past experience in receiving advances from another independent main contractor and making advances to subcontractors of the Group, the Directors believe it is not uncommon for a main contractor to make advances to subcontractors.

MHCC/MHWE had purchased construction materials for the Group’s use in carrying out waterworks engineering services as its subcontractor pursuant to the terms of the contracts entered into between MHCC/MHWE and the Group during the Track Record Period. For each of the two years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, purchase of construction materials by MHCC/MHWE for the Group amounted to approximately HK$16.1 million and HK$29.8 million respectively. Details of the projects for which the above construction materials purchased are disclosed in the sub-paragraph headed “Procurement of materials and equipment” in the section headed “Business” in this document. As there

—9— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY was another independent main contractor which had purchased construction materials for the Group and the Group also has past experience in purchasing construction materials for its subcontractors, the Directors believe that it is not uncommon for a main contractor to purchase materials for its subcontractor.

The terms of the contracts entered into between the Group and MHCC/MHWE in respect of provision of waterworks engineering services by the Group as a subcontractor to MHCC/MHWE were arrived at after arm’s length negotiation, having taken into consideration the nature, size, capital requirement and complexity of the relevant projects, between the Group and MHCC/MHWE. The Directors are of the view that the terms of the relevant contracts (including the purchase of construction materials by and advances from MHCC/MHWE) were on normal commercial terms and the relevant contracts were entered into in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group.

RELIANCE ON MHCC / MHWE

[For the year ended 31 March 2009, revenue derived from MHWE amounted to approximately HK$[2.5] million, representing approximately [2.8]% of the Group’s total revenue. No revenue was derived from MHWE for the year ended 31 March 2010. For each of the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue derived from MHCC amounted to approximately HK$[57.8] million and approximately HK$[131.4] million respectively, representing approximately [65.9]% and [88.3]% of the Group’s total revenue in respective year.] MMCC/MMWE has been the Group’s largest customer since the year ended 31 March 2010. The Directors consider the Group’s reliance on MHCC / MHWE during the Track Record Period is attributable to a combination of factors including (i) the length of the subject contracts; and (ii) the then financial resources and capacity of the Group. Due to the volume and complexity of works involved, civil engineering contracts (including waterworks contracts) generally cover a term of two years or more. As shown in the paragraph headed “Contracts completed and contracts in progress” under the section headed “Business” in this document, most of the works contracts undertaken by the Group have a term of over two years. For this reason, certain subcontracts obtained by the Group from MHCC/MHWE prior to the Track Record Period remain to be in progress within the Track Record Period. Furthermore, the Group had, during the Track Record Period, devoted a considerable amount of financial resources and manpower on the implementation of contracts numbered 21/WSD/06 and 18/WSD/08, and the Group therefore had not taken on other large-scale projects.

—10— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY of its quotation submitted in June 2010 from a main contractor in respect of a waterworks contract with estimated contract value of approximately HK$4.4 million. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group and such main contractor [were finalizing the terms of the relevant waterworks contract.] The Group also submitted a quotation to another main contractor in respect of waterworks with estimated contract value of approximately HK$52.4 million in July 2010. The latter quotation relates to waterworks which form part of a Highway Department (路政署) project. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Directors were not able to estimate whether the Group would be awarded the sub-contractor works for such project. Both of the aforesaid main contractors are not associated with Ming Hing Waterworks or its subsidiaries. It is the intention of the Group to continue to actively seek business opportunities with main contractors other than MHCC/MHWE. In view of the above, the Directors believe the Group’s reliance on MHCC/MHWE will significantly reduce from the current level.

Recent development of Ming Hing Waterworks

As disclosed in a circular of Ming Hing Waterworks dated 12 May 2010 (the “MH Circular”), its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary entered into an agreement relating to an acquisition of interest in a mining business. The directors of Ming Hing Waterworks consider that it is beneficial for its group to diversify its existing business portfolio in view of the deteriorating financial performance of its waterworks engineering business. In particular, the directors of Ming Hing Waterworks explained that the decline in its profit was primarily attributable to the drop in gross profit margin as a result of increasing construction material and labour costs. It is also disclosed in the MH Circular that, apart from expanding the business scope to engage in mining business, Ming Hing Waterworks intends to continue with the waterworks engineering business depending on the then business environment and prospects.

[Although MHCC/MHWE has been the largest customer of the Group during the Track Record Period, the Directors do not consider the diversification of Ming Hing Waterworks into mining business will pose significant adverse impact on the business and prospects of the Group. The Group has worked with a number of main contractors, some of which have business relationships with the Group for more than [five] years. During the Track Record Period, the Group worked with four main contractors apart from MHCC/MHWE. In the event that Ming Hing Waterworks scales down or discontinues its waterworks engineering business, the Directors are optimistic that the Group could obtain contracts from other main contractors or directly obtain contracts from WSD based on the Group’s established operating history and track record. From an industry perspective, the Directors believe that the waterworks industry will continue to present numerous waterworks opportunities to the Group in view of the replacement and rehabilitation programme and other public sector projects. Furthermore, TYW has consistently achieved outstanding performance ratings for the quality of its works from WBDB, which will increase the Group’s competitiveness in tendering for Government contracts as a main contractor.]

The Directors note from the lastest published financial reports of Ming Hing Waterworks that gross profit margin and net profit margin of Ming Hing Waterworks have been generally showing a declining trend. The Directors also note that the gross profit margin of Ming Hing Waterworks has decreased further in 2010 from that of 2009, and such decrease, according to the directors of Ming

—11— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

Hing Waterworks, is mainly due to rising raw material and labour costs. The Directors are not in a position to comment on the deteriorating financial performance of Ming Hing Waterworks due to the insufficiency of public information. However, based on the Group’s past business dealings with Ming Hing Waterworks, the Directors believe that the relatively low gross profit margin and net profit margin of Ming Hing Waterworks may be explained by the fact that Ming Hing Waterworks has subcontracted some of its contracts to subcontractors.

In respect of the contracts the Group obtained from MHCC/MHWE, MHCC/MHWE entered into a main contract with WSD and then entered into a subcontract with the Group pursuant to which it subcontracted the overall management and implementation of the entire contract works to the Group. In return, MHCC/MHWE would charge the Group a contract fee representing a fixed percentage of the total contract value and a nominal handling fee for purchase of raw materials on behalf of the Group. As the certified payment for the interim works would be made to MHCC/MHWE by WSD, MHCC/MHWE would then make payment to the Group after deduction of the aforesaid contract fee, handling fee and if applicable, costs of purchase of construction materials and other reimbursements. Given that the fee receivable by MHCC/MHWE on the contracts granted to the Group largely comprise the contract fee which represents a fixed percentage of the total contract value, the gross profit margin of such contracts to MHCC/MHWE would be close to the aforesaid fixed percentage.

The Group, as the party implementing the contracts, has more control over the costs of service through actively managing and implementing the project. The better the Group controlled its costs of service and minimized its execution risks, the higher the gross profit margin would be for the Group. Based on the Directors’ understanding, the Group’s gross profit margins for the contracts obtained from MHCC/MHWE are significantly higher than MHCC/MHWE’s gross profit margins for the same contracts. Therefore, despite the Directors generally share the view that the cost of construction materials and labour have been rising in the past few years, the management of the Group has been successfully maintaining its gross profit margin by carefully evaluating the cost requirement before submitting a tender, actively managing the projects and closely monitoring costs involved in provision of service. Going forward, the management of the Group will continue to put considerable effort in maintaining its gross profit margin.]

Director’s interest in Ming Hing Waterworks

As at the Latest Practicable Date, Mr. Chia, an executive Director, was interested in less than [5.0]% in the share capital of Ming Hing Waterworks. Mr. Chia has not held and does not presently hold any position in or otherwise was not involved and is not presently involved in the daily operations of Ming Hing Waterworks or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies. Mr. Chia holds its interests in Ming Hing Waterworks for investment purpose. Save as disclosed above, none of the Directors or their associates had any shareholding interest in Ming Hing Waterworks as at the Latest Practicable Date. Based on the above, Ming Hing Waterworks, including its subsidiaries and associated companies, are not connected person of the Company under the GEM Listing Rules.

—12— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth a summary of the combined financial information of the Group for the two years ended 31 March 2010, which is extracted from the Accountants’ Report set out in Appendix I to this document. The following summary should be read in conjunction with the financial statements set out in the Accountants’ Report, including the notes thereto, set out in Appendix I to this document.

Combined statement of comprehensive income

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Revenue [87,696] [148,844] Cost of service [(70,617)] [(121,872)]

Gross profit [17,079] [26,972] Other income [2,539] [811] Administrative expenses [(5,431)] [(6,753)]

Profit from operations [14,187] [21,030] Finance costs [(455)] [(634)]

Profit before income tax [13,732] [20,396] Income tax [(2,327)] [(3,558)]

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year [11,405] [16,838]

—13— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

Selected combined statement of financial position data

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Assets Non-current assets [8,697] [13,308] Current assets [45,196] [48,389]

Total assets [53,893] [61,697]

Liabilities Current liabilities [27,497] [36,873] Non-current liabilities [2,324] [2,484]

Total liabilities [29,821] [39,357]

Total equity [24,072] [22,340]

Selected combined statement of cash flows data

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Net cash generated from operating activities [4,124] [27,169]

Net cash used in investing activities [(390)] [(5,242)]

Net cash used in financing activities [(3,834)] [(10,018)]

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents [(100)] [11,909]

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period [(1,479)] [(1,579)]

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period [(1,579)] [10,330]

—14— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SUMMARY

Dividend distribution

The Group did not declare any dividends for the year ended 31 March 2009. For the year ended 31 March 2010, TYW and TY Civil declared and paid dividends of HK$245,000 and HK$9,700,000 respectively to Mr. Kan and TYC declared dividends of HK$8,625,000 to Mr. Kan which was set off against the amount due from Mr. Kan. TY Civil also declared and paid a final dividend of HK$4,000,000 to Mr. Kan in April 2010.

Despite the aforesaid dividends, if otherwise not declared and paid , would provide additional capital for the Group to undertake more contract works, the Directors consider that it is commercially justified to declare and pay the aforesaid dividends to Mr. Kan for the following reasons: (i) the aforesaid dividends were declared to Mr. Kan, the then sole shareholder of TYW and TY Civil, to reward his past investments in support and contribution to the Group; (ii) the level of distribution is appropriate as a sufficient portion of the net profits attributable to the Shareholders has been retained to support the Group’s ongoing operations and compliance with the employed capital and working capital requirements as required by the WBDB for retention on the Contractor List; (iii) the Group could utilise a combination of retained profits and borrowings to finance the Group’s working capital needs rather than solely rely on retained profits; (iv) the Group’s gearing ratios, calculated as a percentage of the aggregate of the amount of total bank borrowings and obligations under finance lease and advance received from customers to total assets (31 March 2009: 29.6%; 31 March 2010: 29.1%) and the Group’s finance costs (for the year ended 31 March 2009: approximately HK$455,000; for the year ended 31 March 2010: approximately HK$634,000) during the Track Record Period respectively were at reasonable levels; and (v) the Shareholders will be entitled to the future profits of the Group. The Directors also consider it was in the interest of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole to declare and pay the aforesaid dividends to Mr. Kan as such distributions would serve as an incentive for Mr. Kan’s continued support and contribution to the Group’s business in the future.

—15— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DEFINITIONS

In this document, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

“Announcement Posting the agreement dated 1 June 2010 entered into between the Agreement” Company and HKLC in relation to the provision of announcement posting service by HKLC to the Company as more particularly described in the section headed “Connected transactions” in this document

“Articles”or“Articles of the articles of association of the Company adopted on [●] and Association” as amended from time to time, a summary of which is set out in appendix IV to this document

“associate(s)” has the meaning ascribed to it under the GEM Listing Rules

“Board” the board of Directors

“Business Day” a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which licensed banks in Hong Kong are generally open for normal banking business and which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in Hong Kong

“BVI” the British Virgin Islands

“CAR/TPL Insurance” the contractor all risk and third party liability insurances

“CCASS” the Central Clearing and Settlement System established and operated by HKSCC

“Chuwei” Chuwei (BVI) Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI which is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Cheng and a Substantial Shareholder

“Companies Law” the Companies Law, Cap. 22 (Law 3 of 1961, as consolidated and revised) of the Cayman Islands

“Companies Ordinance” the Companies Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time

“Company” Tsun Yip Holdings Limited (進業控股有限公司), a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability on 15 March 2010

“connected person(s)” has the meaning ascribed to it under the GEM Listing Rules

“Contractor List” the list of approved contractors for public works (認可公共工程承建商名冊) maintained by the WBDB

“Controlling Shareholder(s)” has the meaning ascribed to it under the GEM Listing Rules and, in the context of this document, means the controlling shareholders of the Company, namely Shunleetat and Mr. Kan

—16— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DEFINITIONS

“Director(s)” director(s) of the Company

“ETWB” Environment, Transport and Works Bureau of the Government (環境運輸及工務局), formerly a policy bureau of the Government, the duties of which are now held by Environment Bureau, Transport and Housing Bureau, WBDB following the reorganisation of the Policy Bureau and Government Secretariat

“ETWB Handbook” Contractor Management Handbook (Revision B) July 2005 (承建商管理手冊 — 修訂版B) issued by ETWB

“Exchange Website” http://www.hkexnews.hk, being an Internet website operated by the Stock Exchange

“GEM” the Growth Enterprise Market of the Stock Exchange

“GEM Listing Rules” the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on GEM

“Government” the Government of Hong Kong

“Government Gazette” the official publication of the Government for, among other things, statutory notices for public tenders

“Group” the Company and its subsidiaries or, where the context otherwise requires, in respect of the period before the Company became the holding company of its present subsidiaries, such subsidiaries or the businesses which have since been acquired or carried on by them

“HK”or“Hong Kong” the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC

“HKFRS” Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (including HKAS and interpretations) issued by HKICPA

“HKICPA” Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants

“HKLC” Hong Kong Listco Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong which is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Chia

“HKSCC” Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited

“HKSCC Nominees” HKSCC Nominees Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of HKSCC

“HSBC” The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

“Independent Third Party(ies)” a person(s) or company(ies) which is/are independent of and not connected with any member of the Group, the directors, the chief executives, the substantial shareholders (as defined in the GEM Listing Rules) of the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective associates

—17— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DEFINITIONS

“Latest Practicable Date”[●] 2010, being the latest practicable date prior to the printing of this document for ascertaining certain information contained in this document

“Lease Agreement” the agreement dated 1 May 2009 entered into between TYW (as tenant) and HKLC (as landlord) (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 7 May 2010 made by the same parties) in relation to the office premises situated at Rooms 1 & 3, 7/F, Anton Building, 1 Anton Street, Wanchai, Hong Kong

“Listing Division” the listing division of the Stock Exchange

“Lotawater” Lotawater (BVI) Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI which is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Chia

“MHCC” Ming Hing Civil Contractors Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ming Hing Waterworks, which is an Independent Third Party

“MHWE” Ming Hing Waterworks Engineering Company Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ming Hing Waterworks, which is an Independent Third Party

“Ming Hing Waterworks” Ming Hing Waterworks Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and whose issued shares are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange, which is an Independent Third Party

“Mr. Cheng” Mr. Cheng Ka Ming, Martin, (鄭家銘) an executive Director and a Substantial Shareholder

“Mr. Chia” Mr. Chia Thien Loong, Eric John, (謝天龍) an executive Director

“Mr. Fung” Mr. Fung Chung Kin, (馮中健) an executive Director and a Substantial Shareholder

“Mr. Kan” Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung, (簡國祥) the founder of the Group, the chairman of the Board, an executive Director and a Controlling Shareholder

“New Project” the waterworks contract numbered 9/WSD/09 relating to replacement and rehabilitation of water mains in Sai Kung awarded by WSD to the Group in May 2010 with a term of 911 days commencing from 28 May 2010 and ending on 23 November 2012

“PRC”or“China” the People’s Republic of China which, for the purpose of this document, shall exclude Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region of the PRC and Taiwan

—18— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DEFINITIONS

“Purplelight” Purplelight (BVI) Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI which is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Fung and a Substantial Shareholder

“Registration Scheme” Voluntary Subcontractor Registration Scheme (非强制性分包商註冊制度)

“Reorganisation” the corporate reorganisation of the Group effected in preparation for the [●] as described under the sub-paragraph headed “Reorganisation” in appendix [V] to this document

“SFC” the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong

“SFO” the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) as amended or otherwise modified from time to time

“Share(s)” share(s) of HK$0.01 each in the share capital of the Company

“Shareholder(s)” holder(s) of the Share(s)

“Share Option Scheme” the share option scheme of the Company adopted on [●] 2010

“Shunleetat” Shunleetat (BVI) Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI which is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Kan and a Controlling Shareholder

“Specialist List” the list of approved suppliers of materials and specialist contractors for public works (認可公共工程物料供應商及專門承造商名冊) maintained by WBDB

“Stock Exchange” The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

“subsidiary(ies)” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 2 of the Companies Ordinance

“Substantial Shareholder(s)” has the meaning ascribed to it under the GEM Listing Rules and, in the context of this document, means the substantial shareholders of the Company, namely Chuwei and Mr. Cheng, and Purplelight and Mr. Fung

“Takeovers Code” the Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers

“Track Record Period” the period comprising the two financial years ended 31 March 2010

“TYC” Tsun Yip Construction Co, a sole proprietorship through which Mr. Kan started to carry on the Group’s business in 1989

—19— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DEFINITIONS

“TY Civil” Tsun Yip Civil Construction Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability on 16 June 2000 and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company

“TYW” Tsun Yip Waterworks Construction Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability on 6 February 1996 and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company

“TYW(BVI)” TYW(BVI) Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI with limited liability on 2 July 2009 and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company

“WBDB” Works Branch Development Bureau (發展局工務科)ofthe Government

“WSD” Water Supplies Department of the Government (水務署)

“HK$”or“HK dollar(s)” and Hong Kong dollar(s) and cent(s), respectively, the lawful “HK cents” currency of Hong Kong

“km” kilometre

“m” metre

“m2”or“sq.m.” square metre

“m3” cubic metre

“mcm” million cubic metre

“sq.ft.” square feet

“%” per cent.

—20— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

RISK FACTORS

RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS OF THE GROUP R14.22(1)

The Group’s revenue during the Track Record Period was generated substantially from carrying out waterworks engineering contracts and roads and drainage services contracts in the capacity as a subcontractor

During the Track Record Period, the Group generated a substantial part of its revenue from carrying out waterworks engineering contracts and roads and drainage services contracts in the capacity as a subcontractor. For each of the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue generated from contracts in which the Group acted as subcontractor represented approximately [73.9]% and [88.5]% of the Group’s total revenue respectively. The aforesaid revenue was attributable to five and two main contractors respectively. In the event that the Group fails to secure such work contracts from the main contractors in future, the Group’s business, results of operations and profitability may be adversely affected.

The Group relies heavily on MHCC/MHWE, the Group’s largest customer during the Track Record Period

During the Track Record Period, the customer base of the Group was highly concentrated. Revenue generated from subcontract works granted by a main contractor, MHCC/MHWE, which has established business relationship with the Group since 2001, represented approximately [68.8]% and [88.3]% of the Group’s total revenue respectively. All of these subcontract works the Group obtained from MHCC/MHWE was granted by WSD to MHCC/MHWE. There is no assurance that the Group will be able to maintain its relationship with MHCC/MHWE and to continue to secure work contracts from them in the future. Furthermore, the holding company of MHCC/MHWE, Ming Hing Waterworks, recently announced its diversification into mining business. There is no assurance that Ming Hing Waterworks or its subsidiaries will not scale down or discontinue its waterworks engineering business in the future. [Given the revenue generated from subcontract works granted by MHCC/MHWE accounted for a significant share of the Group’s revenue during the Track Record Period, the Group’s relatively high profit margin during the Track Record Period was due to the contracts with MHCC/MHWE. As mentioned above, the Company relied on a limited number of customers and one of them was MHCC/MHWE.] In the event that the Group fails to secure work contracts from MHCC/MHWE due to their scaling down or discontinuation of waterworks engineering business or other reasons and the Group fails to secure work contracts from other customers to replace such loss of business, the Group’s business, results of operations and profitability may be adversely affected.

In addition, the Group had obtained advances from MHCC/MHWE which were unsecured and interest-bearing for implementation of the projects the Group obtained from MHCC/MHWE and from another independent main contractor which was unsecured and non-interest bearing for implementation of the project the Group obtained from such independent main contractor during the Track Record Period. In the event that the advances offered by other main contractors bear interest rate higher than that offered by MHCC/MHWE or require security, or the advances offered by other main contractors do not entirely cover the cash flows required for implementation of their project so that

—21— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

RISK FACTORS the Group is required to obtain certain bank financing to fill the shortfall, or no advance is offered by other main contractors so that the Group is required to obtain bank financing for implementation of the projects, the Group may incur additional finance costs which in turn may adversely affect the Group’s profitability, financial condition and liquidity.

The Group determines the tender price based on estimated time and costs involved in a project which may deviate from the actual time and costs involved

Contracts are normally awarded through competitive tendering process. The Group needs to estimate the time and costs in order to determine the tender price. There is no assurance that the actual execution time and costs would not exceed the Group’s estimation during the actual implementation of the project.

The actual time taken and cost involved in completing contracts undertaken by the Group may be adversely affected by many factors, including shortage or cost escalation of materials and labour, adverse weather conditions, additional variations to the construction plans requested by the customers, disputes with subcontractors, accidents, changes in the Government’s priorities and unforeseen problems and circumstances. Any of these can give rise to delays in completion of works or cost overruns or even unilateral termination of projects by the clients, which in turn may adversely affect the Group’s financial condition, profitability or liquidity.

The Group acted as subcontractor in most of the contracts undertaken during the Track Record Period and may continue to act in such capacity in the future. If the Group is unable to recover subcontracting fees from the relevant main contractor, the operating results of the Group could be adversely affected

During the Track Record Period, all of the Group’s revenue was generated from providing civil engineering services, directly or indirectly, to the public sector. In particular, approximately [73.9]% and [88.5]% of the Group’s total revenue was derived from projects under which the Group was engaged as a subcontractor during the Track Record Period. The Group is therefore exposed to credit risk of main contractors in projects under which the Group acts as subcontractor. In the event that the main contract is terminated due to the fault or negligence of the main contractor, the main contractor may not be able to receive payment from the Government and may thus default payment to the Group. Payment from the main contractors to the Group may also be affected by the progress of the project, the financial position of the main contractors and the creditworthiness of the main contractors. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the main contractors would honour payment to the Group after having received contract payments from the Government. In the event of any delay and/or default in payment by the main contractors, the business, the results of operations, profitability and liquidity of the Group may be adversely affected.

—22— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

RISK FACTORS

Failure to meet schedule requirements of contracts may result in liquidated damages imposed on the Group

Substantially all of the Group’s work contracts are subject to specific completion schedule requirements with liquidated damages charged to the Group if the Group does not meet the schedules. Liquidated damages are typically levied at a rate provided in the relevant contract for each day of delay. Any failure to meet the schedule requirements of the work contracts could cause the Group to pay significant liquidated damages, which could adversely affect our liquidity and cash flows and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects.

The Group is relying on certain principal subcontractors to implement the contracts

For the two financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, the Group’s subcontracting costs amounted to approximately HK$[24.6] million and HK$[40.1] million respectively, representing approximately [34.9]% and [32.9]% of the total costs of service respectively. During the same period, the Group’s largest subcontractor accounted for approximately [35.8]% and [22.1]% of the Group’s total subcontracting costs and the Group’s five largest subcontractors accounted for approximately [71.3]% and [48.1]% of the Group’s total subcontracting costs respectively. There is no assurance that those major subcontractors will be able to continue to provide services to the Group at fees acceptable to the Group or the Group can maintain its relationship with them in the future. In the event that any of the major subcontractors is unable to provide the required services to the Group or the costs for them to provide those required services increase substantially, the Group’s business, result of operations, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected.

The Group’s success significantly depends on the key management and its ability to attract and retain additional technical and management staff

The Directors believe that the success of the Group is, to a significant extent, attributable to the managerial skills and experience of certain key members of the management, in particular, the executive Directors, namely Mr. Kan, who is the founder of the Group and the chairman of the Board, has over 20 years of experience in the field of civil engineering services in Hong Kong; Mr. Fung, who has more than 25 years of experience in civil engineering or construction; Mr. Cheng, who has more than 29 years of experience in the construction industry; and Mr. Chia, who has more than 10 years of experience in corporate finance, management and investment; and Mr. Leung Hon Chung, a contract manager of the Group, has more than 30 years of experience in project management for civil engineering projects; and Mr. Lau Wai Chun, Jacky, a project manager of the Group, has more than 28 years of experience in supervision of construction work. Further information about their experiences is set out in the section headed “Directors, senior management, board committees and staff” in this document. Should any of these executive Directors or key personnel of the Group cease to be involved in the management of the Group in the future and the Group fails to recruit suitable replacements, there could be an adverse impact on the business, results of operation and profitability of the Group.

—23— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

RISK FACTORS

The Group’s business is labour-intensive

Provision of waterworks engineering services, road works and drainage services and site formation works are basically labour intensive works. As at 31 March 2009, 31 March 2010 and the Latest Practicable Date, the total number of full-time workers employed by the Group was 54, 107 and [●] respectively. Successful implementation of contract works significantly depend on the availability of workers and their experiences and skills. During the Track Record Period, the Group and its subcontractors have not encountered any difficulties in recruiting labour to work on the Group’s projects. However, there is no assurance that the supply of skilled labour and average labour costs will remain stable. In the event that the Group or its subcontractors fail to retain the existing labour and/or recruit sufficient skilled labour in a timely manner to cope with the demand of the Group’s existing or future projects and/or there is a significant increase in the costs of labour, the Group may not be able to complete the projects on schedule and within budget and the Group’s operations and profitability may be adversely affected.

The Group’s cash flows may fluctuate

As far as a single contract is concerned in which the Group acts as main contractor, net cash outflows are normally incurred at the early stage of carrying out the contract works when the Group is required to acquire equipment and machinery and recruit additional workers required without any advances from the customer. Progress payments will only be received after commencement of works and after the works and payments are certified by the Group’s customers. Accordingly, the cash flows for a particular contract may turn from net outflow at the early stage gradually into accumulative net inflow as the works progress.

The Group’s business is project-based. Fee collection and profit margin depend on the terms of the work contract and may not be regular

The Group’s business is project-based. Fee collection and profit margin significantly depend on various factors, such as the proposed expenditure of the customers, the terms of the work contracts, the length of the contract period, the efficiency of implementation of the contract works and the general market conditions. As a result, the income flow of the business of the Group may not be entirely regular and may be subject to various factors beyond the control of the Directors. In light of the foregoing, there can be no assurance that the profitability of a project can be maintained or estimated at any level. Furthermore, the fee collection by the Group, and the profit margin and time for profit recognition depend on the terms of the work contracts and may also not be regular. If the fee collection pattern significantly deviates from the estimation of the Directors, the financial position and liquidity of the Group could be adversely affected.

—24— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

RISK FACTORS

The Group’s operations are subject to construction risk

The Group’s business has been primarily focused on provision of waterworks engineering services. In the course of providing the aforesaid services, the Group is often required to excavate the underground water mains to carry out replacement and rehabilitation works. If any underground cables or active water mains are damaged in the course of excavation, it may cause [electric shocks] or water leakages. The aforesaid unforeseen circumstances may pose risks on the workers or affect the Group’s work progress. The Group may also be liable for damages claimed by the worker or customer, which may have adverse impact on the Group’s cash flow, reputation and profitability.

RISKS RELATING TO THE INDUSTRY IN WHICH THE GROUP OPERATES R14.22(2)

The business of the Group is subject to obtaining a number of licences and approvals

A contractor has to be included in the “List of Approved Contractors for Public Works” or the “List of Approved Suppliers of Materials and Specialist Contractors for Public Works” under one or more of the work categories maintained by the WBDB so as to be eligible to tender for projects in the public sector in Hong Kong. To become listed as an approved contractor, the contractor has to apply for inclusion in the list of the particular work categories and/or group. Despite the admission of a contractor to the list, the Government reserves the right to remove any contractor from the list or take other regulatory actions against a contractor such as suspension, downgrading in status or demotion to a lower level group, in respect of all or any of the work categories, if the contractor’s performance or tendering record is found to be unsatisfactory or the contractor is unable to meet the relevant financial, technical and management criteria for retention on the list.

In the event of a withdrawal, revocation or downgrading of any of the Group’s licences in any work category, the business, the prospects and operation of the Group could be adversely affected.

The Group’s operation is restricted to Hong Kong

The licences currently held by the Group only permit the Group to carry on its business in Hong Kong under the relevant work categories stipulated by the WBDB. In the event that the Group intends to engage in provision of waterworks engineering services, road works and drainage services and site formation works in jurisdictions other than Hong Kong, the Group may be required to apply for specific licences in such jurisdictions. There is no assurance that the Group will be able to obtain business in other jurisdictions even if it desires to do so.

The Group’s operations are subject to due compliance with a number of environmental protection laws, regulations and requirements

The Group is required to comply with a number of environmental protection laws, regulations and requirements in Hong Kong including but not limited to the Air Pollution Control Ordinance (Chapter 311 of the Laws of Hong Kong), Noise Control Ordinance (Chapter 400 of the Laws of Hong Kong), Water Pollution Control Ordinance (Chapter 358 of the Laws of Hong Kong), Waste Disposal Ordinance (Chapter 354 of the Laws of Hong Kong) and Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance (Chapter 499 of the Laws of Hong Kong). During the Track Record Period, the Group has not been

—25— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

RISK FACTORS subject to any material claim for breach of environmental protection laws, regulations and requirements. However, in the event that the Group’s operations fail to meet the applicable environmental protection laws, regulations and requirements, the Group may be subject to fines or required to make remedial measures which may in turn have an adverse effect on the operations of the Group. In addition, there is no assurance that the environmental protection laws, regulations and requirements will not be changed in the future. Should there by any change to the environmental protection laws, regulations and regulations applicable to the Group, the Group may incur additional cost in complying with the new law(s), regulation(s) and requirement(s), which in turn may adversely affect the profitability of the Group.

The business of the Group could be materially affected by the Government’s level of spending on R14.22(3) infrastructure and civil engineering projects

During the Track Record Period, all of the Group’s revenue was generated from providing civil engineering services. Some infrastructure projects are non-recurring in nature, and the level of the Government’s spending budget may change from year to year. Accordingly, any change or significant delay in the level of spending on public works by the Government may affect the business and operating results of the Group. In the event that the Government reduces its level of spending on public works and the Group fails to secure business from the private sector or to diversify its business into the private sector, the business and profitability of the Group could be adversely affected.

The Group’s business could be affected by adverse weather conditions

Most of the Group’s projects are undertaken outdoor. Therefore, the business of the Group may be interrupted or otherwise affected by adverse weather conditions. Rain storms, tropical cyclones and continuous rain may cause difficulties to the Group in completing its projects. Any delay in completion of projects could adversely affect the operating results of the Group.

Work contracts with WSD are subject to termination for convenience by WSD

It is a standard special condition contained in the work contracts between WSD and a contractor that WSD is, in addition to any other power enabling it to terminate the relevant contract, entitled to terminate a work contract at any time by notice in writing to the contractor (“right to terminate for convenience”) and the termination shall take effect on a date specified in the notice but without prejudice to the claims of either party in respect of any antecedent breach thereof. According to the guidance of a technical circular issued by ETWB dated 21 July 2004, it is a policy of the Government that the right to terminate for convenience shall only be exercised in very exceptional and justified circumstances. During the Track Record Period, no work contract of the Group with WSD has been terminated pursuant to the exercise of the right to terminate for convenience and no subcontract to which the Group is a party has been terminated in the foregoing circumstances. However, there is no assurance that WSD will not exercise such right to terminate for convenience. In the event that WSD exercises such right to terminate a work contract which affects the Group (whether as main contractor or subcontractor), the Group’s work plan and financial position may be adversely affected.

—26— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DIRECTORS

Name Address Nationality

Executive Directors App1A.(41) R24.05(2b) Third Schedule 6 Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung (簡國祥) Flat B, 21/F., Tower 8 Chinese The Palazzo No. 28 Lok King Street Shatin New Territories Hong Kong

Mr. Cheng Ka Ming, Martin (鄭家銘) Flat A, 2/F., Block 9 Chinese Beverly Villas, 16 La Salle Road Kowloon Tong Kowloon Hong Kong

Mr. Fung Chung Kin (馮中健) Flat A, 1/F., Block 7 Chinese Pristine Villa, 18 Pak Lok Path Shatin New Territories Hong Kong

Mr. Chia Thien Loong, Eric John (謝天龍) Flat H, 37/F., Nerine Cove Chinese 23 Hang Fu Street, Tuen Mun New Territories Hong Kong

Independent non-executive Directors

Mr. Lim Hung Chun (林洪進) [Flat 3, 5/F, Shing Wing House Chinese Yue Shing Court, Shatin New Territories Hong Kong]

Mr. Lo Ho Chor (盧浩初) Flat H, 10/F Chinese Tower 1 Island Resort 28 Siu Sai Wan Road Hong Kong

Mr. Sung Lee Kwok (宋利國) Flat H, 16/F Chinese Kwun Fung Mansion Lei King Wan 51 Tai Hong Street Hong Kong

—27— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Registered office Cricket Square App1A(43) Hutchins Drive PO Box 2681 Grand Cayman, KY1-1111 Cayman Islands

Head office and principal place of Flat 314, 3/F. App1A(6) business in Hong Kong Fuk Shing Commercial Building 28 On Luk Mun Street, Fanling New Territories

Company website http://www.tsunyip.hk* * The contents of this website do not form part of this document

Company Secretary Mr. Tam Tsang Ngai, FCCA, CPA

Authorised representatives Mr. Fung Chung Kin R11.07(4) R24.05(2)(a) (for the purpose of the GEM Flat A, 1/F., Block 7 Listing Rules and for the purpose Pristine Villa, 18 Pak Lok Path Shatin of Part XI of the Companies New Territories Ordinance) Hong Kong

Mr. Chia Thien Loong, Eric John Flat H, 37/F., Nerine Cove 23 Hang Fu Street, Tuen Mun New Territories Hong Kong

Audit committee Mr. Lim Hung Chun (Chairman) Mr. Lo Ho Chor Mr. Sung Lee Kwok

Remuneration committee Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung (Chairman) Mr. Lo Ho Chor Mr. Sung Lee Kwok

Nomination committee Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung (Chairman) Mr. Lo Ho Chor Mr. Lim Hung Chun

—28— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Principal bankers The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 1 Queen’s Road Central, Central Hong Kong

Hang Seng Bank Limited 83 Des Voeux Road Central Hong Kong

Wing Hang Bank, Limited 161 Queen’s Road Central, Central Hong Kong

Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited 52/F, Bank of China Tower 1 Garden Road, Hong Kong

—29— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

This information presented in this section has been derived from various official Government sources. The Directors believe that the sources of this information are appropriate sources for such information and have taken reasonable care in extracting and reproducing such information. The Directors have no reason to believe that such information is false or misleading in any material respects or that any fact has been omitted that would render such information false or misleading in any material respects. The information has not been independently verified by the Company, the [●], the [●], the [●], their respective advisers or affiliates or any other party involved in the [●] and no representation is given as to its accuracy, and accordingly, the information contained herein should not be unduly relied upon.

OVERVIEW OF WATER SUPPLY IN HONG KONG

Water shortage used to be a serious problem in Hong Kong before 1980s because of geographical constraints, unreliable rainfall pattern and continuous increase in demand for safe drinking fresh water due to rapid growth of population. Local demand for fresh water could not be satisfied by collection of runoff from rain and the limited supply of fresh water from Shenzhen Reservoir. People’s livelihood and development of the Hong Kong economy were severely affected by the water rationing imposed from time to time.

In 1989, the Government reached an agreement with the government of Guangdong Province on a regular supply of fresh water from Dongjiang (or the East River) to Hong Kong. Over the years, the system for supplying fresh water from Guangdong Province to Hong Kong has undergone continuous expansion with the annual import volume increasing substantially after a series of agreements.

The new Dongjiang Water Supply Agreement was signed on 11 December 2008 (the “2008 Dongjiang Agreement”). The ultimate annual supply rate is fixed at 1,100 mcm, and such rate is guaranteed through to 2030. It provides a flexible long term supply of water to Hong Kong that will precisely meet the city’s needs. By giving a one-month notice, Hong Kong can stipulate the amount of water to be imported from Dongjiang for the subsequent month after taking into account its existing storage held in reservoirs and short term weather patterns and forecasts. It enables WSD to better control storage levels in reservoirs, minimising waste and ensuring optimal pumping costs. Under the 2008 Dongjiang Agreement, the annual costs to be paid by Hong Kong for the Dongjiang water has been fixed at $2,959 million for 2009, $3,146 million for 2010 and $3,344 million for 2011. These costs have taken into account the substantial appreciation in China’s RMB against the Hong Kong dollar and escalating rates of inflation that have been recorded since 2006.

—30— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

At present, approximately 70% to 80% of Hong Kong’s water supply is piped into Hong Kong from Dongjiang. The remaining 20% to 30% of Hong Kong’s water supply comes from a network of domestic rainwater catchments that are located across the city’s extensive country parks and rural areas of Hong Kong. The charts below illustrate the annual quantity of water supply from 2004 to 2008 and the fresh water consumption in 2008 by sectors.

Annual Quantity of Water Supply

mcm 955 968 963 951 956 1,000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Imported waterfrom Dongjiang Local supply of water

Source: Annual report of WSD 2008/09

Annual Fresh Water Consumption by sector in 2008

Use for construction & shipping industries 1.2% Flushing use 8.5% Free supply 4.7%

Domestic use Use for services and 54.2% trading industries 25.2%

Industrial use 6.2%

Source: Annual report of WSD 2008/09

Except for annual shutdown period, the daily water supply rate from Dongjiang roughly equals to Hong Kong’s daily water consumption rate. The daily surplus of imported water, if any, will be stored in fresh water impounding reservoirs.

—31— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS IN HONG KONG

The provision of an adequate water supply is supported by a reliable water supply network in Hong Kong. WSD is responsible for designing, constructing, operating and maintaining reliable and efficient fresh water and sea water supply and distribution systems to meet the round-the-clock demand of water in Hong Kong.

According to WSD, as at 31 March 2009, Hong Kong’s water supply system included 17 impounding reservoirs, 21 water treatment works, 149 fresh water pumping stations, 29 salt water pumping stations, seven combined fresh and salt water pumping stations, 166 fresh water and 46 salt water service reservoirs, approximately 6,267km and 1,613km of fresh water mains and sea water mains respectively, approximately 120km of catchwater, and approximately 199km of water tunnel.

Fresh water supply system

The water is pumped and, in some cases it flows by gravity, after leaving the treatment works to the service reservoirs which are located at various places and elevations throughout the territory, each serving a particular area.

Water from the service reservoirs is distributed to customers by gravity via extensive networks of water mains. The pressure in the system is generally sufficient to provide a direct supply to six or seven storeys above street level. Upper floors of tall buildings are supplied from their own roof tanks, filled by their own pumping systems. For higher level areas, such as mid-level developments on Hong Kong Island, it is necessary for the water to be pumped in stages to service reservoirs situated at different suitable levels. For remote village areas, the pressure in distribution network system is normally sufficient to provide a direct supply to three storeys above ground level.

The distribution system serves to transfer water from one location to another by means of mechanical pumping or by gravity. Most of the pumping equipment is electrically powered.

—32— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

The following diagram illustrates a typical fresh water supply system in Hong Kong:

Source: The website of WSD - www.wsd.gov.hk, February 2009

Seawater supply system

Since the late 1950’s, WSD has supplied seawater, primarily for flushing, in government and government-aided high density development schemes. At present, seawater is already available for toilet flushing in metropolitan areas and most of the new towns, covering about 80% of the population in Hong Kong. The extensive use of seawater has helped to reduce the demand on fresh water for flushing. During 2009, an average of 742,000 cubic metres per day of seawater was supplied for flushing purposes, conserving an equivalent amount of potable water.

—33— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

The following diagram illustrates a typical sea water supply system in Hong Kong:

Source: The website of WSD — www.wsd.com.gov.hk, Jan 2010

WATERWORKS ENGINEERING SERVICES

The Government is solely responsible for maintaining a reliable water supply and distribution system in Hong Kong. WSD carries out design and supervision of construction of waterworks projects which include catchwater, tunnels, reservoirs, water treatment works, access roads, pumping stations and pipeworks. Specialist works such as laying of submarine pipeline, dam construction and major water supply projects are usually undertaken by consulting engineers. WSD also monitors water storage, operation and maintenance of catchwater, intakes, impounding reservoirs, pumping stations, water treatment works, service reservoirs, trunk and distribution mains to ensure a reliable water supply to the customers.

In this regard, WSD from time to time grants term contracts in respect of maintenance of water supply systems to approved contractors.

For the provision of water supply services and maintenance of the relevant facilities, WSD divides Hong Kong into several districts and in each district, the maintenance of waterworks installations is fully covered by the relevant term contract. The maintenance contracts offered by WSD are usually for a term of three years. Works orders given by WSD during the term of the contract will

—34— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW usually cover the maintenance of waterworks installations, such as catchwaters, water mains, pumping stations, service reservoirs, treatment works, watercourses and all the associated construction works in the district. The awarded contractor is also required to manage the maintenance works to the waterworks installations on behalf of WSD in emergency situations.

Contractors tendering for Government projects in the capacity as a main contractor are required to comply with the licensing requirements stipulated by the WBDB. Upon fulfillment of the licensing requirements, the contractor will be admitted to different category and different group on the Contractor List based on its financial, technical and management personnel capabilities. There are specific limits for contractors in each group on the value of contracts for which they are normally eligible to tender. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the tender limits were HK$30 million for Group A contractors, HK$75 million for Group B contractors and any value exceeding HK$75 million for Group C contractors. In general, contractors undertaking Government projects in the capacity as a subcontractor are not required to satisfy the relevant licensing requirements that are applicable to main contractors. Please refer to the section headed “Licensing and other requirements for Government projects” in this document for details of the licensing requirements.

According to the WBDB, the number of approved contractors listed on the Contractor List under the category “Waterworks” as at 31 July 2010 was as follows:

Group Waterworks Confirmed Probationary

A 222 B 47 C 20 15

For number of approved contractors listed on the Contractor List under the categories, “Roads and Drainage” and “Site Formation”, please refer to the paragraph headed “Contractor List” under the section headed “Licensing and other requirements for Government contracts” in this document.

Based on the information contained in the above table, there were only four contractors with confirmed status and seven contractors with probationary status in Group B under the category of “Waterworks” as at 31 July 2010. TYW is one of the confirmed contractors in Group B under the category of “Waterworks”.

Based on the active WSD capital works contract list of July 2010 as extracted from WSD’s website on 21 July 2010, there were [34] contractors undertaking a total of 67 contracts of various contract values requiring different licences, with 13 of which are due to complete in 2010 and the remaining 54 contracts due to complete during 2011 to 2014.

—35— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Set out below is the status of the aforesaid [34] contractors:

Number of Contractor List Confirmed Probationary contractors

Group A 1 1 2 (note 2) Group B 2 2 4 (note 3) Group C 10 6 16 (note 4) Subtotal 22 Specialist List 7 Joint ventures (note 1) 3 Building/construction related license 2

Total number of contractors on the active WSD capital works contract list 34

Note:

1. The joint venture partners are registered contractors on the Contractor List.

2. One of the group A contractors is on the Specialist List.

3. One of the group B contractors is on the Specialist List.

4. Eight of the group C contractors are on the Specialist List.

Out of the aforesaid 67 contracts, [52] contracts require the holding of a relevant waterworks license, 16 of which with contract value below HK$30 million and [ten] of which with contract value between HK$30 million and HK$75 million. Group C contractors are normally not allowed to tender for contracts in Groups A and B unless the relevant department considers that there may be an inadequate number of tenderers as a result of the restriction. Group B contractors, however, are allowed to tender for contracts in Group A. In addition, Group A and Group B probationary contractors are subject to the restriction that the aggregate value of works undertaken by them in their respective categories shall not exceed HK$30 million and HK$75 million respectively whilst Group A and Group B confirmed contractors are not subject to the aforesaid restriction. Taking into account that there are [ten] contracts with contract value between HK$30 million and HK$75 million and considering that there are only [four] contractors out of [11] contractors with Group B license on the Contractor List currently undertaking waterworks contracts as main contractors, the competition among Group B contractors is not particularly keen.

Among the aforesaid [34] contractors, [seven] of them have been awarded four or more contracts by WSD. Among the aforesaid [seven] active players, [three] of them are subsidiaries of companies listed in Hong Kong.

—36— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Based on the 2010-11 budget of the Government, the estimated total amount of capital to be spent on waterworks by WSD is approximately HK$5,944 million for the fiscal year of 2010/2011. In addition, there are 19 waterworks related projects under planning and 22 projects under design with a total contractual value of approximately HK$6,081 million and HK$6,550 million respectively.

REPLACEMENT AND REHABILITATION OF WATER MAINS

The supply of fresh and salt water in Hong Kong is provided through a network of approximately 7,600km of water mains. Most of these water mains are underground, of which approximately 45% were laid 30 years ago as part of the development of urban areas and new towns. These water mains are approaching the end of their service life and have become increasingly difficult and costly to maintain.

Having taken into account the future savings in maintenance costs, the loss of water and social implications of leakages and main bursts, WSD commissioned an underground asset management plan to develop a comprehensive and cost-effective asset management plan for the water supply network. As a result, the Government implemented a programme to replace and rehabilitate approximately 3,000km of water mains (which comprises fresh water mains, salt water mains and raw water mains) in Hong Kong at different stages within a period of 15 years for the purpose of preventing further deterioration in the water supply infrastructure in Hong Kong. In this connection, the Government estimated that the total cost for replacement and rehabilitation of the aged water mains would be approximately HK$21.81 billion and the entire programme would be completed by 2015.

The implementation plan of the replacement and rehabilitation program as disclosed on WSD’s official website is summarised as follows:

Stage 1

Phase 1:

• Works comprise replacement and rehabilitation of about 350 km of water mains throughout the territory.

• Advance works comprising replacement of about 33 km of water mains commenced in December 2000 and have been scheduled to be completed in February 2006.

• Main works (remaining works) commenced in June 2003 and have been scheduled to be completed in December 2008.

Phase 2:

• Works comprise replacement and rehabilitation of about 250 km of water mains throughout the territory.

• Advance works in Sha Tin and Tai Wai comprising replacement and rehabilitation of about 9 km of water mains commenced in September 2005 and were completed by end of 2007.

—37— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

• Main works (remaining works) commenced in August 2006 and have been scheduled to be completed in March 2010.

Stage 2

• Works comprise replacement and rehabilitation of about 750 km of water mains throughout the territory.

• Works commenced in January 2007 and have been scheduled to be completed in 2011.

Stage 3

• Works comprise replacement and rehabilitation of about 800 km of water mains throughout the territory.

• Investigation and detailed design for the project has commenced in October 2006.

• Works commenced in September 2008 and have been scheduled to be completed in 2013.

Stage 4

• Works comprise replacement and rehabilitation of about 850 km of water mains throughout the territory.

• Investigation and detailed design for the project commenced in September 2008.

• Works have been scheduled to commence in early 2011 and to be completed in 2015.

—38— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

The chart below illustrates the progress of works in respect of different stages:

Percentage of completion of replacement and rehabilitation works at different stages as at March 2010

100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% All stages Stage 1 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4 phase 1 phase 2

Completed Uncompleted

Source: Reproduced from the Replacement and Rehabilitation Programme of Water Mains published by WSD

Benefit from the works of the replacement and rehabilitation programme of water mains

Ageing water mains are approaching the end of their service life and have become increasingly difficult and costly to maintain. Upon completion of the replacement and rehabilitation programme which has been scheduled to be in 2015, the maintenance cost of these water mains is expected to be reduced. To replace and rehabilitate these water mains is, therefore, cost effective. As the condition of the water supply network will be strengthened upon completion of these replacement and rehabilitation works, the anticipated number of pipe failures per year will be decreased from the 2000 level of 24,970 to 15,000 in 2015. The disturbances due to disruption of traffic, loss of trade, inconvenience to general public and the disruption of water supply to consumers arising from water main leaks and bursts is expected to be minimized. Moreover, the loss of water through leakage and bursting of water mains is also expected to be reduced.

—39— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

The chart below illustrates the historical annual figures of number of pipe burst and pipe leak in Hong Kong from 2000 to 2009.

Numbers of pipe bursts and leaks

4,000 No. of pipe burst 24,000 3,500 23,651 No. of pipe leak 21,693 19,199 20,936 3,000 17,393 19,000 13,820 2,500 2,479 14,657 13,360 2,064 14,000 12,472 2,000 2,211

1,816 9,000 No. of pipe leak No. of pipe burst 1,885 1,812 1,500 1,585 1,639 1,321 1,000 4,000 Year 00/01 01/02 02/03 03/04 04/05 05/06 06/07 07/08 08/09

Source: Reproduced from the Replacement and Rehabilitation Programme of Water Mains published by WSD

The Government will commission a review to appraise the condition of the remaining water mains which are not subject to the current replacement and rehabilitation programme. Subject to the review findings, the Government may extend the programme beyond 2015 to cover the remaining distribution network of water mains.

ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLY AND WATER RESOURCES PROTECTION

Hong Kong is constantly looking for alternative sources of water to supplement its domestic supplies. Sea water is a key alternative and is an importance source of flushing water. Currently, about 80% of Hong Kong’s population uses salt water for flushing purposes. WSD will undertake a programme of capital works for system improvements and extensions to the salt water supply system for flushing. Major projects include new salt water supply systems to service Pok Fu Lam, Yuen Long and Tin Shui Wai. The aforesaid projects involve construction of service reservoir, pumping stations and associated main laying in Pok Fu Lam and construction of salt water service reservoir, main laying and associated work in Yuen Long and Tin Shui Wai. Contracts in respect of the above projects have been awarded by WSD. A ring main system will be implemented for Cheung Sha Wan and the salt water supply system in Wan Chai will be upgraded. No details of the ring main system for Cheung Sha Wan is currently available on the website of WSD. The upgrading of the salt water supply system in Wan Chai was scheduled for tendering in late 2009.

WSD also plans to strengthen the current practice of protecting local water resources. Apart from conducting study to assess the water pollution risks and impacts, WSD will start a capital works project by 2011 to improve the existing catchwater system for safe and effective collection of surface water.

—40— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

TENDERING FOR PUBLIC SECTOR PROJECTS

Contracts in the public sector in Hong Kong are normally awarded through open and competitive tendering procedures with a view to obtaining the best value for money. Tenders may be invited in the following ways:

(i) Open tendering

Tender invitations are published in the Government Gazette and, if necessary, in the local press, on the internet and in selected overseas journals. [Consulates and overseas trade commissions will also be notified where appropriate. All interested contractors/suppliers are free to submit tenders.]

(ii) Selective tendering

Tender invitations are published in the Government Gazette or are sent by letter to all contractors/suppliers on the relevant approved lists of qualified contractors/suppliers established by WBDB for the purpose of selective tendering.

(iii) Prequalified tendering

Tender invitations are published in the Government Gazette and, if necessary, in the local press and in selected overseas journals. Invitation letter will be sent to consulates and trade commissions in Hong Kong and known contractors/suppliers where appropriate. This tendering method will be used in circumstances which require the prequalification of a list of tenderers financially and technically capable of undertaking a project or supplying a particular product, and the use of this method must be approved by the Permanent Secretary for Financial Services and the Treasury. Projects tendered by this method may require pre-testing of equipment of contractor/supplier to determine its suitability or may be extremely complex in nature.

(iv) Single and restricted tendering

Tender invitations are sent to only one or a limited number of contractors/suppliers approved by the Permanent Secretary for Financial Services and the Treasury or the Director of Government Logistics. This tendering method is only used when circumstances do not permit open tendering, for example, on grounds of extreme urgency or security, for proprietary products or for reasons of compatibility.

Services are procured by the individual works departments concerned under the general supervision of WBDB. WSD is the principal Government authority that is responsible for procuring waterworks services for the public sector. In general, procuring departments are required to provide in the tender documents all the necessary information to assist the bidders to prepare their tenders, including standard contract forms covering the general aspects of tender and contract requirements, special conditions of contract, detailed price schedules, additional information and instructions applicable to a particular contract. The procuring department is responsible for evaluating the tenders to determine whether they meet the conditions and specifications laid down in the tender document.

—41— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Tenders are generally evaluated by the formula approach or the marking scheme approach. These two methods basically involve a systematic evaluation of the tenderers’ experience, past performance record and particular technical ability. The formula approach is applied for general work projects, while the marking scheme approach is generally used for non-recurring and relatively complicated projects which require evaluation on particular ability and past experience on the contractor candidate. Both approaches take into consideration the quality of work of the tenderers in addition to their financial bids. Therefore, the winning bid is not necessarily awarded to the lowest bid.

Public sector projects are sometimes contracted out by the main contractors to subcontractors and such subcontracts may also be awarded by way of tenders or upon private invitation. The selection criteria and process for subcontracting are determined by the main contractors.

TENDERING FOR PRIVATE SECTOR PROJECTS

In the private sector, tenders are usually by invitation and the contracts are awarded at the discretion of the clients. Contractors for the private sector are in general not required to satisfy the licensing requirements that are applicable to the undertaking of contract works for the public sector. However, based on the Directors’ knowledge, for substantial projects implemented by established organisations, invitations are usually given to selected contractors or specialist contractors which are licenced by the Government under the respective categories. In addition to the competitiveness of the price quoted by the contractors, the job experience and track record of the contractors are also the determining factors in winning a contract. In selecting subcontractors, the main contractors, either for private or public projects, may adopt similar selection processes. It is therefore important to establish good relationships with customers and main contractors as well as a good reputation in the market.

—42— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

INTRODUCTION

The WBDB is responsible for ensuring the effective planning, management and implementation of public sector infrastructure development and works programmes in a safe, timely and cost-effective manner and to maintain high quality and standards. It has maintained the Contractor List and the Specialist List to monitor the eligibility of a contractor to tender for Government contracts. In order to be eligible, a contractor must be included in at least one of the aforesaid lists.

Members of the Group, to be eligible for providing civil engineering services to the Government in the capacity of a main contractor, are required to comply with the licensing requirements set forth in the ETWB Handbook.

Subcontractors undertaking contracts in the public sector for main contractors are not required to satisfy the relevant licensing requirements under the ETWB Handbook that are applicable to the main contractors. However, pursuant to a technical circular issued by the WBDB on 14 June 2004, all capital works contracts and maintenance contracts of the Government with tenders to be invited on or after 15 August 2004 require the contractors to employ subcontractors (whether nominated, specialised or domestic) that are registered for the respective trades under the Primary Register of the Registration Scheme introduced by the Provisional Construction Industry Co-ordination Board (臨時建造業統籌委員會) whose work was taken over by the Construction Industry Council (建造業議會) in February 2007.

CONTRACTOR LIST

The Contractor List comprises contractors who are approved for carrying out public works in one or more of the five work categories of building and civil engineering works classified by the WBDB. The following table sets forth the five work categories and the respective managing departments of the Government:

Category Managing department

Buildings Architectural Services Department (建築署)

Port Works Civil Engineering and Development Department (土木工程拓展署)

Roads and Drainage Highways Department (路政署)

Site Formation Civil Engineering and Development Department (土木工程拓展署)

Waterworks WSD

The managing department for a work category is the department most closely connected with that particular type of work and is responsible for servicing and monitoring the performance of all contractors within that category.

—43— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

According to the ETWB Handbook, contractors within each of the above five categories are further divided into Group A, B or C according to the value of contracts for which they are normally eligible to tender. The tender limits for contractors in each group are periodically adjusted and are currently set as to HK$30 million for Group A contractors, HK$75 million for Group B contractors and any value exceeding HK$75 million for Group C contractors. In addition, Group C contractors are generally not allowed to tender for contracts in Groups A and B unless the responsible Government department considers that there may be an inadequate number of tenderers as a result of the restriction.

A contractor’s status in a particular group will either be probationary or confirmed. Contractors are limited in the number and value of contracts for which they are eligible to tender according to their status in their respective group and category. Admission into a certain group and category will be subject to certain financial criteria and the appropriate technical and management capabilities. A probationary contractor may, subject to a minimum probationary period of 24 months, apply for a confirmed status when it has satisfactorily completed works appropriate to its probationary status in accordance with the criteria for confirmation. Except in the most exceptional circumstances, a contractor will be admitted initially on probation to the appropriate group and category. Confirmation will also be subject to the contractor being able to meet the financial criteria applicable to confirmed status, having the appropriate technical and management capabilities and in all other ways being considered suitable for confirmation. A confirmed contractor may apply for promotion to a higher group in a particular category if it is able to meet the financial criteria applicable to the higher group and it has the appropriate technical and management capabilities, with a satisfactory record of performance. Other than in the most exceptional circumstances, a contractor applying for promotion will first be admitted on probation to the next higher group and the rules applicable to probationary contractors in that particular group will apply.

According to the WBDB, a contractor is required to maintain certain minimum levels of employed and working capital applicable to the appropriate group and status by submitting (i) the original or certified true copy of their latest audited accounts and latest yearly management accounts in case the contractor is a Group C contractor on the List of Approved Contractors for Public Works; (ii) certified statements of outstanding workload; (iii) supplementary information including but not limited to a statement giving details of significant events which occurred after the year end date of the latest audited financial statements which would affect the contractor’s financial position; a statement giving details of any off-balance sheet liabilities, including contingent liabilities, if not covered in the audited financial statements; a statement listing current or outstanding contracts in hand with total and outstanding contract sums, contract period and time required to complete the outstanding portion of the contract; bank letters or agreements on existing banking facilities such as

—44— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS term loans and overdraft; and (iv) answer all reasonable enquiries from the WBDB. The financial criteria for admission to and retention on the Contractor List as at the Latest Practicable Date are set forth below:

Group/Status Minimum employed capital# Minimum working capital*

Group A - probationary HK$1,800,000 HK$1,800,000 or 15% on annualised outstanding works, whichever is higher

Group A - confirmed HK$3,400,000 HK$3,400,000 or 15% on annualised outstanding works, whichever is higher

Group B - probationary HK$4,200,000 HK$4,200,000 or 10% on annualised outstanding works, whichever is higher

Group B - confirmed HK$8,600,000 HK$8,600,000 or 10% on annualised outstanding works, whichever is higher Group C - probationary HK$12,600,000 HK$12,600,000 or 8% on the first HK$800 million of annualised outstanding works and 10% on remainder, whichever is higher

Group C - confirmed HK$16,000,000 plus HK$16,000,000 or 8% on the HK$2,000,000 for every first HK$800 million of HK$100 million of annualised annualised outstanding works outstanding works or part and 10% on remainder, thereof above HK$800 million whichever is higher

# Employed capital represents shareholders’ equity with adjustments made by WBDB * Working capital represents net current assets with adjustments made by WBDB

—45— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

According to the WBDB, the minimum technical and management criteria for admission, confirmation and promotion of contractors for the Contractor List as at the Latest Practicable Date are set forth below:

Group/Status Roads and Drainage Site Formation Waterworks

Entry on Satisfactory completion of There are no Group A 1) Possession of adequate probation Government roads and drainage contractors for the Site waterworks construction to Group works, within the past five Formation category. experience either acquired A years, to a total value of not as contractor or less than 50% of the Group A subcontractor for limit. Government contracts.

Experience as a subcontractor 2) Mainlaying experience is may count. Private sector a pre-requisite. experience may also be accredited. 3) Normally expected to have undertaken works of a waterworks nature with a total value of over HK$10 million in the past ten years.

Confirmation Satisfactory completion of at There are no Group A Satisfactory completion of at to Group least one Government roads and contractors for the Site least one mainlaying contract in A drainage contract of value over Formation category. the waterworks category of 50% of the Group A limit after value over 75% of the Group A inclusion in Group A on limit or two or more mainlaying probation. contracts in the waterworks category with a total value of Experience as a subcontractor not less than HK$20 million, may count. after inclusion in Group A on probation.

—46— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

Group/Status Roads and Drainage Site Formation Waterworks

Entry on A. Direct entry 1) Satisfactory completion, A. Direct entry probation within the past 5 years, to Group Satisfactory completion of one contract or contracts 1) Possession of waterworks B Government roads and drainage involving total earthworks construction experience works, within the past five quantity not less than either acquired as years, to a total value of not 100,000 m3, of which one contractor or less than the Group B limit. contract would involve subcontractor for private Experience as a subcontractor earthworks quantity not sector contracts, or as may count. Private sector less than 50,000 m3 in subcontractor for experience may also be one or more of the Government contracts. accredited. following: 2) Mainlaying experience is i) bulk excavation a pre-requisite. and filling 3) Satisfactory completion (excluding of three or more contracts quarrying and of a waterworks nature of maintenance of totally not less than spoil dumps); HK$75 million in value in the past ten years. If in ii) sanitary landfill; the capacity of a subcontractor, the iii) slope stabilization. applicant must prove to have a major involvement 2) Experience as a in the works. subcontractor may be accredited.

B. By promotion B. By promotion

Satisfactory completion of at 1) Satisfactory completion least one Government roads and of three or more contracts drainage contract of value not in the waterworks less than 75% of the Group A category of totally not limit after confirmation in less than HK$25 million Group A. Experience as a in value after subcontractor may count. confirmation in Group A.

2) Private sector experience may be accepted to supplement public sector experience.

Confirmation Satisfactory completion of at Satisfactory completion of at Satisfactory completion of at to Group least one Government roads and least one Government Site least one contract in the B drainage contract of value not Formation contract within the waterworks category of value less than 75% of the Group B past 5 years of value not less over 75% of the Group B limit limit after inclusion in Group B than 50% of the Group B limit, or an aggregate value of work on probation. Experience as a or one Government contract of at least HK$50 million with subcontractor may count. with earthworks quantity not at least one contract in Group B less than 200,000 m3 since value, after admission to Group inclusion. Experience as a B on probation. subcontractor is not accredited.

—47— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

Group/Status Roads and Drainage Site Formation Waterworks

Entry on A. Direct entry A. Direct Entry A. Direct entry probation to Group 1) Satisfactory completion in 1) Satisfactory completion in 1) Possession of waterworks C the past 10 years of a the past 5 years of at construction experience sufficient number of least two contracts in the either acquired as roads and drainage works category, each of contractor or contracts of a total value value over 75% of the subcontractor for private not less than two times Group B limit. sector contracts, or as the probationary Group C Experience as a subcontractor for limit. The value of each subcontractor is not Government contracts. contract shall be over accredited. 75% of the Group B 2) Mainlaying experience is limit. Experience as a a pre-requisite. subcontractor is not accredited. 3) Satisfactory completion of four or more contracts of at least two different types of work totally valued at not less than HK$180 million with at least one contract of Group C value in the past 10 years. If in the capacity of a subcontractor, the applicant must prove to have a major involvement in the works.

B. By promotion B. By Promotion B. By Promotion

1) Satisfactory completion 1) Satisfactory completion 1) Satisfactory completion of at least one of at least one of three or more contracts Government roads and Government Group B site in the waterworks drainage contract of value formation contract within category of at least two not less than 75% of the the past 5 years, after different types of work Group B limit after confirmation to Group B, totally valued at not less confirmation to Group B. of value not less than than HK$60 million with Experience as a principal 75% of the Group B at least one contract of subcontractor is not limit, or one Government Group B value, after accredited. contract involving confirmation to Group B. earthworks quantity not less than 300,000 m3. 2) Private sector experience Experience as a may be accepted to subcontractor is not supplement public sector accredited. experience.

2) Private sector experience may be accepted to supplement public sector experience.

—48— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

Group/Status Roads and Drainage Site Formation Waterworks

Confirmation Satisfactory completion of at 1) Satisfactory completion Satisfactory completion of two to Group least one Government roads and of at least one Group C contracts in the C drainage contract of value over Government Group C site waterworks category of two HK$90 million. Experience as a formation contract within different types of work totally subcontractor is not accredited. the past 5 years of value valued of not less than HK$120 over $90 million. million after admission to Group Experience as a C on probation. subcontractor is not accredited.

According to the WBDB, the minimum number and qualifications of full time management and technical personnel to be employed by a contractor for the Contractor List before admission, retention, confirmation or promotion as at the Latest Practicable Date are set forth below:

Group/Status Roads and Drainage, Waterworks (Note 1)

Group A (probationary or Top management (Notes 2, 3 and 4) confirmed) At least one member of the resident top management shall have a minimum of one year local experience in managing a construction firm obtained in the past three years.

Technical staff (Notes 3 and 4)

At least one person with one or more of the following qualifications:

(i) Higher Certificate in Civil Engineering from a Hong Kong polytechnic, a Hong Kong recognised training institution or equivalent and one year local working experience in the relevant category of works; or

(ii) Ordinary Certificate in Civil Engineering from a Hong Kong polytechnic, a Hong Kong recognised training institution or equivalent and two years local working experience in the relevant category of works; or

(iii) at least ten years local working experience in the relevant category of works.

Group/Status Roads and Drainage, Site Formation, Waterworks

—49— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

Group B (probationary or Top management (Notes 2, 3 and 4) confirmed) At least one member of the resident top management shall have a minimum of three years local experience in managing a construction firm obtained in the past five years.

Technical staff (Notes 3 and 4)

At least one person with the following qualifications:

(i) Higher Certificate in Civil Engineering from a Hong Kong polytechnic, a Hong Kong recognised training institution or equivalent and two years local working experience in the relevant category of works; or

(ii) Ordinary Certificate in Civil Engineering from a Hong Kong polytechnic, a Hong Kong recognised training institution or equivalent and three years local working experience in the relevant category of works.

Group C (probationary or Top management (Notes 2, 3 and 4) confirmed) At least one member of the resident top management shall have a minimum of five years local experience in managing a construction firm obtained in the past eight years.

Technical staff (Notes 3 and 4)

At least two persons with a relevant degree from a Hong Kong university or equivalent with at least five years post-graduate local experience in the relevant category of works.

Notes:

1. There are no Group A contractors for the Site Formation category.

2. Top management shall be the president, chairman, director, managing director, executive director, or general manager etc.

3. The top management and the technical staff must be two individual persons.

4. For admission, retention, confirmation or promotion in more than one category, the contractor is required to employ one top management with qualifications and experience appropriate to the highest group only instead of one for each category. However, he is required to employ a minimum of one experienced technical staff for each category regardless of the number specified in the above table. The experience and qualifications of the technical staff shall be as specified for the appropriate group and category in the above table.

—50— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

According to the WBDB, the number of approved contractors listed on the Contractor List for each work category as at 31 July 2010 is as follows:

Group Waterworks Roads and Drainage Site Formation Confirmed Probationary Confirmed Probationary Confirmed Probationary

A 22210330 0 B 4 7 16 35 3 42 C 20 15 38 18 21 16

SPECIALIST LIST

The Specialist List comprises suppliers of materials/specialist contractors who are approved for carrying out public works in one or more of the 49 categories of specialist works classified by the WBDB. Some contractors within a category are further divided into classes according to the types of works within that particular category and groups according to the value of contracts for which they are normally eligible to tender. Group tender limits are applicable to eight categories of works and are periodically adjusted. The admission, retention, confirmation and probation criteria for the Specialist List are also subject to financial, technical and management criteria similar to those under the Contractor List, except that the length of probationary period for each category (if any) varies. As at the Latest Practicable Date, no member of the Group has been admitted to the Specialist List.

CONTRACTORS’ PERFORMANCE INDEX SYSTEM

A contractors’ performance index system (the “Contractors’ Performance Index System”) was established by the ETWB in 2000 to provide a ready indication of contractors’ performance standard for reference by the project office and relevant tender board in tender evaluation. The evaluation of contractors’ performance is based on the reports written on the contractors’ performance in Government works contracts in accordance with the ETWB Handbook. The contractors’ performance reports are normally due on the last day of February, May, August and November. The 3-month periods in between the aforesaid due dates are referred to as the reporting periods.

Under the Contractors’ Performance Index System, the performance of a contractor is represented by a performance rating which is derived from the performance scores given in all the reports written on the performance of the contractors in Government works contracts in the preceding 12 reporting periods. The performance score of a contractor’s performance report is determined by the percentage of the scores attained by the contractor over the maximum scores in 11 different attributes, including but not limited to workmanship, progress, site safety, environmental pollution control, organisation, general obligations, industry awareness, resources and attitude to claims. A weighting shall be assigned to each contract according to the original contract sum based on the scale set out in the Contractor’s Performance Index System. The performance rating of a contractor is the weighted average of the aforesaid performance scores of all the reports on the performance of the contractor in the preceding 12 reporting periods. The WBDB will then generate the performance rating of each contractor in the Contractor List on the first working day of February, May, August and November.

—51— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

The performance ratings are not publicly viewable. Instead, each contractor on the Contractor List will be advised of its performance rating in the form of a letter by post. The aforesaid letter from WBDB sets out the highest, lowest, median and average ratings of contractors rated under each specific group of the relevant categories during the reporting period. Pursuant to the Technical Circular (Works) No. 3/2007 issued by the ETWB on 12 March 2007, the performance rating of a contractor is based on a scale of 0 to 100 and there is no passing mark defined in the Contractors’ Performance Index System. However, if a contractor’s current performance rating falls below 40, or if there is an obvious and consistent downward trend, a closer examination of the contractor’s past performance should be carried out and full justification must be provided before his tendor is recommended for acceptance.

PRIMARY REGISTER OF THE REGISTRATION SCHEME

The purpose of the Registration Scheme is to build up a pool of capable and responsible subcontractors with specialised skills and strong professional ethics and provide a platform for the launching of new improvement initiatives through collaboration with training institutions, professional bodies and tertiary institutions. The Registration Scheme will be overseen by a management committee made up of representatives nominated by major client organisations and contractors trade associations formed under auspices of the Construction Industry Council (建造業議會). This committee assumes the responsibility for enforcing the registration rules and procedures, screening and approving applications for registration, as well as instigating regulatory actions under justifiable circumstances. As at the Latest Practicable Date, there were a total 771 subcontractors registered for “general civil work” including but not limited to “road works and drainage services” and “waterworks engineering services” under the Registration Scheme.

During the Track Record Period, the Group was in full compliance with the requirement of engaging subcontractors that are registered for the respective trades under the Primary Register of the Registration Scheme for implementation of Government contracts.

GENERAL

The Contractor List, the Specialist List and the associated regulatory regime are put in place to ensure that certain standards of financial capability, expertise, management and safety are maintained by the contractors carrying out Government works. If doubts arise about the ability of a contractor to meet the minimum standards generally or for a particular class of contracts, he may not be allowed to tender for any new work until it can demonstrate that it can meet the required standard.

—52— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

The Secretary of the WBDB reserves the right to remove any contractor from the Contractor List and/or the Specialist List or take other regulating action against a contractor such as suspension, or where applicable, downgrading to probationary status or demotion to a lower group, in respect of all or any of the works categories the contractor is in. Before deciding on such action, a contractor will be given adequate warning of the action proposed and advised of the reasons for it and given the opportunity to present their views of the matter. Circumstances which may lead to the taking of regulating actions include, but are not limited to:

(i) unsatisfactory performance;

(ii) failure to submit a valid competitive tender for a period of three years;

(iii) failure to submit accounts or meet the financial criteria within the prescribed time;

(iv) failure to answer queries or provide information relevant to the listing status of a contractor on the Contractor List and/or the Specialist List within the prescribed time;

(v) misconduct or suspected misconduct;

(vi) winding-up, bankruptcy or other financial problems;

(vii) poor site safety record;

(viii)failure or refusal to implement an accepted tender;

(ix) poor environmental performance;

(x) court convictions, such as contravention of site safety legislation and Employment Ordinance and employment of illegal workers;

(xi) failure to employ the minimum number of full time management and technical personnel;

(xii) violation of laws;

(xiii)poor integrity of his employees, agents and subcontractors in relation to any public works contract unless the misconduct is not within the control of the contractor;

(xiv) public interest;

(xv) public safety and public health;

(xvi) serious or suspected serious poor performance or other serious causes in any public or private sector works contract; and

—53— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS

(xvii) failure to comply with any of the rules for administration of the Contractor List or the Specialist List giving rise to reasonable suspicions as to the capacity or integrity of the contractor.

As advised by the Directors, none of the members of the Group (including TYC) has been subject to any regulatory action from the WBDB.

A project may occasionally involve several types of works which are inter-related to one another but are classified under different work categories. In that case a contractor may be required to be listed on the Contractor List and/or the Specialist List with approved status in all the relevant work categories. TYW has been admitted to the Contractor List.

Waterworks projects sometimes involve civil works which are associated with road and drainage and site formation. Work categories which are generally relevant in respect of the undertaking of waterworks projects from the Government are as follows:

Waterworks

As a requirement for undertaking waterworks projects in the public sector as a main contractor, a contractor is required to be listed in the Contractor List under the category of “Waterworks” maintained by the WBDB. In general, WSD is responsible for servicing and monitoring the performance of all contractors within such category. Waterworks contracts usually come from WSD. TYW has been registered as an approved contractor in Group B under the category of “Waterworks” with confirmed status since May 2009 and is therefore currently eligible for tendering Government contracts of any value up to HK$75 million.

Roads and drainage

As a requirement for undertaking public works projects in relation to roads and drainage as a main contractor, a contractor is required to be listed in the Contractor List under the category of “Roads and Drainage” maintained by the WBDB, and the Highways Department (路政署)ofthe Government is generally responsible for servicing and monitoring the performance of all contractors within such category. TYW has been registered as an approved contractor in Group B under the category of “Roads and Drainage” with confirmed status since March 2009 and is therefore currently eligible for tendering Government contracts of value up to HK$75 million.

Site formation

As a reqirement for undertaking works projects in relation to site formation as a main contractor, a contractor must be listed in the Contractor List under the category of “Site Formation” maintained by the WBDB and the Government’s Civil Engineering and Development Department (土木工程拓展署) is mainly responsible for servicing and monitoring the performance of all contractors within that category. Since March 2009, TYW has been registered as an approved contractor in Group B under the category of “Site Formation” on probation and is therefore eligible

—54— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

LICENSING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT PROJECTS for tendering Government contracts of value up to HK$75 million. Due to its probationary status, TYW is eligible for the award of any number of Group A contracts and any number of Group B contracts, both in the category of “Site Formation”, provided the total value of the Group B works in such category does not exceed HK$75 million.

COMPLIANCE WITH THE RELEVANT REQUIREMENTS

The Directors confirmed, and the Company’s legal advisers as to Hong Kong laws concurred, that each of TYW and TY Civil has obtained all relevant permits/licences/registrations for their operations; TYW has complied with the minimum number and qualifications of full time management and technical personnel for retention on the Contractor List; and TYW is able to meet the financial criteria for its retention of the List and for acceptance of a tender during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, and has secured sufficient amount of minimum working capital in accordance with the requirements under the ETWB Handbook during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date.

In order to ensure the ongoing compliance with the applicable requirements by the relevant members of the Group, the Directors will check the latest requirements from time to time stipulated by the WBDB, the Construction Industry Council and the Government respectively for the Group’s business operations and take appropriate steps, if required, to comply with the latest requirements.

Apart from preparation of financial statements on a yearly basis for submission to the WBDB to demonstrate that TYW has sufficient employed capital and working capital for retention on the Contractor List, the chief financial officer of the Group will also assess its level of employed capital and working capital every time prior to the submission of a tender for new project.

—55— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Air Pollution Control Ordinance (Chapter 311 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The Air Pollution Control Ordinance is the principal legislation in Hong Kong for controlling emission of air pollutants and noxious odour from industry, commercial operations and construction work. Subsidiary regulations of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance impose control on air pollutant emissions from certain operations through the issue of licences and permits.

A contractor shall observe and comply with the Air Pollution Control Ordinance and its subsidiary regulations, including but not limited to the Air Pollution Control (Construction Dust) Regulation (Chapter 311R of the Laws of Hong Kong). The contractor responsible for a work site shall carry out the works in such a manner so as to minimise dust impacts on the surrounding environment.

Noise Control Ordinance (Chapter 400 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The Noise Control Ordinance controls, among other situations, any person in any domestic premises or public place making noise causing annoyance to any other person and the noise from construction sites. A contractor shall comply with the Noise Control Ordinance and its subsidiary regulations in carrying out its works. For engineering works that are to be carried out during the restricted hours and for percussive piling at all times, construction noise permits are required from the Noise Control Authority in advance.

Under the Noise Control Ordinance, works that produce noises and the use of powered mechanical equipment in populated areas are not allowed between 7 p.m. and 7 a.m. or at any time on general holidays, unless prior approval has been granted by the Environmental Protection Department through the construction noise permit system. Usage of certain equipment is also subject to restrictions. Hand-held percussive breakers and air compressors must comply with noise emissions standards and be issued with a noise emission label from the Environmental Protection Department. Percussive pile-driving is allowed on weekdays only with prior approval, in the form of a construction noise permit from the Environmental Protection Department.

Water Pollution Control Ordinance (Chapter 358 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The Water Pollution Control Ordinance provides the main statutory framework for the declaration of water control zones to cover the whole of Hong Kong and the establishment of water quality objectives. The objectives describe the water quality that should be achieved and maintained in order to promote the conservation and best use of the waters of Hong Kong in the public interest. Within each water control zone, all discharges or deposits are controlled by a licensing system. The Director of Environmental Protection is the Authority responsible for licensing and controlling these discharges.

Waste Disposal Ordinance (Chapter 354 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The Waste Disposal Ordinance controls the production, storage, collection, treatment, recycling, recycling and disposal of wastes. At present, livestock waste and chemical waste are subject to specific controls whilst deposition of waste in public places or on Government land or on private premises without the consent of the owner or occupier is prohibited.

—56— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS

A contractor shall observe and comply with the Waste Disposal Ordinance and its subsidiary regulations, including but not limited to the Waste Disposal (Charges for Disposal of Construction Waste) Regulation (Chapter 354N of the Laws of Hong Kong). Under the Waste Disposal (Charges for Disposal of Construction Waste) Regulation, a main contractor who undertakes construction work with a value of HK$1 million or above will be required to establish a billing account in respect of that particular contract with the Environmental Protection Department to pay any disposal charges payable in respect of the construction waste generated from construction work undertaken under that contract.

Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance (Chapter 499 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance is to avoid, minimise and control the adverse environmental impacts from designated projects as specified in Schedules 2 and 3 of the Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance (for example, public utility facilities, certain large-scale industrial activities, community facilities, etc.) through the application of the environmental impact assessment process and the environmental permit system prior to their construction and operation (and decommissioning, if applicable), unless exempted.

In order to ensure the ongoing compliance with the applicable environmental protection requirements by the relevant members of the Group, the Directors have appointed Mr. Lau Wai Chun, Jacky as the head of environmental compliance. Mr. Lau will check the latest requirements from time to time stipulated by the Government in this respect and take appropriate steps, if required, to comply with the latest requirements.

During the Track Record Period and after such period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, based on the litigation search conducted at the instruction of the Company and the opinion of the legal advisers to the Company as to Hong Kong laws, none of the members of the Group was involved in any litigations and/or legal proceedings which were related to committing an offence by any member of the Group under any of the aforesaid environmental protection laws and regulations. The Directors confirmed that there were no events or circumstances which have led to or are likely to lead to the Group being sued by the Government for committing an offence under the aforesaid environmental protection laws and regulations applicable in Hong Kong during the Track Record Period and after such period and up to the Latest Practicable Date.

—57— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

In 1989, Mr. Kan, the founder of our Group, started the Group’s business in the provision of civil App1A(29)(1), (2) engineering services in Hong Kong through TYC, a sole proprietorship. Separate books and records Third Schedule 21 were maintained by TYC since its date of incorporation and throughout the Track Record Period. No audited financial statements have been prepared for TYC since its date of incorporation as there is no statutory requirement for the preparation of audited financial statements for unlimited company. BDO Limited (“BDO”), the Reporting Accountants of the Group, however, have performed independent audit procedures in accordance with the Hong Kong Standards of Auditing issued by the HKICPA on the unaudited management accounts of TYC for the Track Record Period. BDO consider that TYC has maintained separate books and records throughout the Track Record Period and its assets and liabilities were properly segregated from Mr. Kan’s personal assets and liabilities, in particular, bank account in the name of TYC has been maintained for business purposes only and sufficient management and control systems have been in place on TYC’s daily operations. Besides, other than Mr. Kan, some directors of the Group have also been involved in TYC’s daily operations during the Track Record Period to ensure that the assets and liabilities of TYC were solely used for its business purposes. After conducting businesses through TYC for a few years, Mr. Kan recognised the prospects of the civil engineering services industry in Hong Kong and decided to set up a limited company for the purpose of tendering for public projects.

In February 1996, TYW was formed by Mr. Kan and an Independent Third Party as a limited company to carry out civil engineering works and to apply for admission to the Contractor List in order to tender for public projects as a main contractor. At that time, Mr. Kan owned 90% of the issued share capital of TYW.

TYW was admitted as a Group A contractor (on probation) under the categories of “Waterworks” and “Roads and Drainage” in the Contractor List in January 1997 and April 1997 respectively and as a Group B contractor (on probation) under the category of “Site Formation” in the Contractor List in July 1997. Soon after its admission to the Contractor List, TYW was awarded its first public waterworks contract as a main contractor by WSD in connection with the reprovisioning of Mainland West Laboratory in Tuen Mun, the New Territories.

In March 1998, TYW was awarded, as a main contractor, by the then Territory Development Department of the Government, its first contract in connection with the site formation work for Yuen Long Combined Wholesale Food Market. In the same year, TYW, as a main contractor, was also awarded its first drainage works contract by the Drainage Services Department of the Government in connection with the improvement works to low-flow interceptor on Siu Hong Road, the New Territories.

Since then, TYW, in the capacity as a main contractor or a subcontractor, has been involved in various civil engineering works in the public sector in Hong Kong and has undertaken more than 30 projects relating to waterworks engineering and road and drainage works and site formation works up to present. The established reputation for timely delivery and work quality had brought TYW opportunities to work with a number of main contractors. Please refer to the paragraph headed “Contracts completed and contracts in progress” in the section headed “Business” in this document for some of the main contractors which the Group has worked with.

—58— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

In June 2000, TY Civil was formed for holding motor vehicles for the Group’s use.

In August 2000, TYW obtained its confirmed status in Group A under the category of “Roads and Drainage” and in Group B under the category of “Site Formation”.

From 1996 to 2001, TYW had allotted and issued additional shares to Mr. Kan so that the shareholding of Mr. Kan in TYW increased to 98.89% in 2001.

In December 2002, TYW also obtained its confirmed status in Group A under the category of “Waterworks”.

Since its incorporation, TYW had primarily focused on undertaking waterworks projects and roads and drainage projects. With a view to concentrating its resources in the waterworks and roads and drainage projects, TYW requested for its removal from the category of “Site Formation” in the Contractor List in March 2003 and such removal took effect in April 2003.

TYW was admitted to Group B on probation under the categories of “Roads and Drainage” and “Waterworks” in December 2003 and in June 2004 respectively.

On 13 June 2005, Mr. Kan’s wife, Ms. Lam Shun Kiu, Rosita, acquired the remaining 110,000 shares of TYW at a total consideration of HK$110,000 and on 28 September 2009, Mr. Kan acquired such 110,000 shares of TYW from his wife at a total consideration of HK$110,000 so that Mr. Kan became the sole legal and beneficial owner of TYW.

In October 2006, TYW was admitted to the List of Registered Subcontractors for participating in civil engineering works, road works and drainage services and waterworks engineering services maintained by the Provisional Construction Industry Co-ordination Board, whose work was taken over by the Construction Industry Council (建造業議會) in February 2007, as part of the Registration Scheme, the purpose of which is to build up a pool of capable and responsible subcontractors with specialized skills and strong professional ethics and provide a platform for launching of new improvement initiatives through collaboration with training institutions, professional bodies and tertiary institutions. In November 2008, TY Civil was admitted to the List of Registered Subcontractors for participating in civil engineering works, road works and drainage services and waterworks engineering services.

In October 2001, TYW was accredited with ISO 9002:1994 by the Hong Kong Quality Assurance Agency which certified that the quality assurance system of TYW complied with the relevant requirements applicable to construction of civil engineering works (site formation). In June 2003, TYW was accredited with the ISO 9001: 2000 by the Hong Kong Quality Assurance Agency which certified that the quality management system of TYW complied with the relevant requirements applicable to construction of civil engineering works (site formation, waterworks, roads and drainage). TYW was further accredited by Accredited Certification International Limited in May 2006 with ISO 9001:2000, certifying its quality management system complied with the standards applicable

—59— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT to construction of civil engineering works (site formation, waterworks, roads and drainage) and in February 2010, TYW was further accredited with ISO 9001:2008, certifying its quality management system complied with the standards applicable to construction of civil engineering works (site formation, waterworks, roads and drainage).

TYW obtained its confirmed status in Group B under the category of “Roads and Drainage” and “Waterworks” in March 2009 and May 2009 respectively. TYW was re-admitted as a Group B contractor (on probation) under the category of “Site Formation” in the Contractor List in March 2009.

The following historical timeline diagram illustrates the progression of TYW’s category status in the Contractor List:

* TYW requested for its removal from this category in March 2003 and was re-admitted into this category on probationary status.

Prior to 1 April 2009, TYW was responsible for bidding and signing civil engineering contracts with clients and subcontracting all the contract works to TYC for implementation. TYW has been responsible for bidding and signing as it is the holder of the relevant licenses for various civil engineering services, while TYC was responsible for execution of the projects as it was the practice of the Group since its foundation by Mr. Kan in 1989 and it was considered that the continuance of such sub-contracting arrangement and segregating the license holder from the project executor was in the interest of the Group. 90% of contract income received by TYW would be distributed to TYC as subcontracting costs. For the financial year ended 31 March 2009, TYW had subcontracted all its contract works to TYC and provided 90% of income from contracts to TYC as subcontracting costs which amounted to HK$78,926,387. As a result of the aforesaid segregation, the Group enjoyed a tax saving of approximately HK$193,000 for the year ended 31 March 2009.

With effect from 1 April 2009, as part of the Reorganisation, TYW acquired part of the business carried out under the name of TYC together with related assets (including, among others, chattels, accounts receivables, cash, goodwill and documents in connection with the business) and assumed certain liabilities of TYC from Mr. Kan at a consideration of HK$7,157,311.72, which was offset

—60— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT against an equivalent amount of the debts due from Mr. Kan to TYW, and TY Civil acquired the remaining part of business carried out under the name of TYC from Mr. Kan at a consideration of HK$1,467,756.22, which was offset against an equivalent amount of debt due from Mr. Kan to TY Civil. Since then, TYC has become inactive and ceased to be part of the Group. At present, the Group’s businesses are carried out through TYW and TY Civil respectively with TYW responsible for signing and implementing civil engineering contracts as a main contractor while TY Civil responsible for signing and implementing civil engineering contracts as a subcontractor.

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited App1A(5) liability on 15 March 2010 and became the holding company of the subsidiaries now comprising the Group pursuant to the Reorganisation. Details of the Reorganisation are set out in the sub-paragraph headed “Reorganisation” in appendix V to this document.

On 26 April 2010, TYW (BVI) acquired the entire issued share capital of TY Civil and TYW (other than the 133,000 shares of TYW which were already owned by TYW (BVI) at the time of such acquisition) from Mr. Kan in consideration of the allotment and issue of a total of 9,999 ordinary shares of TYW (BVI) of US$1 each (each a “TYW (BVI) Share”), all credited as fully paid up, to Shunleetat. In recognition of Mr. Cheng, Mr. Fung and Mr. Chia’s extensive experience in the civil engineering industry and/or financial industry, past and future contributions to the business development of the Group, and their confidence in the future prospects of the Group, Mr. Kan after arm’s length negotiations with Mr. Cheng, Mr. Fung and Mr. Chia, entered into share sale and purchase agreements on 26 April 2010 whereby Shunleetat transferred (i) 1,750 TYW(BVI) Shares to Chuwei which is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Cheng, at a consideration of HK$3,656,682.83, which was offset against an equivalent amount of loan due from Mr. Kan to Mr. Cheng outstanding as at the date of transfer; (ii) 1,250 TYW(BVI) Shares to Lotawater which is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Chia at a consideration of HK$2,611,916.31, which was offset against an equivalent amount of loan due from Mr. Kan to Mr. Chia outstanding as at the date of transfer; and (iii) 1,500 TYW(BVI) Shares to Purplelight which is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Fung at a consideration of HK$3,134,299.57, which was offset against an equivalent amount of loan due from Mr. Kan to Mr. Fung outstanding as at the date of transfer. The average subscription price per TYW(BVI) Share paid by each of the three subscribers is approximately HK$2,089.53, and the effective subscription price per Share paid by each of them is approximately HK$0.2809. The Board considers that the equity investment in the Group by each of Mr. Cheng, Mr. Fung and Mr. Chia would be beneficial to the development and operations of the Group, and the terms and conditions (including consideration received by Mr. Kan) for their equity investment was arrived at after arms’ length commercial negotiations between Mr. Kan on the one hand and Mr. Cheng, Mr. Fung and Mr. Chia on the other.

Currently, the Group is the main contractor of one contract awarded by WSD involving construction of water tank, pumphouse and water main laying and one water mains replacement and rehabilitation works contract. The Group is also the principal subcontractor of two water mains replacement and rehabilitation works contracts awarded by WSD and one term contract for waterwork District W-New Territories. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the aggregate contract sum of the contracts in which the Group was involved as a main contractor or a subcontractor was over HK$500

—61— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT million. During the past 20 years, the Group has established solid business relationships with a number of major civil engineering contractors in Hong Kong. In parallel, TYW has gained promotion in two categories, namely “Waterworks” and “Roads and Drainage”, on the [Contractor List] to its current status through timely completion of Government contracts. Details of the contracts completed and the contracts in progress as at the Latest Practicable Date are set out in the paragraph headed “Contracts completed and contracts in progress” under the section headed “Business” in this document.

SHAREHOLDING STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY R11.13(1) R11.13(2)

The following diagram illustrates the shareholding structure of the Company immediately after the Reorganisation and as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Mr. Kan Mr. Cheng Mr. Fung Mr. Chia

100%100% 100% 100%

Shunleetat Chuwei Purplelight Lotawater (BVI) (BVI) (BVI) (BVI) 55% 17.5% 15% 12.5%

The Company (Cayman Islands) Investment holding

100% TYW (BVI) (BVI) Investment holding

100% 100%

TYW TY Civil (Hong Kong) (Hong Kong) Holding of motor vehicles, Provision of waterworks and provision of waterworks and laying of water pipes laying of water pipes

—62— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

BUSINESS OVERVIEW R11.06 App1A(28)(1)(A)

The Group is principally engaged in the provision of waterworks engineering services, road works and drainage services and site formation works for the public sector in Hong Kong. Waterworks, road and drainage works, site formation works fall within a broader engineering discipline known as civil engineering.

During the Track Record Period, the Group generated a substantial part of its revenue from carrying out waterworks engineering services and road works and drainage services in the capacity of a subcontractor. For each of the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue generated from contracts in which the Group acted as a subcontractor represented approximately [73.9]% and approximately [88.5]% of the Group’s total revenue respectively. Revenue generated from the Group providing services in the capacity of a main contractor only accounted for a lesser part of the Group’s total revenue, representing approximately [26.1]% and approximately [11.5]% of the Group’s total revenue during the Track Record Period.

Waterworks engineering services

Waterworks engineering services include construction and maintenance of water mains, service reservoirs, impounding reservoirs, pumping stations, water tanks, treatment works, watercourses for distribution systems and other related construction works. These services may also involve related civil construction works which include excavation, stabilisation, foundations strengthening, reinstatement of carriageways, footways and expressways. For projects that are carried out on existing trafficked roads, the contractor may also be required to make arrangements on traffic diversion and control.

Road works and drainage services

Road works and drainage services include construction of interchange, carriageway, walkway, footpath, access road, covered footbridge, link bridge, drainage channel and the associated lighting, drainage, landscaping, utilities diversion and electrical and mechanical works.

Site formation works

Site formation works generally involve demolition of existing structures, excavation to the design formation level and reduction and stabilisation of existing slopes.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

—63— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Established operating history and track record

As disclosed in the section headed “History and development” in this document, the Group has been involved in various construction and maintenance works, both as subcontractor and main contractor, on civil engineering contracts including waterworks engineering, road and drainage works and site formation works in Hong Kong since TYW was admitted into the Contractor List in 1997. Prior to such admission, in July 1996, the Group participated in WSD’s contract as a subcontractor in connection with the improvement of fresh water and salt water supply to Tuen Mun Western Areas — Phase 1, which involved mainlaying from Tuen Mun fresh water pumping station to Siu Lang Shui (contract number 9/WSD/95). Subsequently, the Group was able to secure a nine-month contract from WSD as the main contractor in connection with the reprovisioning of Mainland West Laboratory in Tuen Mun, the New Territories in September 1997 (contract number 3/WSD/97). Over the years, the Group has been able to secure contracts as main contractor or subcontractor for the construction or maintenance of various waterworks infrastructure and undertaking various waterworks engineering services in different WSD’s operational regions, including Fanling, Sheung Shui and Ping Che, Yuen Long and Kam Tin, Tuen Mun and Tai Po. The Directors believe that the Group has built up its reputation through its established operating history, which benefits the Group in tendering future contracts.

Well-positioning to capture the emerging business opportunities

Approximately 45% of the underground water mains in Hong Kong were laid 30 years ago. Those ageing water mains are approaching the end of their service life and have become increasingly difficult and costly to maintain. In view of these, the Government had launched the water mains replacement and rehabilitation programme in 2000 to replace and rehabilitate approximately 3,000 km of water mains. Under the water mains replacement and rehabilitation programme, the condition of the water supply network will be strengthened upon completion of the works in 2015 and the number of pipe failures is expected to decrease accordingly. The Group, as a subcontractor, has been able to secure work contracts for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains in Ngau Tam Mei (contract number 13/WSD/06), in Fanling, Sheung Shui and Ping Che (contract number 5/WSD/06), in Hong Kong Island South and outlying islands (contract number 18/WSD/08) and in Tai Po and Fanling (contract number 21/WSD/06). In May 2010, the Group, as a main contractor, has secured a work contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains in Sai Kung (contract number 9/WSD/09). During the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, the Group had participated in a total of five replacement and rehabilitation work(s) contracts and another five waterworks contracts involving, among other things, construction of service reservoirs, sewer, rising mains, water tanks and pumping stations.

The Government will commission a review to appraise the condition of the remaining water mains which are not subject to the current replacement and rehabilitation programme and, subject to the review findings, may extend the program beyond 2015 to cover the remaining distribution network of water mains. WSD also plans to implement new salt water supply systems and upgrade certain existing systems to enhance the use of salt water for flushing purpose. In addition, WSD will start a capital works project by 2010 to improve the existing catchwater system for safe and effective collection for surface water.

—64— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Taking into account the Group’s experience in the industry with the licensing requirements for the aforesaid Government’s projects, the Directors consider that the Group is well-positioned to capture the emerging business opportunities and will be benefited from the implementation of the replacement and rehabilitation programme and other capital works by WSD. Despite the fact that as at 31 July 2010 there were 11 Group B and 35 Group C contractors in the “Waterworks” Contractor List, the Directors believe that the Group can be benefited from its proven track record of participation in the replacement and rehabilitation works contracts and various other waterworks contracts, its outstanding performance ratings for the quality of its works received from the WBDB during the Track Record Period and its experienced management team as described below which provide an edge to capture the emerging business opportunities.

Consistently high quality of services

The Group has adopted a set of stringent quality assurance measures to ensure the quality of its civil engineering work. In recognition of the quality assurance procedures in place, the quality management system of TYW was accredited with the ISO9002: 1994 certificate and the ISO9001:2000 certificate in 2001 and 2003 respectively. The ISO9001: 2000 certificate was subsequently renewed in February 2009. TYW further obtained ISO9001: 2008 accreditation in February 2010. In addition, TYW has consistently achieved outstanding performance ratings in respect of the projects undertaken by it issued by the WBDB. Details of the contractors’ performance index system and the assessment criteria of the performance ratings are disclosed in the paragraph headed “Contractors’ performance index system” under the section headed “Licensing and other requirements for Government projects” in this document. The Group can benefit from such performance ratings as such rating is a significant factor taken into account by the Government in the evaluation process of tenders.

Well-established relationship with main contractors

The Group has worked with a number of main contractors since the commencement of its civil engineering business. The Directors believe that the Group, through its delivery of timely services and quality works, has established solid business relationships with the main contractors. Some of the main contractors have business relationships with the Group for more than five years. The Directors consider the recurring businesses from those main contractors have contributed to the success of the Group. In particular, the Group may undertake projects with contract value over HK$75 million (which is the maximum contract value which the Group is eligible to undertake as a Group B contractor on the Contractor List) in the capacity of a subcontractor.

Good relationship with subcontractors

Some of the Group’s projects are undertaken by the Group’s subcontractors. The Directors believe that successful completion of projects, to a certain extent, depends on the work quality and efficiency of the subcontractors. The Group, throughout its established operating history and recognition in the industry, has maintained over [40] subcontractors on the Group’s list of approved subcontractors, around 9 of which have been working with the Group for at least four years. The Directors consider that such subcontractors can facilitate the timely completion of projects of the Group. Such business relationships are crucial to the day-to-day business operations and the future business development of the Group.

—65— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Experienced management team

Mr. Kan, the chairman of the Board, founder of the Group and an executive Director, has over 20 years’ experience in handling civil engineering projects of various types. His experience in handling civil engineering projects was gained from running his employment in other construction companies and the management of the Group’s business. He is responsible for the overall business planning and corporate strategy of the Group. Mr. Cheng, the vice-chairman of the Board and an executive Director, has over 29 years’ experience in the construction industry and is responsible for the business management and corporate development of the Group. Mr. Fung, the chief executive officer of the Group and an executive Director, has over 25 years’ experience in civil engineering construction and is responsible for overseeing the overall project management and the daily operation of the Group. Mr. Chia, an executive Director, has more than 10 years’ experience in corporate finance, management and investment and is responsible for overseeing the financial aspects of the Group. In addition to these executive Directors who have been in charge of the business development of the Group over the years, the Group also has a professional management team with members having strong academic background and industry experience.

LICENCES/REGISTRATION OBTAINED BY THE GROUP

The following table summarises the details of the licences/registration obtained by members of the Group as an approved contractor as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Month and year of first Value of project relevant which the Group registration Member of is eligible to with the the Group Level/category of Status as at undertake Government Government which held registration held as the Latest under the departments/ departments/ the licence/ at the Latest Practicable relevant licence/ organisation organisation aproval Practicable Date Date registration

As a subcontractor

Construction Industry October 2006 TYW Registered under the Not applicable Not applicable Council (建造業議會) November 2008 TY Civil Primary Register of (Note 1) (Note 1) the Registration Scheme for participating in, among others, general civil works

As a main contractor

WBDB May 2009 TYW Approved Contractors Confirmed Current contract for Public Works — (Notes 2 value up to Waterworks Category and 3) HK$75 million (Group B)

—66— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

WBDB March 2009 TYW Approved Contractors Confirmed Current contract for Public Works — (Notes 2 value up to Road and Drainage and 4) HK$75 million Category (Group B)

WBDB March 2009 TYW Approved Contractors Probationary Current contract for Public Works — (Notes 2 value up to Site Formation and 5) HK$75 million Category (Group B)

Notes:

1. The List of Registered Subcontractors is maintained by Construction Industry Council (建造業議會) as part of the Registration Scheme. The purpose of the aforesaid scheme is to build up a pool of capable and responsible subcontractors with specialised skills and strong professional ethics and provide a platform for the launching of new improvement initiatives through collaboration with training institutions, professional bodies and tertiary institutions.

2. The financial criteria for retention on the Contractor List for respective categories (on confirmed and probationary status) are established by WBDB. Such financial criteria primarily concern the levels of employed capital and working capital of a contractor. To ascertain that the required financial criteria and requirements are met, the Group is required to:

(i) submit the original or a certified true copy of their latest audited accounts;

(ii) submit certified statements of outstanding workload;

(iii) provide supplementary information; and

(iv) answer all reasonable enquiries from WBDB.

Apart from the aforesaid financial criteria, the Group is also required to employ a minimum number of full time management and technical personnel with the required qualifications as stipulated in the Contractor Management Handbook (Revision B) July 2005 (承建商管理手冊—修訂版B) in order to be retained on the Contractor List (on confirmed and probationary status).

3. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the minimum management and technical personnel criteria for the “Waterworks” category were fulfilled by two executive Directors, namely Mr. Kan and Mr. Fung.

4. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the minimum management and technical personnel criteria for the “Roads and Drainage” category were fulfilled by Mr. Kan, an executive Director and Mr. Leung Hon Chung, a senior management staff of the Group.

—67— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

5. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the minimum management and technical personnel criteria for the “Site Formation” category were fulfilled by Mr. Kan, an executive Director and Mr. Lau Wai Chun, Jacky, a senior management staff of the Group.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group has not undertaken a Government contract of such value or with such earth works quantity to satisfy the requirement for promotion to confirmed status and has therefore remained as an approved contractor in Group B on probation. According to the Government licensing criteria, there is no time limit as to how long an approved contractor must apply for promotion to confirmed status in any categories of the contractor list. TYW is still in probationary status as TYW has so far been focusing on the waterworks engineering sector and has not yet actively pursued business in the site formation sector.

The Directors confirm that each member of the Group has been granted all the required licences and approval for carrying on its business activities and confirm that such required licences and approvals were valid and subsisting as at the Latest Practicable Date.

AWARDS AND RECOGNITIONS

Year of grant Description Organisation

2009 Bronze prize in the renovation and maintenance Labour Department of works — Subcontractors in WSD Contract No. the Government [21/WSD/06] under the Construction Industry Safety Award Scheme

In addition, the Group has been receiving letters from WBDB in respect of its performance ratings which are derived from the performance scores given in all the reports written on the Group’s performance in Government works contracts in the preceding 12 reporting periods. Based on the aforesaid letters from WBDB, the Directors are of the view that the Group has achieved outstanding performance ratings during the Track Record Period.

CONTRACTS COMPLETED AND CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS

The waterworks contracts undertaken by the Group principally involve construction of water tank, pump house and main laying, works for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains, and maintenance works.

—68— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Works contracts involving construction of water tank, pump house and main laying are work contracts with estimated quantities of work. The scope of work, together with the estimated contract value, are specifically stated in the contractual documents.

Replacement and rehabilitation of water mains are contract works under the water mains replacement and rehabilitation programme (please refer to the paragraph headed “Replacement and rehabilitation of water mains” under the section headed “Industry overview” ). The replacement and rehabilitation programme covers certain extent of urban areas and new development districts, it is therefore difficult for the Government to ascertain specifically the amount of pipes to be replaced and rehabilitated in its preliminary assessment. The contractual documents of works for replacement and rehabilitation normally include the scope of work and the estimated contract values, but all works shall not be carried out without a work order. The work orders will specifically set out the particulars of the works required and the expected completion time of such work orders. The aggregate sum of work orders during the contract term may sometimes be larger than the initial estimated contract values due to additional works requirements identified subsequent to commencement of work. On the other hand, the aggregate sum of work orders during the contract term may sometimes be smaller than the initial estimated contract values due to reduction in works after commencement of works. In this respect, the estimated contract values specified on the contractual documents only act as an indication and the Group’s actual amount of work, revenue and profit recognised during the contract term could be different from the estimated contract values depending on the work orders received. In addition, variation orders may sometimes be given to vary the works prescribed in prior work orders issued. Variation orders may reduce or increase the amount of works previously prescribed.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group, as a main contractor, had been awarded with two replacement and rehabilitation works contracts covering an aggregate sum of approximately [28.1]km of water mains, representing approximately [0.9]% of total length of water mains under the replacement and rehabilitation programme, and as a subcontractor, had been contracted to undertake [three] replacement and rehabilitation works contracts covering an aggregate sum of [155.9]km of water mains, representing approximately [5.2]% of total length of water mains under the replacement and rehabilitation programme.

Contracts involving maintenance works normally do not include a clear extent on the works required to be performed and also do not have estimated contract values stated on the contractual documents. Details of the work required to be performed will be set forth in each of the works order received during the term of the maintenance contracts. Maintenance contracts normally have a set of general charging rates for different types of works.

During the Track Record Period, the Group had undertaken a number of work contracts with most of them being waterworks contracts. The three waterworks contracts which contributed most to the Group’s revenue during the Track Record Period were the term contracts in connection with replacement and rehabilitation of water mains in Tai Po and Fanling (contract number 21/WSD/06) in which the Group acts as subcontractor, replacement and rehabilitation of water mains in Ngau Tam Mei (contract number 13/WSD/06) in which the Group acts as main contractor and replacement and rehabilitation of water mains in Hong Kong Island South and outlying islands (contract number 18/WSD/08) in which the Group acts as subcontractor. For each of the two financial years ended 31 March 2010, the aforesaid three contracts generated approximately [80.6]% and approximately

—69— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

[84.5]% respectively of the Group’s total revenue. Despite the Group undertook most of the waterwork contracts in the capacity of a subcontractor during the Track Record Period, it is the Group’s business objective to undertake more waterworks contracts in the capacity of a main contractor in the near future. Details of the Group’s strategies and implementation plan in connection with the aforesaid objective are set out in the paragraph headed “Business objective and strategies” and “Implementation plan” under the section headed “Future plans” in this document.

Contracts completed

Set out below are the details of the contracts completed by the Group during the Track Record Period and up to [the Latest Practicable Date]:

Contract period Contract Client/Main under main Time of number Types of contract contractor Particulars of the contract contract completion (Note 1)

The Group as a subcontractor (Note 6)

1/WSD/O5(K) [Waterworks MHCC/MHWE Subcontractor Term contract for waterworks 1/9/2006 - 31/7/2008 engineering services] District K — Kowloon 31/8/2008

3/WSD/01 [Waterworks MHCC/MHWE Subcontractor Water supply to Wu Kau Tang, 15/11/2001 - 11/8/2008 engineering services] Kau Tam Tso and Lai Chi Wo, 13/2/2004 North District (Note 3)

5/WSD/06 [Waterworks Kwan On Construction Subcontractor Replacement and rehabilitation 16/4/2007 - 17/10/2008 engineering services] Co Ltd of water mains, stage 1, phase 14/10/2008 2 — mains in Fanling, Sheung Shui and Ping Che

ST/2005/02 [Roadworks and Penta-Ocean-Peako Subcontractor Sha Tin New Town, Stage II 1/11/2006 - 3/11/2008 drainage services] Joint Ventrue road works at Area 34 and 52 3/11/2008 Total in Shui Chuen O and Area 56A contract in Kau To value HK$204,968,222.05 DC/2005/02 Roadworks and Victory Trenchless Subcontractor Construction of sewer, rising 29/12/2005 - 5/6/2009 drainage services] Engineering Company mains and pumping stations at [30/6/2010] Limited Kam Tin, Nam Sang Wai and Total Au Tau in Yuen Long amount of YL 56/03 Roadworks and Chit Cheung Subcontractor Main drainage channel for 2/9/2003 - 31/3/2009 works drainage services] Construction Yuen Long and Kam Tin Sha 22/2/2007 certified Co Ltd Ha Tsuen to Lam Hau Tseun (Note 4) (Note 2) section HK$201,038,447.15

The Group as a main contractor

2/WSD/05 [Waterworks WSD Water supply to Sha Tin 8/5/2006 - 2/12/2008 * engineering services] Development Area 56A — 1/1/2009 construction of Kau To high level fresh water service reservoir and Kau To fresh water pumping station

13/WSD/06 [Waterworks WSD Main Contractor Replacement and rehabilitation 17/9/2007 - 31/8/2009 engineering services] of water mains stage 2 — 15/11/2009 mains in Ngau Tam Mei

—70— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Contracts in progress as at the Latest Practicable Date

Set out below are the details of the Group’s contracts in progress as at [the Latest Practicable Date]:

Contract period Percentage Contract Client/Main Particulars of under main of work number Types of contract contractor the contract contract certified (Note 5)

The Group as a subcontractor (Note 6)

21/WSD/06 [Waterworks MHCC/MHWE Replacement and 8/8/2007 - [59]% engineering rehabilitation of water mains 5/1/2011 services] stage 2 — Tai Po and Total Fanling contract value 18/WSD/08 [Waterworks MHCC/MHWE Replacement and 18/3/2009 - HK$[672,012,837.86] [15]% engineering rehabilitation of water mains 13/9/2013 services] stage 3 — mains on Hong Kong Island South and Total outlying islands amount of works 1/WSD/09(W) [Waterworks MHCC/MHWE Term contract for 1/9/2009 - [N/A] certified engineering Waterworks District W-New 31/8/2012 (Note 7) (Note 2) services] Territories HK$[257,232,643.20]

The Group as a main contractor 3/WSD/09 [Waterworks WSD Water supply to 26/6/2009 - * [80]% engineering Ta Tit Yan, Tai Po — 10/10/2010 services] Construction of water tank, pump house and mainlaying

9/WSD/09 [Waterworks WSD Replacement and 28/5/2010 - [●]% engineering rehabilitation of water mains 23/11/2012 services] stage 3 - mains in Sai Kung

Remark: As mentioned in the paragraph headed “Contracts completed and contracts in progress” above, due to the nature of certain works contracts (i.e. contract works for replacement and rehabilitation), the contract values specified on those contractual documents only act as an indication and the Group’s actual amount of work, revenue and profit recognised during the contract term could be varied from the estimated contract values depending on the work orders received.

Notes:

1. Time of completion is determined with reference to, in the case of main contract works, the certificate of completion received from the engineer appointed by WSD, and in the case of subcontract works, the statement of final accounts received from the main contractor or last completion certificate received from the main contractor.

In the case of contract numbered ST/2005/02, time of completion is determined with reference to a letter issued by the Group to the main contractor confirming completion and hand-over of works.

—71— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

In the case of contract numbered 2/WSD/05, the completion date had been extended as agreed with the engineer appointed for the project.

2. Amount of works certified is based on the [certificates of payment] received from WSD or the main contractor (as the case may be).

3. The time of completion fell outside the contract period under the main contract due to receipt of variation orders. The statement of final accounts between the main contractor and WSD was not finalised until 11 August 2008 as there was disagreement of amount in variation orders between the main contractor and WSD. Details of the disagreement were not disclosed by such main contractor to the Company.

4. The time of completion fell outside the contract period under the main contract as the contract involved extensions of time for the contract works. The extensions of time were approved by the engineer appointed for the project on 11 July 2008 and 1 February 2010 respectively to extend the completion date of the project to 31 March 2009. [Based on the Group’s previous experience, the engineer appointed for the project by Civil Engineering and Development Department could approve any extensions of time for the contract works and such approval of extensions of time applications were normally granted after the original completion date of the project].

5. The percentage of work certified is based on the certificates issued by the Group’s client on the respective projects. It represents the amount of works certified as a percentage of the original contract value. For details of contract certification and payment, please refer to the sub-paragraph headed “Application for payment and certification” under the paragraph headed “Operations” below.

6. [In respect of the contracts that the Group act as the subcontractor, the Directors confirm that the main contractors of which are Independent Third Parties.]

7. This is a term contract for maintenance works. As this type of contract neither has a clear specification on the works required to be performed nor contract value stated on its contractual document, therefore percentage of work certified is not applicable. The amount set out in application for payment is calculated based on the amount of work completed in the period pursuant to terms of the works order received and the agreed rates for the relevant works. Details of the maintenance works contract are disclosed in paragraph headed “Contracts completed and contracts in progress” above.

—72— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

The following maps illustrate the locations of (i) contracts completed by the Group during the Track Record Period and up to [the Latest Practicable Date]; and (ii) the Group’s contracts in progress as at [the Latest Practicable Date]:

(i) Locations of contracts completed during the Track Record Period and up to [the Latest Practicable Date]

Note: Marks on the map are for indication of the approximate locations of contracts completed during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date.

—73— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

(ii) Locations of contracts in progress as at the Latest Practicable Date

Note: Marks on the map are for indication of the approximate locations of contracts in progress as at the Latest Practicable Date.

—74— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

OPERATIONS

The Group is primarily engaged in the provision of civil engineering works for the public sector, the main contracts of which are generally awarded through open tendering procedures. In general, the Group’s operation initially involves preparation and submission of tender document (as regards tender from the Government) or quotation (as regards subcontracting work). After a contract is awarded to the Group, the Group commences procurement of materials, project implementation, selection of subcontractor (if required) and implementation of quality assurance and quality control procedures. When the contract work is completed to a certain stage, such work is inspected and, if satisfactory, certified by the engineer appointed for the project. Thereafter, the Group may apply for contract payments.

The general operational procedures are largely identical for both the Group’s role as a main contractor and subcontractor. The following diagram illustrates the general operational procedures undertaken by the Group for its business:

Formation of Preparation of Submission of Award of Identification project Preparation tender document tender document contract by of projects management stage or quotation or quotation client team

If subcontractor is not engaged

Project Procurement of implementation Manpower required by direct labour allocation materials and of the Group equipment

Preparation of Implementation Quality assurance stage master program

Assignment of Procurement of Project work to Selection of required implementation appointed subcontractors materials and by subcontractors subcontractors equipment

If subcontractor is engaged

Certification and Release of Release of application payment to Maintenance payment by Inspection for contract subcontractor stage client payments (if any)

—75— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Identification of projects

Projects are generally identified by the Group by reviewing Government Gazette, on which tender invitations from different Government departments are published. The tender notice includes a brief description of the works required, the expected commencement date and contract period, the contact details of the office from which forms of tender and further particulars of the project may be obtained and the closing time and date of the tender. The Group is also informed of projects subject to tender by receiving invitation letter directly from the Government department concerned.

The majority of the contracts undertaken by the Group during the Track Record Period were subcontracted by main contractors. The Group is normally approached by the main contractors and requested to provide an indication of its interest in the subject projects after obtaining the preliminary specifications from the main contractors. If the main contractors are satisfied with the Group’s App1A(28)(1)(b) (iii),(iv) preliminary specifications and quotation, subcontracting agreement will be entered into between the main contractors and the Group. There would not be any contractual relationship between the Group and the relevant Government department in respect of the public sector projects in which the Group acts as a subcontractor. For each of the two financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue generated from contracts in which the Group acted as subscontractor represented approximately [73.9]% and approximately [88.5]% of the Group’s total revenue respectively. The remaining approximately [26.1]% and approximately [11.5]% of the Group’s total revenue was generated from contracts obtained from WSD in which the Group acted as the main contractor. The aforesaid revenue from contracts in which the Group acted as subcontractor was attributable to five and two main contractors respectively. The Group has established business relationship with these main contractors for three to over ten years. In particular, the Group began undertaking projects as a subcontractor for MHCC/MHWE, the Group’s largest main contractor, in 2001. [For the year ended 31 March 2009, revenue derived from MHWE amounted to approximately HK$[2.5] million, representing approximately [2.8]% of the Group’s total revenue. No revenue was derived from MHWE for the year ended 31 March 2010. For each of the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue derived from MHCC amounted to approximately HK$[57.8] million and approximately HK$[131.4] million respectively, representing approximately [65.9]% and [88.3]% of the Group’s total revenue in respective year. ]

For the year ended 31 March 2009, over 99.9% of the Group’s total revenue was attributable to five customers, whilst for the year ended 31 March 2010, the Group’s total revenue was attributable to three customers.

Mr. Chia, an executive Director, had shareholding interest in Ming Hing Waterworks as at the Latest Practicable Date. Details of Directors’ interests are set out in the paragraph headed “Competing interests” in the section headed “Controlling Shareholders and Substantial Shareholders” in this document.

Save for Mr. Chia’s shareholding interest in Ming Hing Waterworks, none of the Directors, their associates or any Shareholder has any shareholding interest in Ming Hing Waterworks nor the Group’s five largest suppliers, customers and subcontractors.

—76— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

As the Group mainly undertook waterworks projects in public sector during the Track Record Period in the capacity as either a main contractor or subcontractor, the following table summarises the rights, obligations and risks of a main contractor and a subcontractor in a typical public sector waterworks project:

Main contractor Subcontractor

Rights (i) To receive payment from WSD (i) To receive payment from the directly; and main contractor;

(ii) no advances can be drawn from (ii) advance from main contractor WSD. may be obtained, subject to parties’ negotiation and agreement; and

(iii) may rely on the insurance policies taken out by the main contractor. Obligations (i) To implement the work contract (i) To implement the work contract according to the terms set out in according to the terms set out in the contract entered with WSD; the contract entered with the main contractor; (ii) [shall effect and maintain employees’ compensation and (ii) [shall bear the initial loss under employer’s common law any excess clause (i.e. the liability insurance in respect of deductible) under the CAR/TPL any accident or injury to any Insurances and any uninsured workman or other person in the losses in the event of a claim employment of the contractor in under the CAR/TPL Insurances connection with the main which relate to the subcontract contractor works or the works]; and subcontractor occurring as a result of or in connection with (iii) shall take out his own insurance the execution of the for his own plant and equipment subcontractor works]; at his discretion.

(iii) [shall effect and maintain CAR/TPL Insurances as required under the main contract]; and

(iv) shall take out his own insurance for his own plant and equipment at his discretion. Risks Minimal credit risk in receiving Higher credit risk in the event of payment from WSD. delay and/or default in payment by the main contractor.

—77— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

The gross profit margin of a typical public sector waterworks project, such as a replacement and rehabilitation of water mains project, may fluctuate throughout the term of a contract as the amount of work and associated costs usually vary from time to time depending on the work orders received. During the Track Record Period, the Group has undertaken replacement and rehabilitation of water mains projects in the capacity as a main contractor (contract number 13/WSD/06) and a subcontractor (contract number 21/WSD/06). The gross profit margins of contract numbered 13/WSD/06 and 21/WSD/06 for the year ended 31 March 2009 were both significantly higher than those for the year ended 31 March 2010. When comparing the gross profit margins between the aforesaid two contracts in the two years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, the gross profit margin of contract numbered 13/WSD/06 was slightly lower than that of 21/WSD/06 in the year ended 31 March 2009 whilst the gross profit margin of contract numbered 13/WSD/06 was lower, to a greater extent, than that of 21/WSD/06 in the year ended 31 March 2010.

Preparation of tender document or quotation

The Group will commence preliminary work for the preparation of tender documents (in the case of Government contracts) or quotations (in the case of subcontracted works) after obtaining the specifications from the Government department concerned or the main contractor.

For preparing tender documents in the case of Government contracts, the preliminary work begins with understanding the specifications and requirements of the project and involves a visit to the site at which the project is to be undertaken. The Directors consider the site visit a crucial step in preparing the tender document as it enables the Group to better assess the complexity of works involved and determine which method to adopt to carry out the work in an efficient and cost-effective manner. After the site visit, the quantity surveyors of the Group will conduct a detailed analysis on the technical and financial aspects of the project, taking into consideration the expected amount and complexity of works to be involved, the estimated amount and prices of the required materials, the technical skills to be required, the expected time of delivery, the involvement of subcontractor(s) and other factors that may affect the Group’s obligations.

Market information and data relevant to the Group’s business and, in particular, preparation of tenders such as price trend of construction materials, wage trend and the Group’s tender record are maintained and updated regularly by the Group to facilitate the preparation of competitive tenders. After conducting the aforesaid analysis, the Group’s quantity surveyor will prepare a preliminary pricing list, insert the preliminary prices for each item in the bill of quantity and will then submit them to the Group’s contract manager for review. The contract manager will scrutinize the preliminary pricing list and bill of quantity, make adjustments (if necessary) based on his experience and recent market information and then submit and discuss with Mr. Kan, the chairman of the Board and an executive Director, and Mr. Fung, an executive Director, for their final review and approval.

For preparing quotations in the case of subcontracted works, the Group will carry out procedures similar to those set out above to arrive at the quotations for submission to or negotiation with the main contractors.

—78— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Submission of tender document or quotation

In the case of Government contracts, apart from ascertaining the bill of quantity is in compliance with the specifications of the project subject to tender, Mr. Kan and Mr. Fung will, based on their experience and market knowledge, consider whether the tender is competitive in terms of pricing whilst certain level of profitability can be achieved during their review of the tender documents. Upon finalising the bill of quantity and other documents required for submission, the Group will submit the tender documents to the relevant Government department.

In the case of subcontracted works, submission of formal quotation may or may not be required. In the event that a formal quotation is required, the Group will prepare the quotations in the similar way as those for preparing the tender documents as set out above and submit documentation to the main contractor.

Formation of project management team

Once a contract is awarded, a project management team will be formed which generally comprises the project manager, a foreman and a number of workers chosen by the project manager. In choosing the members of the project management team, the project manager usually takes into account of the nature, technical requirement and timing of delivery of the project, the available manpower of the Group, the need for recruitment of additional workers and the skills of the workers. The project management team will have monthly meeting with the engineer appointed for the project to review working progress and conduct daily inspection to enhance the quality assurance.

In the case that the Group being a subcontractor, depending on the terms of the subcontracting agreement, the main contractor may designate some of its staff to provide the necessary on-site support to the Group on implementation of the contract work in order to ensure a smooth operation and have a better communication with the engineer appointed for the project. The Group will reimburse the relevant costs on a dollar-to-dollar basis to the main contractor after reviewing and assessing the validity and accuracy of the relevant costs as shown on the schedule prepared by the main contractor. The costs of on-site support from the main contractors paid by the Group for each of the two financial years ended 31 March 2010 were approximately HK$[2.3 million] and HK$[7.0 million] respectively.

Procurement of materials and equipment

During the Track Record Period, the Group was principally focused on waterworks projects and roads and drainage projects. The principal construction materials used by the Group include various kinds of pipes (including mild steel pipes, ductile iron pipes and polyethylene pipes), fittings, steel bars, concrete and asphalt, which are sourced from a number of suppliers.

For each of the contracts undertaken by the Group, a master program setting out the particulars on the implementation of such project and a project quality plan setting out the specifications, the timing of delivery, the construction materials and manpower required will be prepared. The Group will place the purchase orders (as and when required under the relevant main contract where the Group is a subcontractor, through the relevant main contractor) with the suppliers on the Group’s approved list

—79— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS for the required materials and equipment according to the project quality plan. Under normal circumstances, purchase orders will be placed whenever necessary. In addition to the required amount of inventory, the site agent will, based on his past experience in similar projects, order extra amount of inventory as buffer to cater for unforeseen circumstances, such as receipt of additional work orders by the Group. The Group will regularly review the inventory balance to ensure that a sufficient level of inventory is maintained for carrying out contract works and contingencies.

During the Track Record Period, there were over 140 suppliers on the Group’s approved list of suppliers. Factors considered by the Group before admitting a supplier on its approved list include product quality, timeliness of delivery, job references and reputation in the industry. The Group reviews its approved list of suppliers on an annual basis to ensure that the Group is maintaining a diversified base of reliable suppliers which offer competitive prices.

During the Track Record Period, the Group’s largest construction materials supplier (in respect App1A(28)(1)(b) (i),(ii) of construction materials for which the Group directly placed purchase orders) accounted for approximately 3.8% and 2.8% of the Group’s total purchases and the Group’s five largest construction materials suppliers (in respect of construction materials for which the Group directly placed purchase orders) accounted for approximately 9.8% and 6.0% of the Group’s total purchases respectively. All of the five largest suppliers are Independent Third Parties. None of the Directors or their associates or any Shareholder holding more than 5% of the Company’s issued share capital had any interests in the five largest suppliers as at the Latest Practicable Date. During the Track Record Period, the Group App1A(28)(1)(b)(v) had not experienced any significant disruption in the supply of materials by its suppliers.

The Group has established business relationship with its top five suppliers during Track Record Period from one to nine years. No long term contract had been entered into between the Group and the suppliers. The normal credit period granted to the Group is 30 days.

For contracts undertaken by the Group as a subcontractor, if the subcontracts entered into between the Group and the main contractor so provides, the main contractor may be responsible for purchasing the required materials for the Group’s use to carry out the subcontracted works concerned.

For the year ended 31 March 2009, total purchases of construction materials by the Group amounted to approximately HK$20.5 million, which comprised (i) purchases of construction materials made by the Group directly with suppliers of approximately HK$4.2 million; (ii) purchase of construction materials by an independent main contractor for the Group’s use in carrying out waterworks engineering services as a subcontractor in respect of a water mains replacement and rehabilitation project (contract number 5/WSD/06) of approximately HK$0.2 million; and (iii) purchase of construction materials by MHCC/MHWE for the Group’s use in carrying out waterworks engineering services as a subcontractor to MHCC/MHWE in respect of a water mains replacement and rehabilitation project (contract number 21/WSD/06) of approximately HK$16.1 million.

Pursuant to the terms of the subcontracts entered into between MHCC/MHWE and the Group, MHCC/MHWE, upon the written request of the subcontractor (i.e. the Group), would be responsible for purchasing the required materials for the Group’s use and is entitled to deduct the corresponding costs of construction materials from the payments to the Group in respect of works completed. For the year ended 31 March 2010, total purchases of construction materials by the Group amounted to

—80— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS approximately HK$32.4 million, which comprised (i) purchases of construction materials made by the Group directly with suppliers of approximately HK$2.6 million; and (ii) purchase of construction materials by MHCC/MHWE for the Group’s use in carrying out waterworks engineering services as a subcontractor to MHCC/MHWE in respect of the project as referred to the aforesaid water mains replacement and rehabilitation project (contract number 21/WSD/06) and another water mains replacement and rehabilitation project (contract number 18/WSD/08) of approximately HK$29.8 million.

Similar to the subcontract entered into between MHCC/MHWE and the Group relating to contract number 21/WSD/06, the subcontracts in respect of contract number 18/WSD/08 and contract number 1/WSD/09(W) provide that MHCC/MHWE, upon the written request of the subcontractor (i.e. the Group), would be responsible for purchasing the required materials for the Group’s use and is entitled to deduct the corresponding costs of construction materials from the payments to the Group in respect of works completed.

As the ”buy-sell” relationship for construction materials was established between MHCC/MHWE and the construction materials suppliers concerned and MHCC/MHWE was responsible for making payments to such suppliers, the Group has not included the suppliers from which MHCC/MHWE purchased the construction materials as suppliers of the Group in its books and records. Similarly, the Group had not included the suppliers from which the aforesaid independent main contractor purchased the construction materials as suppliers of the Group in its books and records. Construction materials purchased through the independent main contractor according to the subcontracting contract signed with such main contractor were accounted for as inventory of the Group. This accounting treatment is the same as that if the Group purchased these materials by itself. The Group settled the cost of construction materials purchased through the independent main contractor on a monthly basis by offsetting an equivalent sum against the progress billing to such main contractor.

Project implementation

The project management team, headed by a project manager, is responsible for all aspects of the project including preparation of the master program and project quality plan, manpower management, resources allocation, budget monitoring and overall project execution and administration. The project manager who is normally stationed at the site is responsible for site supervision and monitoring work progress. Meetings between the client and the project manager are held regularly to review work progress, to resolve issues identified during implementation of the project and to revise the work program if variation orders are received.

Subcontracting arrangements

The contract period of the main contracts awarded to the Group in the past varied from 9 months to approximately 36 months and such contracts may involve works that require other expertise such as mechanical and electrical works and landscaping and plantation works. Depending on the Group’s manpower availability, the expertise required, the level of complexity of work involved, cost effectiveness and licensing requirements, the Group may appoint subcontractors to carry out certain parts of a contract. To ensure the overall quality of work on a project, the Group has maintained a list of approved subcontractors, the selection of which are based on a set of criteria as set out in the

—81— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Group’s internal quality procedure including previous job references, reputation in the industry, price competitiveness quality of work and skill sets of workers. During the Track Record Period, there were more than 40 subcontractors on the Group’s list of approved subcontractors. The list of approved subcontractors is reviewed and updated on an annual basis based on the performance assessment of each subcontractor by the Group.

In determining the appointment of a subcontractor, the Group will take into consideration the manpower allocated to the project by the subcontractor, the subcontractor’s quality of work, the subcontractor’s timeliness of delivery of work in the past, the management control of the subcontractor and the price competitiveness of quotation. The Group will enter into a subcontract agreement with the subcontractor appointed, which terms will require the subcontractor to observe all the requirements and provisions of the relevant main contract entered into between the Group and its client. Except for situations where subcontract rates and specifications of subcontracted works are particularly stated in the subcontract agreement, all other material terms including payment, supervision and terms of measure of contract works follow those contained in the relevant main contract. In situations where subcontractors do not have sufficient funds to recruit additional workers or acquire the materials necessary to carry out their works, the main contractor may make advances to the subcontractors for such purposes. It is not uncommon in the civil engineering industry or construction industry in general for the main contractor to make advances to subcontractors as initial start-up capital for undertaking contract works. During the Track Record Period, the Group as a main contractor has made advances, which were non-interest bearing, to its subcontractors. As at 31 March 2009 and 2010, the balance of the advances made by the Group to its subcontractors amounted to nil and approximately HK$2.3 million respectively.

During the Track Record Period, the Group’s subcontracting costs amounted to approximately HK$24.6 million and HK$40.1 million respectively, representing approximately 34.9% and 32.9% of the total costs of service respectively. During the same period, the Group’s largest subcontractor accounted for approximately 35.8% and 22.1% of the Group’s total subcontracting costs and the Group’s five largest subcontractors accounted for approximately 71.3% and 48.1% of the Group’s total subcontracting costs respectively. All of the five largest subcontractors are Independent Third Parties. App1A(28)(1) (b)(v) None of the Directors or their associates or any Shareholder holding more than 5% of the Company’s issued share capital had any interests in the five largest subcontractors as at the Latest Practicable Date.

During the Track Record Period, there were over 40 subcontractors on the Group’s list of approved subcontractors, around 9 of which had been working with the Group for at least four years. During the Track Record Period, the Group had not experienced any incidents whereby the Group’s subcontractors have caused delay in completing the required services which resulted in an adverse impact on the Group’s operations or financial position.

Inspection

During the course of work, the site agent or other team members assigned by him will conduct inspection on all works completed on a regular basis to ensure that the works performed by the Group comply with the requirements as set out in the relevant contract. Under normal circumstances, a further inspection will be conducted together with the engineer’s representative before application for interim payment.

—82— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Application for payment and certification

In the case of the Group being a main contractor, the Group is entitled to apply for interim payment for the work in progress per month according to the terms of the work contract. Under normal circumstances, the Group will apply for monthly interim payment pursuant to the terms of the work contract by submitting to the engineer appointed for the project a statement of account, showing the value of the work completed in the period, the value of the materials used for the project and any other sums to which the Group considers to be due to it under the relevant contract, together with other supporting documents as may be required by the engineer appointed for the project for payment of interim works. The engineer appointed for the project will issue a certificate of payment no later than 21 days of the date of receipt of such notice if, in his/her opinion, the works were satisfactorily completed upon the relevant time frame in accordance with the relevant contract. The payment of interim works will be received within 21 days after the receipt of the certificate of payment. As described above, such application for payment and certification will be conducted monthly until the entire project is completed. Similar to the monthly interim payment, the final payment shall be made to the Group within 21 days of the issue of the completion certificate by the engineer appointed for the project. The maintenance period, as specified on the form of tender, shall commence on the day following the date of completion stated in the completion certificate and last for about a year. During the maintenance period or within 14 days after its expiry, the engineer appointed for the project may by notice in writing require the Group to carry out any work of repair or rectification, or make good any defect, imperfection, shrinkage, settlement or other faults identified within the maintenance period. The costs of repair or rectification were immaterial during the Track Record Period.

In the case of the Group being a subcontractor, the procedures for application for payment and certification are similar to that in the case of the Group being a main contractor, except that the Group will submit the relevant documents to the main contractor instead of the engineer appointed for the project. The main contractor, upon receipt of payment from the relevant Government departments, will first deduct, if any, the contract fee, handling fee, cost of purchase of raw materials (where applicable) and other reimbursements payable by the Group, before making payment to the Group.

INVENTORY CONTROL

The primary objective of the inventory control is to maintain a sufficient level of inventory for carrying out the projects without delay and contingencies. The Group’s inventory level is monitored on an ongoing basis. The project management committee regularly reviews the level of inventory to ensure that there is sufficient inventory for utilisation by the projects. Generally speaking, the amount of construction materials to be ordered is assessed by the site agent on a project by project basis depending on the work orders (if any) and specific requirements of each project. The time required for delivery of materials by the suppliers and the expected commencement date of site work will also be taken into consideration when determining the size of order. In addition, the Group may increase the inventory of certain materials required for a project in advance if the project management committee foresees that the prices of those materials will rise in near future.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

The Group has adopted a series of quality assurance measures to ensure the quality of its work. In recognition of the quality assurance procedures in place, the quality management system of TYW

—83— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS has been certified that it complies with the requirements of ISO9001:2000 quality management system standard applicable to construction of civil engineering works (site formation, waterworks, roads and drainage). The ISO certificate would be renewed once every three years and ISO surveillance visit would be conducted once every six months. The current ISO 9001:2008 certificate will expire on 2 June 2012.

Each project is implemented according to its project quality plan, which is designed to ensure that the specifications, timing of delivery, quality of construction materials and manpower required for a project are met. The project manager reviews the aforesaid aspects of a project against the requirements set out in the project quality plan from time to time and makes modifications and rectifications whenever necessary.

Prior to making an application for certification of completion, daily inspection will be conducted by the site agent or foreman to ensure that the work completed conforms to the specifications and requirements set out in the contract. In particular, the site agent or foreman will inspect the workmanship of the work completed and prepare an as-constructed drawing. As at the Latest Practicable Date, there were [13] personnel responsible for quality assurance in the Group and Mr. Lau Wai Chun, Jacky is the head of quality assurance of the Group. Details of his qualifications and industry experiences are disclosed in the section headed “Directors, senior management, board committee and staff” in this document.

During the Track Record Period, TYW achieved outstanding performance ratings in respect of the projects undertaken by it and did not receive any poor performance ratings from ETWB. According to the letters received from WBDB dated 1 February 2010 and 3 May 2010, the respective performance ratings for the fourth quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010 of TYW were the same as the respective highest scores given by WBDB to a total of ten Group B contractors under the category of “Waterworks” during the relevant period. As the letters from WBDB do not specify the number of contractors achieving the highest score, the Directors could not rule out the possibility that there might be other contractors getting the same rating as TYW during the relevant period. Nevertheless, based on the aforesaid letters from WBDB, the Directors are of the view that the Group has achieved outstanding performance ratings during the Track Record Period. Given part of the evaluation process of tenders is based on a formula, a material component of which is a tenderer’s performance rating, TYW’s recent outstanding performance ratings are beneficial to its bidding of tenders. Details of the contractors’ performance index system and the assessment criteria of the performance ratings are disclosed in the section headed “Licensing and other requirements for Government projects” in this document.

SAFETY POLICY

The Group has implemented a stringent set of safety policies in order to provide a safe and healthy working environment to its employees. Each worker at site is provided with an induction training on the safety policies of the Group. Depending on the scope of work at each site, the safety officer will provide a safety briefing regularly to highlight major safety issues to the workers. The

—84— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS safety officer, site agent and the Group’s client will carry out regular on-site inspection to identify existing and potential safety issues, and thereafter the site agent will be responsible for implementing appropriate safety precautions or rectification measures in respect of the issues identified. In addition, safety reminders and warnings are posted at prominent areas at the sites.

According to the Occupational Safety and Health Statistics issued by the Government, the number of industrial accidents in the construction industry in Hong Kong were 3,033 in 2008 and 2,755 in 2009 respectively. During the Track Record Period, the Group recorded [one] and [two] accident(s) respectively, which is not significant as compared to the aforesaid number of industrial accidents. Such three industrial accidents involved were personal injury of labour and no casualties were recorded. The injured persons in two of the accidents were the employees of the Group’s subcontractors and as the Group was neither the main contractor of the projects nor direct employer of the injured persons in such two accidents, injury claims were made by the relevant injured persons to their respective main contractors of the projects. In respect of the one accident occurred where the Group was the main contractor of the project, the injured person was a direct employee of the Group. The aforesaid accident happened on 21 January 2010 in which a plant and equipment operator slipped off from a truck while he was off-loading the raw materials on the truck. The injured employee sustained left ankle fracture in the accident. As the Group had employees’ compensation insurance, the injured employee had the right to claim against his injury within the insurance period commencing from 26 June 2009 and terminating upon, whichever is earlier, (i) 6 January 2011 or (ii) the practical completion of the project and during the maintenance period of 12 months immediately following the aforesaid period, with the maximum indemnity of HK$200 million per single event. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group has not resolved the case with the injured employee of the Group yet and no injury claim has been received by the Group from such injured employee. Although the injured employee has the right to lodge a claim against the Group for compensation or other remedies, the Board considers the risk exposure of the Group in this regard is minimal, given the Group has insurance with a maximum indemnity of HK$200 million covering such potential liabilities. In order to minimise the occurrence of industrial accidents and improve the Group’s safety policies, the Group will keep on conducting safety trainings to uphold the safety awareness of the labour. The Group, since August 2008, has engaged external safety firm or auditor to carry out review or audit on the Group’s safety aspects on a half-yearly basis. Sequence Management Consultants Limited is an independent consultancy firm specializing in providing site safety inspection and safety audit services to engineering and construction company in Hong Kong. Mr. Choi Kwok Kin Paul is a registered safety auditor under the Factories an Industrial Undertakings (Safety Management) Regulation (Chapter 59AF, the Laws of Hong Kong). Mr. Choi Kwok Kin Paul held various safety supervisory or safety managerial positions in several corporate entities from 1993 to 2007. He has been a registered safety officer and a registered safety auditor under the Labour Department of Hong Kong since 1997 and 2000 respectively. He has been providing external safety audit and safety review services since 2008. During the Track Record Period, the aggregate fee paid to the safety auditor or the consultancy firm amounted to HK$[55,000]. The scope of safety audit generally included assessment of safety policy, safety organization, safety rules, personal protective programme, occupational health assurance programme and other safety aspects of the Group. During the Track Record Period, no material safety issues were identified by the safety auditor. In the latest safety report, the safety auditor, Mr. Choi Kwok Kin Paul, had made certain recommendations to the Group including, among other things, revisions of safety plan and emergency plan and arrangement of emergency drill. The follow-up actions in response of the above recommendations have been completed by the Group as at the Latest Practicable Date.

—85— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

The following tables set out the key recommendations made by the safety auditor, Mr. Choi Kwok Kin Paul, in the latest safety reports and the follow-up actions undertaken by the Group in response thereto:

TYW

Follow-up actions Recommendations undertaken/ Aspect and findings Responsible person implementation results

Safety policy No commitment was Project Manager/ Safety policy has been stated in the safety policy Safety Officer revised to include the that safety and health are required information. the prime responsibilities of the management at all levels, from the most senior executives down to the front line supervisory staff.

Organisational Qualified safety staff to Project Manager Adequate qualified safety structure assist the line staff has been appointed organization on to assist the line implementing the safety organization for management system was implementation of the insufficient. safety management system

Safety training Safety training plan was Project Manager/ Training plan has been not set up to cope with Safety Officer established to cope with the training needs. the training needs.

In-house safety rules “In-house safety rules” Safety Officer Training material of the and regulations was not an item of site-specific induction site-specific induction training has been revised training. to include in-house safety rules.

Programme for Project safety plan did Safety Officer The project safety plan inspection of not mention about any has been revised to hazardous conditions inspection programme by include inspection the senior management at programme. regular intervals.

—86— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Follow-up actions Recommendations undertaken/ Aspect and findings Responsible person implementation results

Personal protective The safety plan did not Project Manager/ The safety plan has been programme mention about the Safety Officer revised accordingly. identification of the residual risks after reasonably practicable engineering and administrative controls have been applied.

Accident/Incident Safety plan did not Project Manager/ The safety plan has been investigation specify the line Safety Officer revised to stipulate the supervisor/line line supervisor/line management’s management’s involvement in the involvement in the accident/incident accident/incident investigation. investigation.

Emergency Damage of electrical Project Manager/ Emergency situations preparedness cable, lifting appliance Safety Officer including damage of turn over, damage of electrical cable, lifting town gas pipes, leakages appliance turn over, of chemicals had not been damage of town gas identified as emergency pipes, leakages of situations. chemicals have been stipulated in the safety plan.

Evaluation selection There was not any Project Manager/ Pre-work meeting have and control of pre-work meeting held Site Agents/Safety been held with sub-contractors with subcontractors to Officer subcontractors to discuss discuss the safety and the safety and health health aspects. aspects.

Safety committee Safety committee meeting Safety Officer Safety committee meeting minutes was not brought minutes have been to all employees’ displayed on the safety knowledge at regular bulletin boards. intervals.

—87— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Follow-up actions Recommendations undertaken/ Aspect and findings Responsible person implementation results

Job hazard analysis Chemical hazard, Safety Officer Chemical hazard, dangerous substance and dangerous substance and road work was not road work have been included in the list of included in the safety foreseeable hazard. plan as foreseeable hazards.

Promotion of safety The progress/status of Project Manager/ The progress/status of and health awareness Considerate Contractors Safety Officer safety promotional Site Awards (公德地盤) competition has been was not reported/ reported/discussed in the discussed in the site site safety and safety and environmental environmental meeting. meeting.

Occupational health The noise assessment/ Safety Officer The noise assessment/ assurance programme requirement was not requirement has been mentioned in the safety included in the safety plans. plan.

Process control Record was not Site Agent/Safety Appointment of banksman programme documented for the Officer has been properly appointment of banksman documented. to control the moving of vehicles or equipment in areas where the safety of public may be endangered was not documented.

—88— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

TY Civil

Follow-up actions Recommendations undertaken/ Aspect and findings Responsible person implementation results

Safety policy Safety plan mentioned Project Manager/ Safety plan has been that the safety policy will Safety Committee revised to include the be reviewed in safety required details. committee meeting. However, the safety plan had not stated the details and specific period for reviewing the safety policy.

Organisational The lines of Safety Officer Safety organisation chart structure communication and has been revised to responsibility were not include the required defined clearly. details.

Safety training Training plan could not Project Manager/ Training plan has been be provided during the Safety Officer prepared accordingly. audit. The training plan should specify the course titles, aims, time required for training, trainer and target trades.

In-house safety rules “In-house safety rules” Project Manager/ Training materials of and regulations was not an item of Safety Officer site-specific induction site-specific induction training have been training. revised to include in-house safety rules.

Programme for Analysis of the results Project Manager/ Review and revise Safety inspection of and trends of safety Safety Officer Plan for the analysis of hazardous conditions inspection had not been results and trends of analyzed to identify the repeated sub-standard repeated items; and had items not been stated in the corporate safety plan.

—89— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Follow-up actions Recommendations undertaken/ Aspect and findings Responsible person implementation results

Accident/Incident TY Civil was Project Manager/ Safety plan for accident/ investigation recommended to mention Safety Committees/ incident investigation a time frame for Safety Officer procedure review has reviewing the accident been revised accordingly /incident investigation and discussed and procedure such as one or reviewed at safety two years and to review committee meeting the investigation procedure under the condition of corporate safety and health committee meeting.

Emergency Safety plan defined the Project Manager/ Safety Plan has been preparedness duties of the emergency Safety Officer revised to clearly define team members. However, the duties of emergency emergency plans for two team members of the contracts undertaken by TY Civil had not defined the duties of emergency team members clearly.

Evaluation selection No monitoring system Project Manager/ Safety plan has been and control of was shown in the safety Safety Officer revised to include the subcontractors plan to ensure that the required information. equipment, plants, tools and materials provided by subcontractors comply with statutory and contractual requirements.

Safety committee Safety plan addressed the Project Manager/ Safety committee meeting distribution of minutes of Safety Officer minutes have been corporate safety displayed on bulletin committee meeting. boards at relevant work However, this minute sites. could not be observed on the safety bulletin board during the time of audit.

—90— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Follow-up actions Recommendations undertaken/ Aspect and findings Responsible person implementation results

Job hazard analysis There was no Project Manager/ Risk assessment reports arrangement to distribute Relevant Safety have been discussed in the risk assessment report Officer/Site Agent, site safety and to the relevant Sub-Agents environmental meetings subcontractors and and corporate safety parties. TY Civil was committee meeting. advised that the risk assessment report should be discussed in the site safety and environmental meeting.

Promotion of safety TY Civil was advised to Project Manager/ Participated in the and health awareness participate in the Site Agents/Safety Considerate Contractor quarterly award of Officer Site Awards (公德地盤); Considerate Contractors progress has been Site Awards (公德地盤). discussed in site safety The progress of such and environmental awards should also be meeting. reported in the minutes of site safety and environmental meeting.

Occupational health Physical observation Project Manager/ Noise warning signs/ assurance programme revealed that noise Safety Officer labels have been warning signs and noise displayed on all air labels could not be compressors and observed on all air excavators in the relevant compressors and work sites. excavators in two of the work sites.

—91— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Follow-up actions Recommendations undertaken/ Aspect and findings Responsible person implementation results

Process control Documentary audit on Project Manager/ Safety procedures have programme two of the projects Safety Officer been produced for revealed that project specific lifting operations. safety plan had not mentioned non-standard lifting operation. Also, such method statement and safe working procedure had not been produced for specific lifting operations during audit.

The above follow-up actions have been implemented by the Group and reviewed by the Group’s safety officer, Mr. Lau Wai Chun, Jacky, who is satisfied with the implemented follow-up actions. The aforesaid follow-up actions will be reviewed by the safety auditor in the next safety review or audit (as the case may be) which is expected to be conducted in September 2010. The Group intends to engage Mr. Choi Kwok Kin Paul to conduct the next safety review or audit for the Group.

COMPETITION

During the Track Record Period, the Group primarily focused on providing waterworks engineering services for the public sector in Hong Kong. The Directors consider the competition in the aforesaid sector is less intense as compared with that in other types of civil engineering works such as building construction. Based on the information available from the WBDB’s website as at 31 July 2010, there were a total of 11 approved contractors listed on the Contractors List under the category of “Waterworks” for Group B, as compared to a total of 46 approved contractors listed in the Contractor List under the category of “Buildings” for Group B.

Some evaluations of tenders are based on a formula approach, in which a tenderer’s performance rating is taken into account to a significant extent. As disclosed in the paragraph headed “Quality assurance” above, TYW achieved outstanding performance ratings for the quality of its works from the WBDB during the Track Record Period. The Directors believe that TYW’s recent outstanding performance ratings enhance its competitiveness in tendering a project.

The Directors also consider the requirements on the financial, technical and management aspects of a contractor for inclusion in the Contractor List provide effective barriers to entry for international and local contractors who are not currently on the approved list from entering the sector as a main contractor. Details of the licensing requirements for a contractor to be eligible to tender for work contracts of the Government are set out in the section headed “Licensing and other requirements for Government projects”.

—92— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

PROPERTY INTERESTS

Property interests leased by the Group in Hong Kong

(i) Offices

The Group’s head office and principal place of business in Hong Kong is located at Unit 14, 3/F., Fuk Shing Commercial Building, 28 On Lok Mun Street, On Lok Tsuen, Fanling, New Territories, Hong Kong with a saleable area of approximately 129.91 sq.m..

Apart from the Group’s head office and principal place of business in Hong Kong, the Group has leased one office unit with a saleable area of approximately 79.35 sq.m. at Unit 3, 3/F., Fuk Shing Commercial Building, 28 On Lok Mun Street, On Lok Tsuen, Fanling, New Territories, Hong Kong for general office use, one unit with a saleable area of approximately 62.56 sq.m. at G/F., 86 San Uk Ka, Tai Po, New Territories, Hong Kong for office use and two rooms in a unit with an aggregate total saleable area of approximately 14.49 sq.m. at Rooms 1 and 3, 7/F., Anton Building, 1 Anton Street, Wanchai, Hong Kong for office use. The aforesaid office premises located at Wanchai are sub-leased from HKLC, which is wholly owned by Mr. Chia, an executive Director. Particulars of the Lease Agreement entered into between the Group and HKLC are set out in the section headed “Connected transactions” in this document.

(ii) Director’s quarter

The Group has leased a residential unit as its Director’s quarter at Flat B, 21/F., Tower 8, The Palazzo, No. 28 Lok King Street, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong with a gross floor area of approximately 170.48 sq.m..

Details of the lease agreements in respect of aforesaid leased properties are set out in appendix III to this document. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group did not own any property interests.

Property valuation

Vigers Appraisal and Consulting Limited, an independent property valuer, has valued the property interests of the Group as at [31 May] 2010, which have no commercial value. Details of the valuation and the text of the letter, summary of values and valuation certificate from Vigers Appraisal and Consulting Limited are set out in appendix IV to this document.

INSURANCE

It is a practice in the Hong Kong construction industry, as well as a contractual term between the relevant main contractor and a client, that the main contractor of a project will take out and maintain employees’ compensation insurance and contractor’s all risks insurance for the entire project. The coverage of such insurance policies includes all works performed by the main contractor and all its subcontractors. The Directors confirm that the Group has taken out and maintained all its necessary and required insurance policies in respect of employees’ compensation and contractors’ all risks for the projects in which members of the Group act as main contractors. When acting as a subcontractor,

—93— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS the relevant member of the Group will not take out separate insurance policies but will rely on the insurance policies taken out and maintained by the relevant main contractor. The reliance of the Group on the main contractors’ insurance policies is explicitly provided for in the relevant subcontracting agreements.

During the Track Record Period, insurance cost for projects amounted to approximately HK$[0.32] million and HK$[0.29] million respectively. The Directors confirm that the Group has obtained adequate insurance coverage for the operation of its business.

RELATIONSHIP WITH MHCC/MHWE

Background

Business relationship

The Group had commenced obtaining interest-bearing advances from MHCC in 2007 in respect of a water mains replacement and rehabilitation project (contract number 21/WSD/06). Apart from the above contract, the Group currently has also received advance from MHCC in respect of another water mains replacement and rehabilitation project (contract number 18/WSD/08). Based on the disclosure in the annual report of Ming Hing Waterworks for the year ended 31 March 2010, the Directors believe that Ming Hing Waterworks has also made advances to its other principal subcontractors apart from the Group.

—94— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS the balances outstanding as at 31 March 2009 and 2010, approximately HK$8.2 million and HK$3.5 million respectively carried interest at HIBOR (being 0.11%) plus 4%. The aforesaid advances will normally be fully set off against certified payments payable by the main contractors to the Group upon completion of the relevant contracts.

Given that the interest rate charged by MHCC/MHWE is comparable to the interest rates charged by HSBC on the loans previsously granted to the Group (being 1% per annum over the best lending rate of HSBC, being 5%, for the HK$4.0 million non-revolving loan and a flat rate of 3.75% per annum (subject to HSBC’s right to renegotiate in the event that the best lending rate of HSBC, being 5%, changes between the date of the relevant facility letter and the date of drawdown) for the HK$2.0 million non-revolving loan respectively), the advances from MHCC/MHWE do not require any asset pledge or security from the Group or guarantee from the Controlling Shareholders and obtaining the advances would enhance the liquidity of the Group, the Directors consider it is beneficial to the Group to obtain such advances for the purpose of recruiting additional workers and acquiring the equipment and machinery and/or materials necessary to carry out the contract works for which MHWE/MHCC was the main contractor. Furthermore, as it is indicated in the annual report of Ming Hing Waterworks for the year ended 31 March 2010 that Ming Hing Waterworks has made advances to its other principal subcontractors, and the Group also has past experience in receiving advances from another independent main contractor and making advances to subcontractors of the Group, the Directors believe it is not uncommon for a main contractor to make advances to subcontractors.

MHCC/MHWE had purchased construction materials for the Group’s use in carrying out waterworks engineering services as its subcontractor pursuant to the terms of the contracts entered into between MHCC/MHWE and the Group during the Track Record Period. For the two years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, purchase of construction materials by MHCC/MHWE for the Group amounted to approximately HK$16.1 million and HK$29.8 million respectively. Details of the projects for which the above construction materials were purchased are disclosed in the sub-paragraph headed “Procurement of materials and equipment” in this section. As there was another independent main contractor which had purchased construction materials for the Group and the Group also has past experience in purchasing construction materials for its subcontractors, the Directors believe that it is not uncommon for a main contractor to purchase materials for its subcontractor.

—95— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

RELIANCE ON MHCC / MHWE

[For the year ended 31 March 2009, revenue derived from MHWE amounted to approximately HK$[2.5] million, representing approximately [2.8]% of the Group’s total revenue. No revenue was derived from MHWE for the year ended 31 March 2010. For each of the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue derived from MHCC amounted to approximately HK$[57.8] million and approximately HK$[131.4] million respectively, representing approximately [65.9]% and [88.3]% of the Group’s total revenue in respective year.] MMCC/MMWE has been the Group’s largest customer since the year ended 31 March 2008. The Directors consider the Group’s reliance on MHCC / MHWE during the Track Record Period is attributable to a combination of factors including (i) the length of the subject contracts; and (ii) the then financial resources and capacity of the Group. Due to the volume and complexity of works involved, civil engineering contracts (including waterworks contracts) generally cover a term of two years or more. As shown in the paragraph headed “Contracts completed and contracts in progress” under the section headed “Business” in this document, most of the works contracts undertaken by the Group have a term of over two years. For this reason, certain subcontracts obtained by the Group from MHCC/MHWE prior to the Track Record Period remain to be in progress within the Track Record Period. Furthermore, the Group had, during the Track Record Period, devoted a considerable amount of financial resources and manpower on the implementation of contracts numbered 21/WSD/06 and 18/WSD/08, and the Group therefore had not taken on other large-scale projects.

The Directors believe that the reliance on MHCC/MHWE will be gradually reduced. On one hand, it is the Group’s business objective to undertake more work contracts in the capacity of a main contractor in the future and the Directors intend to more actively participate in the tendering process for Government contracts. As set out in the section headed “Future plans” in this document, the Directors expect to obtain two more waterworks contracts directly from WSD next year and acquire the necessary equipment and machinery and recruit the required staff for the aforesaid two projects. The Group’s effort in obtaining contracts directly from WSD is evidenced by the Group’s successful bid for a replacement and rehabilitation works contracts of approximately HK$75.0 million in contract value in May 2010. In anticipation of the completion of contract numbered 21/WSD/06 by early next year, the Group has been closely monitoring the tender notices and will participate in the tendering process if suitable opportunities arise. The Group has been pursuing business opportunities with main contractors other than MHCC/MHWE. In July 2010, the Group received a letter confirming acceptance of its quotation submitted in June 2010 from a main contractor in respect of a waterworks contract with estimated contract value of approximately HK$4.4 million. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group and such main contractor [were finalizing the terms of the relevant waterworks contract.] The Group also submitted a quotation to another main contractor in respect of waterworks with estimated contract value of approximately HK$52.4 million in July 2010. The latter quotation relates to waterworks which form part of a Highway Department (路政署) project. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Directors were not able to estimate whether the Group would be awarded the sub-contractor works for such project. Both of the aforesaid main contractors are not associated with Ming Hing Waterworks or its subsidiaries. It is the intention of the Group to continue to actively seek business opportunities with main contractors other than MHCC/MHWE. In view of the above, the Directors believe the Group’s reliance on MHCC/MHWE after will significantly reduce from the current level.

—96— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS

Recent development of Ming Hing Waterworks

As disclosed in the MH Circular, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Ming Hing Waterworks entered into an agreement relating to an acquisition of interest in a mining business. The directors of Ming Hing Waterworks consider that it is beneficial for its group to diversify its existing business portfolio in view of the deteriorating financial performance of its waterworks engineering business. In particular, the directors of Ming Hing Waterworks explained that the decline in its profit was primarily attributable to the drop in gross profit margin as a result of increasing construction material and labour costs. It is also disclosed in the MH Circular that, apart from expanding the business scope to engage in mining business, Ming Hing Waterworks intends to continue with the waterworks engineering business depending on the then business environment and prospects.

[Although MHCC/MHWE has been the largest customer of the Group during the Track Record Period, the Directors do not consider the diversification of Ming Hing Waterworks into mining business will pose significant adverse impact on the business and prospects of the Group. The Group has worked with a number of main contractors, some of which have business relationships with the Group for more than [five] years. During the Track Record Period, the Group worked with four main contractors apart from MHCC/MHWE. In the event that Ming Hing Waterworks scales down or discontinues its waterworks engineering business, the Directors are optimistic that the Group could obtain contracts from other main contractors or directly obtain contracts from WSD based on the Group’s established operating history and track record. From an industry perspective, the Directors believe the waterworks industry will continue to present numerous waterworks opportunities to the Group in view of the replacement and rehabilitation programme and other projects. Furthermore, TYW has consistently achieved outstanding performance ratings for the quality of its works from WBDB, which will increase the Group’s competitiveness on tendering for Government contracts as a main contractor.]

[The Directors note from the latest published financial reports of Ming Hing Waterworks that the gross profit margin and net profit margin of Ming Hing Waterworks have been generally showing a declining trend. The Directors also note that the gross profit margin of Ming Hing Waterworks has decreased further in 2010 from that of 2009, and such decrease, according to the directors of Ming Hing Waterworks, is mainly due to rising raw material and labour costs. The Directors are not in a position to comment on the deteriorating financial performance of Ming Hing Waterworks due to the insufficiency of public information. However, based on the Group’s past business dealings with Ming Hing Waterworks, the Directors believe that the relatively low gross profit margin and net profit margin of Ming Hing Waterworks may be explained by the fact that Ming Hing Waterworks has subcontracted some of its contracts to subcontractors.

In respect of the contracts the Group obtained from MHCC/MHWE, MHCC/MHWE MHCC/MHWE entered into a main contract with WSD and then entered into a subcontract with the Group pursuant to which it subcontracted the overall management and implementation of the entire contract works to the Group. In return, MHCC/MHWE would charge the Group a contract fee representing a fixed percentage of the total contract value and a nominal handling fee for purchase of

—97— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS raw materials on behalf of the Group. As the certified payment for the interim works would be made to MHCC/MHWE by WSD, MHCC/MHWE would then make payment to the Group after deduction of the aforesaid contract fee, handling fee and if applicable, costs of purchase of construction materials and other reimbursements.

Given that the fee receivable by MHCC/MHWE on the contracts granted to the Group largely comprise the contract fee which represents a fixed percentage of the total contract value, the gross profit margin of such contracts to MHCC/MHWE would be close to the aforesaid fixed percentage.

Director’s interest in Ming Hing Waterworks

LITIGATION AND CLAIM

[As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group was not engaged in any litigation or arbitration of material importance and no litigation or claim of material importance was known to the Directors to be pending or threatened by or against the Group.]

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Group is committed to enhancing and improving technology and services to fulfill its responsibilities to both the community and environment. In delivering civil engineering services, the Group aims to ensure that all services are delivered to a high quality and conducted in an

—98— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

BUSINESS environmentally responsible manner. In particular, the Group has put in place an environmental management policy and prepared and implemented a waste management plan to encourage on-site sorting of construction and demolition materials and minimise generation of waste and disposal of waste during the course of work in compliance with the requirements of ETWB.

For waterworks projects, the Group is required to submit an environmental management plan to the engineer appointed by WSD which sets out the steps or measures to be taken by the Group to monitor the Group’s works that are carried out in the interests of environmental protection. The Group will designate certain staff to be responsible for monitoring the ongoing compliance with the environmental management plan and reporting to the site manager regarding non-compliance of environmental management issues. Mr. Lau Wai Chun, Jacky is designated by the Group as the head of environmental compliance. Details of his qualification and industry experiences are disclosed in the section headed “Directors, senior management, board committee and staff”. Designated staff shall attend environmental protection courses given by recognised organizations. The assigned person or the environmental supervisor shall provide on-site training to the workers and ensure the Group’s continued compliance with the environmental management plan.

In addition, the Group has continuously observed the laws and regulations in relation to environmental protection in Hong Kong including Air Pollution Control Ordinance, Noise Control Ordinance, Water Pollution Control Ordinance, Waste Disposal Ordinance and Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance, details of which are set out in the section headed “Environmental protection laws and regulations” in this document. Prior to the commencement of work, the Group will assess the implications and requirements of the aforesaid ordinances and apply for the necessary permits (if any) to conduct its work. The breach of the aforesaid environmental protection ordinances may lead to penalty or fine by the relevant government authorities or even termination of works. During the Track Record Period, the Group was in full compliance with the applicable environmental laws and regulations. During the Track Record Period, the annual cost of compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations were approximately [HK$25,000] and HK$[48,000] respectively which was mainly attributable to the cost of waste disposal. The Group expects such cost going forward would be around the same range as in the Track Record Period.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group was the registered proprietor and beneficial owner of three trademarks registered in Hong Kong. Particulars of such registered trademarks are set out in the sub-paragraph headed “Intellectual property rights of the Group” in appendix V to this document.

—99— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS

EXEMPTED CONTINUING CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS

The transactions set out below have been carried out by the Group with each of Mr. Kan and HKLC during the Track Record Period, and some of them are expected to continue.

1. Lease Agreement

Pursuant to the Lease Agreement, HKLC agreed to lease to TYW the office premises situated at Rooms no.1 and 3, 7/F., Anton Building, 1 Anton Street, Wanchai, Hong Kong at a monthly rent of HK$4,000. The Lease Agreement has a term of 30 months from 1 May 2009 to 31 October 2011. The aforesaid office premises were leased by HKLC from Super Pizza Holdings Limited. HKLC is a company incorporated in Hong Kong and is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Chia, an executive Director; and Super Pizza Holdings Limited is a company incorporated in Hong Kong and is owned as to 50% by Mr. Chia, who is also the sole director of both HKLC and Super Pizza Holdings Limited.

For the two years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, the actual rental expenses paid to HKLC by the Group in respect of the office premises amounted to nil and approximately HK$44,000 respectively. The Group made a prepayment of HK$66,000 for the remaining term of the Lease Agreement to HKLC during the year ended 31 March 2010.

Vigers Appraisal and Consulting Limited, an independent valuer, is of the view that the lease arrangement under the Lease Agreement reflects a fair and reasonable market rental for such type of property in the area.

2. Announcement Posting Agreement

On 1 June 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with HKLC pursuant to which HKLC will provide the Company with the service of dissemination of the announcements including, hosting and posting of announcements, press releases or other documents as required by the GEM Listing Rules on the website(s) of the Group at a monthly service fee of HK$750 for a term of one year commencing from 1 July 2010. The Company considers it is more cost effective to engage a professional firm to take up this announcement posting obligation.

3. Personal guarantees provided by Mr. Kan

Pursuant to the terms of the finance leases in respect of certain motor vehicles and rental arrangements in respect of certain photocopying machines of the Group, Mr. Kan has provided personal guarantees in respect of the payment obligations of the Group under the aforesaid finance leases and rental arrangements.

Pursuant to the terms of the facility letters dated 13 May 2009 (as supplemented by a letter dated 2 June 2010) and 3 November 2009 (as supplemented by a letter dated 2 June 2010) in respect of a HK$4.0 million non-revolving loan and a HK$2.0 million non-revolving loan (together the “Loans”), the facility letter dated 2 July 2009 (as supplemented by a letter dated 2 June 2010) in respect of HK$6.0 million banking facilities (the “General Facilities”) and the facility letter dated 13 May 2009 (as supplemented by a letter dated 2 June 2010) in respect of a HK$0.2 million banking facility on

— 100 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS corporate credit cards (the “Credit Card Facility”) issued by HSBC, Mr. Kan has provided personal guarantees in respect of the payment obligations of the Group under the aforesaid facility letters. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group has repaid all the outstanding sums due to HSBC under the Loan, the General Facilities and the Credit Card Facility in full. A substantial portion of the monies for repayment to HSBC was lent to the Group by Mr. Kan, pursuant to a loan agreement dated 9 July 2010 entered into between the Group and Mr. Kan (under which Mr. Kan lent a sum of HK$4,040,000 to the Group). Mr. Kan in turn obtained the sum of HK$4,040,000 from Mr. Chia by way of a loan arrangement with Mr. Chia.

The personal guarantees provided by Mr. Kan in respect of the finance leases of certain motor vehicles, rental arrangements of certain photocopying machines, the Loans, the General Facilities and the Credit Card Facility as disclosed are provided at no consideration, and the Group has not provided any security over the assets of the Group in respect of Mr. Kan’s personal guarantees. Given that the Group has committed a technical breach under certain finance lease documents for the motor vehicles, Mr. Kan (as guarantor of the Group) could be liable for immediate for all outstanding sum due under the relevant finance lease documents (including payment of all arrears of rent and all outstanding rent which would be payable during or in respect of the unexpired term of the original period of the finance lease. However, the Group shall be under no obligations to indemnify Mr. Kan as a result of the aforesaid matters. For details of the technical breach, please refer to the sub-paragraph headed “Litigation” under the paragraph headed “Other information” in Appendix V to this document.

4. Shareholder’s loan from Mr. Kan and Mr. Chia

In addition to the personal guarantees, the Group has owed a sum of HK$4,040,000 to Mr. Kan since 9 July 2010. The Group borrowed such sum from Mr. Kan for the purpose of repaying all the outstanding liabilities due to HSBC as disclosed above.

GEM Listing Rules Implication

Lease Agreement and Announcement Posting Agreement

HKLC, being an associate of Mr. Chia, is a connected person (within the meaning of Chapter 20 of the GEM Listing Rules) of the Company. Accordingly, transactions contemplated under the Lease Agreement and the Announcement Posting Agreement constitute continuing connected transactions for the Company.

Given that the annual rental payable under the Lease Agreement and the annual service fee payable under the Announcement Posting Agreement referred to above are both less than HK$1,000,000 and none of the percentage ratios, on an annual basis, equals or exceeds 5%, and that the Lease Agreement and the Announcement Posting Agreement were entered into in the ordinary and usual course of business of our Group, the transactions under the aforesaid agreements are exempt continuing connected transactions of the Company pursuant to Rule 20.33(3)(c) of the GEM Listing Rules, which are exempt from reporting, annual review, announcement and independent shareholders’ approval requirements under Chapter 20 of the GEM Listing Rules.

— 101 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS

The Directors (including our independent non-executive Directors) have confirmed that the Lease Agreement and the Announcement Posting Agreement were entered into in the ordinary and normal course of our business and the terms thereof (including the respective annual caps) are on normal commercial terms which are fair and reasonable and in the interests of our Company and Shareholders as a whole.

Personal guarantees by Mr. Kan

Mr. Kan, being a Controlling Shareholder, is a connected person of the Company. Accordingly, the provision of aforesaid personal guarantees by Mr. Kan constitutes financial assistance to the Company under Chapter 20 of the GEM Listing Rules. Given that such financial assistance was provided by Mr. Kan for the benefit of the Group on normal commercial terms (or better to the Group) and no security over the assets of the Group was granted in respect of such financial assistance, the provision of the aforesaid personal guarantees is exempt connected transaction for the Company pursuant to Rule 20.65(4) of the GEM Listing Rules, which is exempt from reporting, announcement and independent shareholders’ approval requirements under Chapter 20 of the GEM Listing Rules.

Shareholder’s loan from Mr. Kan and Mr. Chia

Mr. Kan, being the Controlling Shareholder, and Mr. Chia, an executive Director, are connected persons of the Company. Accordingly, the provision of aforesaid shareholder’s loan by Mr. Kan which in turn is financed by Mr. Chia constitutes financial assistance to the Company under Chapter 20 of the GEM Listing Rules. Given that such financial assistance was provided by Mr. Kan and Mr. Chia for the benefit of the Group on normal commercial terms (or better to the Group) and no security over the assets of the Group was granted in respect of such financial assistance, the provision of the aforesaid personal guarantees exempt connected transaction for the Company pursuant to Rule 20.65(4) of the GEM Listing Rules, which is exempt from reporting, announcement and independent shareholders’ approval requirements under chapter 20 of the GEM Listing Rules.

— 102 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FUTURE PLANS

BUSINESS OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES App1A.(48) R11.15 App1A(28)(8) R14.19(1)(a), (b) Being a licensed contractor on the Contractor List under the categories of “Waterworks”, “Roads R14.19(2)(3), (4) and Drainage” and “Site Formation”, the Group is eligible, in the capacity of a main contractor, to R14.21 tender for projects of these three categories in the public sector in Hong Kong. Over years of participation in waterworks engineering services, the Group has built up its reputation in the waterworks engineering industry and maintained good relationship with other main contractors. The Group aims at leveraging its competitive edge in the waterworks engineering industry to become one of the leading waterworks engineering services providers to the public sector in Hong Kong which commits to strive for excellence in service quality and timeliness. With established operating history and track record in the waterworks engineering industry and an enhanced reputation, the Group intends to focus on the provision of waterworks engineering services undertake more waterworks contracts in the capacity of a main contractor in the near future.

The Group will continue to foster its reputation and increase its market share in the waterworks engineering industry by pursuing the following strategies:

Expansion of business scale

The Group’s business requires significant capital. At the early stage of a project, the Group will be required to purchase construction materials, acquire equipment and machinery and recruit project management and technical personnel required for undertaking the project. In addition, the Group is required to comply with the minimum employed capital and working capital requirements for retention on the Contractor List (details of which are set out in the section headed “Licensing and other requirements for Government projects” in this document) to carry out Government contracts. The then levels of employed capital and working capital of the Group pose limitations on the number and size of Government contracts undertaken by the Group as a main contractor. As such, the Group’s expansion has been historically constrained by the availability of financial resources and manpower resources of the Group. Going forward, the Directors intend to participate more actively in the tendering process for Government’s projects with a view to obtaining more waterworks contracts in the capacity of a main contractor from the Government, in which the Group has already established a proven track record, to scale up the Group’s business.

Further enhancement in work quality

— 103 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FUTURE PLANS

The Directors consider that maintaining work quality is of utmost importance to the Group’s ongoing development in the waterworks engineering sector and the Group’s tendering of Government contracts in the future. In order to uphold the work quality of the Group, the Directors plan to recruit additional personnel for quality assurance of the Group.

Strengthening of safety team

MARKET POTENTIAL AND FUTURE PROSPECTS

The Directors believe the Group’s proven track record in delivering works of high quality in a timely manner has placed the Group in an advantageous position to seize the growth opportunities in the civil engineering sector, particularly in waterworks, roads and drainage, and site formation areas, in Hong Kong. Not only will the replacement and rehabilitation program launched by WSD (details of which are set out in the section headed “Industry overview” in this document) continue to open up numerous waterworks opportunities to the Group, the infrastructure and development projects being currently implemented or to be implemented by the Government, which the Directors believe would inevitably involve waterworks, road and drainage works or site formation works at some stage, will also create tremendous business opportunities to the Group in the coming years.

The 2007-08 Policy Address sets out ten major infrastructure projects that the Government would undertake to boost economic growth. The ten major infrastructure projects comprise three transport infrastructure projects, four cross-boundary infrastructure projects and three new urban development projects. Construction works or site formation works for some of the aforesaid projects, namely the Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Main Bridge project, the Central-Wan Chai Bypass project and the Kai Tak Development project, have already commenced at the end of 2009, whilst the construction of the terminal building and ancillary facilities of the Kai Tai Cruise Terminal and the crossing facilities of the Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Main Bridge are expected to commence in 2010. In addition, construction of the core arts and cultural facilities of the West Kowloon Cultural District is expected to commence in 2013.

Apart from the aforesaid major infrastructure projects, the Civil Engineering and Development Department (土木工程拓展署) has been devoting continuous effort to new town development and urban development. Projects-in-progress of the Civil Engineering and Development Department (土木工程拓展署) include, among other things, the widening of certain roads in Tsuen Wan, the development of a science park in Pak Shek Kok in Tai Po, the development of lower intensity residential area at Town Centre South and Pak Shing Kok in Tseung Kwan O and the development of public housing, schools and related community facilities in Sau Mau Ping. The Government estimated that the capital expenditure of Hong Kong would increase to HK$49.6 billion in 2010-11 from HK$45.1 billion in 2009-10.

— 104 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FUTURE PLANS

The Directors believe the aforesaid infrastructure projects and new town or urban development projects would drive the demand for civil engineering services and, more specifically, would inevitably involve waterworks, road and drainage works or site formation works at some stage. Coupled with the opportunities entailed in the continued implementation of the replacement and rehabilitation program by WSD, the Directors believe that the civil engineering services industry has significant market potential and promising prospects.

IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

The Directors have drawn up an implementation plan up to 31 March 2013 with a view to achieving the business objective along with the strategies as described above. Details of the implementation plan and expected timetable are set out below. The following implementation plan involves, among other things, undertaking additional waterworks contracts by the Group in the capacity a main contractor to expand the Group’s business scale.

As disclosed in the sub-paragraph headed “Expansion of business scale” above, the Group’s expansion has been historically constrained by the availability of financial resources and manpower of the Group. Having considered that (i) the Group’s past track record on successfully bidding for contracts from WSD, in particular, the successful bidding for a new waterworks contract (contract number 9/WSD/09, the “New Project”) from WSD with contract value of approximately HK$75.0 million and a term of 911 days in May 2010; (ii) the Group’s past experience in handling various replacement and rehabilitation works contracts; (iii) TYW’s outstanding performance ratings received from WSD during the Track Record Period; and (iv) the Group’s historical financial and human resources constraints are expected to be lessened, the Directors are optimistic that the Group will obtain more waterworks contracts from WSD, subject to WSD’s acceptance, in the six months ending 31 March 2011. The Group will acquire equipment and machinery and recruit additional staff for undertaking of the aforesaid contracts.

Investors should note that the implementation plan is drawn up based on the current economic status and the assumptions as set out in the paragraph headed “Bases and assumptions” below which are inherently subject to uncertainties and unpredictable factors. The Group’s actual course of business may vary from the business objective set out in this document. There can be no assurance that the plans of the Group will materialise in accordance with the expected time frame or that the objective of the Group will be accomplished at all. The Directors will use their best endeavors to anticipate future changes in the market, take measures and be flexible so that the Group may stay ahead of or react timely and appropriately to such changes.

— 105 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FUTURE PLANS

For the six months ending 30 September 2010

Expansion of business scale • Form the project management team for the New Project recently obtained from WSD in which the Group acts as the main contractor

• Draw up the master program for the New Project

• Source the required equipment and machinery for the implementation of the New Project

• Implementation of contract works under the New Project in progress

• Monitor the forecasts of work tenders published on the website on the WBDB for upcoming tenders for the period from April 2010 to September 2010

Further enhancement in work • Review the existing quality assurance policy of the quality Group and the staffing

Strengthening of safety team • Identify suitable candidate(s) for the quality assurance team

• Review the existing safety policy of the Group and the staffing

• Identify suitable candidate(s) for the safety team

For the six months ending 31 March 2011

Expansion of business scale • Closely monitor the tender notices published by the relevant Government department for contract works and identify prospective projects

• In the capacity as a main contractor, submit tender(s) for waterworks contracts

• Assuming the Group successfully obtains waterworks contracts (the “Prospective Projects”) relating to replacement and rehabilitation of water mains with terms of around 2.5 years and estimated aggregate contract value of HK$150.0 million from WSD, prepare the kick-off of project implementation (including analysing the requirements on equipment and machinery, project management and technical personnel)

• Form the project management team and draw up the master programs for the Prospective Projects

— 106 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FUTURE PLANS

• Commence the sourcing of required equipment and machinery and the recruitment of required project management and technical personnel

• Implementation of contract works under the New Project in progress

Further enhancement in work • Recruit additional staff to be responsible for quality quality assurance

• Identify the areas of improvement based on the quality assurance policy and formulate steps or procedures to address the areas of improvement

• Maintain ongoing quality assurance review on the works performed by the Group

Strengthening of safety team • Recruit additional staff for the safety team

• Identify the areas of improvement based on the existing safety policy and formulate steps or procedures to address the areas of improvement

For the six months ending 30 September 2011

Expansion of business scale • Acquire the equipment and machinery and recruit the project management and technical personnel required for implementation of the Prospective Projects

• Implementation of the New Project and the Prospective Projects in progress

Further enhancement in work • Implementation of the steps or procedures formulated to quality address the areas of improvement

• Review the quality assurance policy after implementation of the aforesaid steps and procedures

• Maintain ongoing quality assurance review on the works performed by the Group

Strengthening of safety team • Implementation of the steps or procedures formulated to address the areas of improvement

• Review the safety policy after implementation of the aforesaid steps and procedures

For the six months ending 31 March 2012

Expansion of business scale • Implementation of the New Project and the Prospective Projects contracts in progress

Further enhancement in work • Maintain ongoing quality assurance review on the works quality performed by the Group

— 107 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FUTURE PLANS

Strengthening of safety team • Maintain ongoing inspection at the work site to ensure the safety policy is properly implemented

For the six months ending 30 September 2012

Expansion of business scale • Implementation of the New Project and the Prospective Projects contracts in progress

• Monitor the forecasts of work tenders published on the website on the WBDB for upcoming tenders for the period from April 2012 to September 2012

Further enhancement in work • Maintain ongoing quality assurance review on the works quality performed by the Group

Strengthening of safety team • Maintain ongoing inspection at the work site to ensure the safety policy is properly implemented

For the six months ending 31 March 2013

Expansion of business scale • Closely monitor the tender notices published by the relevant Government department for contract works, identify prospective projects and evaluate the viability of taking on additional contract works by the Group

• Implementation of the New Project and the Prospective Projects contracts in progress

Further enhancement in work • Maintain ongoing quality assurance review on the works quality performed by the Group

Strengthening of safety team • Maintain ongoing inspection at the work site to ensure the safety policy is properly implemented

BASES AND ASSUMPTIONS

Potential investors should note that the attainability of the Group’s business objective depends on the following assumptions:

• there will be no material changes in the existing laws, policies, industry or regulatory requirements applicable to the Group and its business; and there will be no material adverse change in the political, economic or market conditions in Hong Kong;

• the Group will be able to continue its operation in substantially the same way as it has been operating and the Group will also be able to carry out its development plans without significant disruptions;

• there will be no change in the effectiveness of the licenses or permits obtained by our Group;

• the Group will be able to retain key personnel in the management and the technical staff;

— 108 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FUTURE PLANS

• the Group will be able to recruit additional key project personnel and technical staff when required;

• there will be no material changes in the funding required for each of the scheduled achievements as outlined under the paragraph headed “Implementation plan” in this section; and

• the Group will not be materially affected by the risk factors as set out in the section headed “Risk factors” in this document.

— 109 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT, BOARD COMMITTEES AND STAFF

DIRECTORS

Executive Directors App1A.(41) R11.12A(3) R11.07(1) Third Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung (簡國祥), aged [46], founder of the Group. He is the chairman of the Schedule 6 Board and is responsible for the overall business planning and corporate strategy of the Group. In 1989, Mr. Kan formed TYC as a sole proprietorship to carry out civil engineering subcontracting works. Mr. Kan later formed TYW and TYCivil in 1996 and 2000 respectively and has been the director of both companies since their formation. Mr. Kan has over 20 years of experience in handling civil engineering projects of various types. His experience in handling civil engineering projects was gained from running the construction business through his employment, as a foreman in the construction industry before founding the Group. In the last three years, he held no directorships in any listed public companies. Mr. Kan has entered into a service contract with the Company for an initial term of [three] years commencing from [●], and will continue thereafter until terminated by not less than [three months’] notice in writing served by either party on the other.

Mr. Cheng Ka Ming, Martin (鄭家銘), aged [59], is the vice-chairman of the Board and an executive Director and is responsible for the business management and corporate development of the Group. Mr. Cheng obtained a bachelor’s degree in civil engineering from the National Cheng Kung University, Taiwan in 1973 and a master’s degree in analytical soil mechanics from the King’s College, University of London in 1975. He has over 29 years of experience in the construction industry. Mr. Cheng was a design engineer at Watermeye, Legge, Piesold & Uhlmann Consulting Engineers (UK) from 1974 to 1976. Mr. Cheng was a project director of Gammon-Nishimatsu Joint Venture from March 2001 to December 2002 and prior to that he held a managerial position at Gammon Construction Limited, at which he worked during 1976 to 2000. Mr. Cheng was an independent non-executive director and a member of the audit committee of a Hong Kong listed company, namely Ming Hing Waterworks, from 1 October 2008 to [20] February 2009. Subsequently, he was appointed as a consultant of a subsidiary of Ming Hing Waterworks, namely MHCC, from February 2009 to April 2009. After he resigned as a consultant of MHCC, Mr. Cheng joined the Group as director of TYW and TYCivil in May 2009. Saved as disclosed above, he held no directorships in other listed public companies in the last three years. He has entered into a service contract with the Company for an initial term of [three] years commencing from [●], and will continue thereafter until terminated by not less than [three months’] notice in writing served by either party on the other.

Mr. Fung Chung Kin (馮中健), aged [52], is the chief executive officer of the Group and an executive Director and is responsible for overseeing the overall project management and the daily operation of the Group. Mr. Fung joined the Group as director of TYW in April 2006 and has been appointed as a director of TY Civil since March 2009. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Fung has been a general manager of Flame Construction Co Ltd. from July 2000 to August 2002. Mr. Fung held various supervisory or managerial positions in several companies since December 1978 and has, up to now, accumulated over 25 years of experience in the fields of civil engineering or construction. He worked as a works supervisor at Maunsell Consultants Asia from December 1978 to July 1986. He worked as a resident assistant inspector of works at Harris & Sutherland (Far East) Ltd from July 1986 to January 1989. He worked as a resident inspector of works at Mott MacDonald Hong Kong Limited. Mr. Fung was appointed as an executive director of Hoi Sing Holdings Ltd., a then listed civil engineering company in Hong Kong, from January 1992 to September 1993 and then he was appointed

—110— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT, BOARD COMMITTEES AND STAFF as a director and general manager at Hoi Sing Construction Company Limited from September 1991 to June 1995. He acted as a graduate engineer for Owen Williams Railways Limited for approximately one year until October 1999. He worked as a project manager at Chun Wo Construction & Engineering Company Limited from December 1999 to April 2000. Mr. Fung obtained the diploma in civil engineering from Hong Kong Polytechnic in 1978 and the higher certificate in civil engineering from the same institution in 1980. Mr. Fung also obtained a bachelor’s degree in civil engineering from the University of Greenwich in 1998. Mr. Fung was admitted as an associate member of the Hong Kong Institution of Engineers in January 1986. In the last three years, he held no directorships in any listed public companies. He has entered into a service contract with the Company for an initial term of [three] years commencing from [●], and will continue thereafter until terminated by not less than [three months’] notice in writing served by either party on the other.

Mr. Chia Thien Loong, Eric John (謝天龍), aged [40], is an executive Director and is responsible for overseeing the financial aspects of the Group. Mr. Chia joined the Group as director of TYW and TYCivil in May 2009. Mr. Chia is also currently the director of Vietnam Infrastructure (BVI) Limited, Super Pizza Holdings Limited and HKLC. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Chia held directorate positions in Gransing Securities Company Limited from 2003 to 2007. Mr. Chia has over 10 years of experience in corporate finance, management and investment. Mr. Chia graduated with a degree of Bachelor of Science in accounting and finance from Purdue University, Indiana, USA in 1994. Mr. Chia joined the Listing Division of the Stock Exchange as an executive in 1997 and joined BNP Peregrine Paribas Capital Limited as an assistant manager in June 1998. He re-joined the Listing Division of the Stock Exchange as an assistant manager during August 1999 to July 2001 and joined Worldwide Finance Capital Limited as a senior manager in August 2001. In the last three years, he held no directorships in any listed public companies. He has entered into a service contract with the Company for an initial term of [three] years commencing from [●], and will continue thereafter until terminated by not less than [three months’] notice in writing served by either party on the other.

Independent non-executive directors

Mr. Lim Hung Chun (林洪進), aged [46], has been appointed by the Company as the independent non-executive Director on 11 August 2010. Mr. Lim was graduated from the Hong Kong Polytechnic (now The Hong Kong Polytechnic University) in Accountancy in 1988. He is a fellowship member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants and an associate of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Lim has over 20 years of extensive experience in corporate and strategic planning, finance and administration, internal control and auditing, information technology and human resources management in various industries. He worked in Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (formerly called Deloitte Ross Tohmatsu) for two years during 1988 to 1990. He then acted as a chief accountant in Hong Kong Toy Centre International Limited, for approximately two years. He was appointed as a general manager in an electronic company from 1993 to 1997. He served as the Corporate Director of Finance in Lee Kum Kee Group, a FMCG company engaged in manufacturing, sales and distribution of Chinese sauces and condiments, from 1997 to 2007. Since 2007, he has been engaging in business consulting industry providing business solutions, management consultancy, financial advisory and company secretary services to clients. [On 21 September 2009, Mr. Lim was appointed as an independent non-executive director of Sanyuan Group Limited (“Sanyuan”) which was then under delisting procedures. Based on Mr. Lim’s experience in corporate and strategic planning, he was invited by the then board of directors of Sanyuan to assist on the

— 111 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT, BOARD COMMITTEES AND STAFF application for resumption of trading of shares in Sanyuan. Mr. Lim resigned from his position on 14 December 2009 as resumption of trading of Sanyuan failed and Sanyuan had been subsequently delisted on 24 December 2009. Save as disclosed above, he held no directorships in other listed public companies in the last three years. He has not, by himself or through his firm in which he practices, provided professional services to the Company during the Track Record Period.

Mr. Lo Ho Chor (盧浩初), aged [54], has been appointed by the Company as the independent non-executive Director on 11 August 2010. Mr. Lo was graduated from the University of Hong Kong in 1978 holding the degree of Bachelor of Social Sciences. He has over 21 years of experience in the banking industry. Mr. Lo was an executive trainee at The Bank of East Asia Limited from August 1978 to March 1980. He worked as a credit officer for The Ka Wah Bank Limited from March 1981 to March 1982 and in the credit review department at Far East Bank Limited from June 1982 to March 1989. Mr. Lo was a manager in credit & marketing department at Banco Central Hispano Americano S.A. from January 1990 to July 1991 and prior to that he acted as an Assistant Vice President at Security Pacific Asian Bank Ltd. He has proven track records in managing two credit card centres as operations head with ORIX Asia Limited and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Hong Kong Branch. Mr. Lo is currently an executive director of Top Seed International Limited. In the last three years, he held no directorships in any listed public companies. He has not, by himself or through his firm in which he practices, provided professional services to the Company during the Track Record Period.

Mr. Sung Lee Kwok (宋利國), aged [45], has been appointed by the Company as the independent non-executive Director on 11 August 2010. Mr. Sung was graduated from the Peking University, China with a doctorate degree in laws in 1995. He has obtained the PRC attorney qualification in 1999 and is now a registered foreign lawyer in Hong Kong. He is currently a foreign legal consultant of PRC laws in Jones Day, registered arbitrators of 中國國際經濟貿易仲裁委員會 (China International Economic and Trading Arbitration Commission) and 深圳仲裁委員會 (Shenzhen Arbitration Commission), an associate professor in laws of Anhui University and an independent director of 北京電子城投資開發股份有限公司 (Beijing Electric City Investment and Development Co., Ltd*), a listed company in the Shanghai Stock Exchange, PRC starting from 2009. Mr. Sung was an independent director of 國電南京自動化股份有限公司 (Guodian Nanjing Automation Company Limited*), a listed company in the Shanghai Stock Exchange, PRC from 2003 to 2009. Save as disclosed above, in the last three years, he held no directorships in any listed public companies. He has not, by himself or through his firm in which he practices, provided professional services to the Company during the Track Record Period.

Please refer to the paragraph headed “Further information about Directors, management, staff and experts” in Appendix [V] to this document for information regarding particulars of the Directors’ service contracts and emoluments and information regarding their respective interests (if any) in shares of the Company within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO.

[Save as disclosed in this document, each of our Directors has confirmed that there are no other matters relating to his appointment as a Director that need to be bought to the attention of the Shareholders and there is no other information in relation to his appointment which is required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 17.50(2) of the GEM Listing Rules.]

—112— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT, BOARD COMMITTEES AND STAFF

SENIOR MANAGEMENT OF THE GROUP

Contracts Manager

Mr. Leung Hon Chung, aged [53], has been the contract manager of TYW since August 2008. Mr. Leung is experienced in overseeing contractual matters in relation to construction projects and has over 30 years of experience in project management for civil engineering projects. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Leung worked as a deputy project manager for Sum Kee Construction Limited from 2007 to 2008. He worked as assistant site agent, site agent and project manager at Shun Hing Construction Company Limited from 1978 to 1995 and worked as project manager at Sequence Construction Company Limited from 1997 to 2007. Mr. Leung worked as a senior inspector of works at J. Rogers Preston Limited during June 1995 to 1997. Mr. Leung obtained the diploma in civil engineering and the higher certificate in civil engineering from the Hong Kong Polytechnic in 1978 and 1980 respectively. In the last three years, he held no directorships in any listed public companies.

Project Manager

Mr. Lau Wai Chun, Jacky, aged [50], first joined the Group as the project manager of TYW between May 2002 and March 2003. In July 2008, Mr. Lau returned to the Group as the project manager of TYW and was also appointed as the head of quality assurance and the head of environmental compliance of the Group. Mr. Lau has over 28 years of experience in supervision of construction work. He worked as works supervisor, assistant inspector of works and senior inspector of works at Maunsell Consultants Asia Limited from 1979 to 1989 and 2003 to 2005. Mr. Lau also worked as an inspector of works for Watson Hawksley Consulting Engineers and Pypun Engineering Consultants Ltd. from 1991 to 1993. He worked as a senior inspector of works for Freeman Fox Maunsell Consulting Engineers from 1993 to 1998 and a project manager for Man Wah New Concepts Engineering Ltd from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Lau was a senior inspector of works of the Mass Transit Rail Corporation from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Lau holds the diploma in civil engineering and the higher certificate in civil engineering from the Hong Kong Polytechnic in 1978 and 1980 respectively. Mr. Lau obtained the certificate of proficiency in industrial safety from the Hong Kong Polytechnic in 1983 and was a registered safety officer in 1997. In the last three years, he held no directorships in any listed public companies.

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Mr. Tam Tsang Ngai, aged [36], has been the chief financial officer and company secretary of TYW since April 2010. Mr. Tam worked in Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu from 1997 to 2000. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Tam worked as the finance manager in both MHCC from 2008 to March 2010 and China Resources Petrochems (Group) Company Limited from 2001 to 2007. Mr. Tam graduated with a bachelor’s degree in professional accountancy from The Chinese University of Hong Kong in 1997. Mr. Tam is a member of Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants and a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. In the last three years, he held no directorships in any listed public companies.

—113— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT, BOARD COMMITTEES AND STAFF

Administration Officer

Ms. Kan May Bo, Mabel, aged [42], has been working in TYW since October 1996. Ms. Kan has over 13 years of experience in clerical and administrative work for varies companies from 1985 to 1996 prior joining to the Group. She is currently the administration officer of the Group and she is responsible for the general administration of the Group. In the last three years, she held no directorships in any listed public companies. Ms. Kan has no family relationship with Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Audit committee R11.07(5) App1A(42)(2)

[The Company established the audit committee pursuant to a resolution of the Directors passed on [●] 2010 in compliance with Rule 5.28 of the GEM Listing Rules. [The written terms of reference are in compliance with paragraph C3.3 of the Code on Corporate Governance Practices as set out in Appendix 15 to the GEM Listing Rules.] The primary duties of the audit committee are to review and supervise the financial reporting process and internal control system of the Group. At present, the audit committee of the Company consists of [three] members, namely Mr. Lim Hung Chun, Mr. Lo Ho Chor and Mr. Sung Lee Kwok. [Mr. Lim Hung Chun] is the chairman of the audit committee.]

Remuneration committee

[The Company established a remuneration committee on [●] 2010 with written terms of reference in compliance with paragraph B1.1 of the Code on Corporate Governance Practices as set out in Appendix 15 to the GEM Listing Rules. The primary duties of the remuneration committee are to make recommendation to the Board on the overall remuneration policy and structure relating to all Directors and senior management of the Group and to review and determine the terms of remuneration packages, bonuses and other compensation payable to them. The remuneration committee consists of [three] members, namely [Mr. Kan], [Mr. Lo Ho Chor] and [Mr. Sung Lee Kwok]. [Mr. Kan] is the chairman of the remuneration committee.]

Nomination Committee

[The Company established a nomination committee on [●] 2010. The written terms of reference are in compliance with paragraph A4.4 of the Code on Corporate Governance Practices as set out in Appendix 15 to the GEM Listing Rules. The primary function of the nomination committee is to make recommendations to the Board on the appointment of Directors and the management of the Board succession. The nomination committee consists of [three] members, comprising [Mr. Kan], [Mr. Lo Ho Chor] and [Mr. Lim Hung Chun]. The chairman of the nomination committee is [Mr. Kan].]

—114— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT, BOARD COMMITTEES AND STAFF

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

The aggregate amount of fees, salaries, allowances and benefits in kind paid by the Group to the Directors for each of the two financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010 amounted to approximately HK$1,554,000 and HK$2,720,000 respectively. Each of the Directors has entered into a service contract and/or appointment letter for an initial term of [three] years commencing from [●]. Under the respective service contracts or appointment letters, the aggregate basic annual remuneration (excluding payment of discretionary bonus) payable by the Group to the Directors will be approximately HK$[●]. The Directors’ remuneration policy of the Group after [●] will be substantially the same as the remuneration policy of the Group for the year ended 31 March 2010. Further details of the service contracts and appointment letters of the Directors and their respective remuneration after [●] are set out in the paragraph headed “Further information about Directors, management, staff and experts” in Appendix V to this document.

STAFF App1A(28)(7)

Number of staff members

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group had a total of [178] full-time staff members in Hong Kong. The following table sets out the number of staff of the Group as at 31 March 2009, 31 March 2010 and the Latest Practicable Date by function:

As at Latest 31 March 31 March Practicable Job function 2009 2010 Date

Project management 35 53 [●] Administration, accounting and finance 11 18 [●] Direct workers 54 107 [●]

Total 100 178 [●]

Remuneration

The employees of the Group are remunerated by way of fixed salary. The Group has devised an assessment system for its employees and the Group uses the assessment result for salary reviews and promotion decisions.

All the staff undergoes a performance appraisal once a year. The appraisal provides the Group with an opportunity to assess each individual staff’s strengths and areas for improvement, thereby enabling the Group to effectively train and develop each individual staff.

The five highest paid individuals whose emoluments were the highest in the Group included two and three Directors for the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010 respectively. The aggregate salaries,

—115— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT, BOARD COMMITTEES AND STAFF bonuses and benefits in kind paid by our Group to its remaining three and two highest paid individuals and the contributions for mandatory provident fund made by the Group for such highest paid individuals for each of the two financial years ended 31 March 2010 were approximately HK$1,135,000 and approximately HK$1,324,000 respectively.

During the Track Record Period, no emoluments were paid by the Group to any of the aforesaid five highest paid individuals as an inducement to join the Group or upon joining the Group as compensation for loss of office.

Relationship with staff

The Directors consider that the Group maintains good working relationship with its staff. The Group has not encountered any difficulty in recruitment and retention of staff for its operation nor experienced any material disruption of its operation as a result of labour disputes since the establishment of its business.

PROVIDENT FUND App1A(33)(4)(a), (b),(d)

The Group participates in a mandatory provident fund scheme (the “MPF Scheme”) under the Mandatory Fund Schemes Ordinance (強制性公積金計劃條例) for its employees employed under the jurisdiction of Employment Ordinance (僱傭條例).

The MPF Scheme is a defined contribution retirement plan administered by independent trustees. Under the MPF Scheme, both the Group and the employees have to contribute an amount equal to 5% of the relevant income of such employees to the MPF Scheme, subject to a minimum and maximum level of the monthly relevant income of HK$5,000 and HK$20,000 respectively. “Relevant income” includes wages, salaries, leave pay, fee, commission, bonus, gratuity perquisite and allowance (excluding housing allowance or housing benefits). Contributions to the plan vest immediately.

—116— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS App1A(27A)

So far as the Directors are aware, immediately following completion of the [●], the following entity/person are entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 30% or more of the voting power at the general meetings of the Company:

Number of Approximate Shares percentage of Name Capacity and nature of interest (Note 1) shareholding

Shunleetat (Note 2) Beneficial owner [●] (L) [●]%

Mr. Kan (Note 2) Interest of controlled corporation [●] (L) [●]%

Notes:

1. The letter “L” denotes a long position in the shareholder’s interest in the share capital of the Company.

2. Shunleetat is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Kan. Accordingly, Mr. Kan is deemed to be interested in the [●] Shares held by Shunleetat under the SFO.

Save for the entity/person above, there are no other persons who will, immediately following completion of the [●], be directly or indirectly entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 30% or more of the voting power at general meetings of the Company.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

So far as the Directors are aware, immediately following completion of the [●], the following entities/persons (other than the entity/person as disclosed in the paragraph “Controlling Shareholders” above) are entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power at general meetings of the Company:

Number of Approximate Shares percentage of Name Capacity and nature of interest (Note 1) shareholding

Chuwei (Note 2) Beneficial owner [●] (L) [●]%

Mr. Cheng (Note 2) Interest of controlled corporation [●] (L) [●]%

Purplelight (Note 3) Beneficial owner [●] (L) [●]%

Mr. Fung (Note 3) Interest of controlled corporation [●] (L) [●]%

Notes:

1. The letter “L” denotes a long position in the shareholder’s interest in the share capital of the Company.

—117— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

2. Chuwei is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Cheng. Accordingly, Mr. Cheng is deemed to be interested in the [●] Shares held by Chuwei under the SFO.

3. Purplelight is wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Fung. Accordingly, Mr. Fung is deemed to be interested in the [●] Shares held by Purplelight under the SFO.

Save for the entities/persons above, there are no other entities/persons (other than the entity/person as disclosed in the paragraph headed “Controlling Shareholders” above) who will, immediately following completion of the [●] and the [●], be directly or indirectly entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power at general meetings of the Company.

COMPETING INTERESTS R11.04

Mr. Chia is the director and the beneficial owner of Vietnam Infrastructure (BVI) Limited, a company engaged in provision of civil engineering services in Vietnam. The civil engineering services provided by Vietnam Infrastructure (BVI) Limited are similar to those provided by the Group but are limited to Vietnam. Mr. Chia confirms that Vietnam Infrastructure (BVI) Limited does not intend to extend its business to Hong Kong. As the Group and Vietnam Infrastructure (BVI) Limited are carrying on business in two distinct jurisdictions, the Directors consider that the business of Vietnam Infrastructure (BVI) Limited is not in direct competition with that of the Group.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, Mr. Chia was interested in less than [5.0]% in the share capital App1A(28) (1)(b)(v) of Ming Hing Waterworks, a company whose shares are listed on the Stock Exchange, which is engaged in a business similar to that of the Group. During the Track Record Period, MHWE, a subsidiary of Ming Hing Waterworks, was the largest customer of the Group. Mr. Chia has not held and does not presently hold any position in or otherwise was not involved and is not presently involved in the daily operations of Ming Hing Waterworks or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies. Mr. Chia holds its interests in Ming Hing Waterworks for investment purpose.

Save as disclosed above, none of the Controlling Shareholders, the Substantial Shareholders and the Directors is interested in any business which competes or is likely to compete, directly or indirectly, with the business of the Group.

Deed of Non-competition Undertaking

Mr. Kan, Mr. Fung, Mr. Cheng, Mr. Chia, Shunleetat, Purplelight, Chuwei and Lotawater have executed a deed of non-competition undertaking in favour of the Group that he/it shall not, and procure his/its associates not to, whether on his/its own account or in conjunction with or on behalf of any person, firm or company and whether directly or indirectly, whether for profit or not, carry on, engage, invest or be interested or otherwise involved or engaged in any business that is in competition with or is likely to be in competition with any business carried on by any member of the Group from time to time in Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region (“Macau”) or the PRC or in which any member of the Group is engaged or has invested or is otherwise involved in in Hong Kong, Macau or the PRC (“Restricted Business”). It has also been provided in the deed of non-competition undertaking that when Mr. Kan, Mr. Fung, Mr. Cheng and Mr. Chia and/or any of his associates is offered or becomes aware of any new project or business opportunity directly or indirectly to engage or become interested in a Restricted Business, he shall promptly notify the Company in writing, refer

—118— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS such project or business opportunity to the Company for consideration first and provide such information as may be reasonably required by the Company to make an informed assessment of such project or business opportunity, and use his best endeavours to procure that such opportunity is offered to the Company on terms no less favourable than the terms on which such opportunity is offered to him and/or his associates, and use his best endeavours to procure that such opportunity is offered to the Company on terms no less favourable than the terms on which such opportunity is offered to him and/or his associates, provided that none of the convenators has the aforesaid notification and procurement obligations if he only becomes aware of such new business opportunity by way of announcement of the Government of Hong Kong.

The deed of non-competition undertaking do not apply to:

(i) the holding of shares or other securities issued by our Company or any of our subsidiaries from time to time;

(ii) the holding of shares or other securities in any company which has an involvement in the Restricted Business, provided that such shares or securities are listed on a recognised stock exchange and the interest of the relevant covenantor and his respective associates (as “interest” is construed in accordance with the provisions contained in Part XV of the SFO) do not amount to more than 5% of the relevant share capital of the company concerned;

(iii) the involvement or participation of the relevant covenantor in a Restricted Business in relation to which the Company has agreed in writing to such involvement or participation, following a decision by the independent non-executive Directors to allow such involvement or participation subject to any conditions the independent non-executive Directors may require to be imposed; or

(iv) the involvement or participation of the relevant covenantor in a Restricted Business in relation to which the Company has confirmed its rejection to be involved or engaged, or to participate in after review and approval by the independent non-executive Directors of the information and principal terms thereof provided by the relevant covenantor based on (a) the profitability of the business, (b) the resources of the Company required for carrying out the business, (c) the relevant expertise required in the business and (d) the impact on Company’s business and competitiveness if such business opportunity is not taken up by Company but by the relevant covenantor, provided that the principal terms on which that relevant covenantor invests, participates or engages in the Restricted Business are substantially the same as or not more favourable than those disclosed to the Company and subject further to any conditions that may be imposed by the independent non-executive Directors.

—119— THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

As a matter of good corporate governance practices and to improve transparency, the Company will adopt the following measures for the purpose of monitoring the due compliance with the deeds of non-competition undertaking:

(i) the independent non-executive Directors will review, on an annual basis, the compliance with the undertakings by Mr. Kan, Mr. Fung, Mr. Cheng and Mr. Chia and their respective associates under the deed of non-competition undertaking including the right of first refusal for any new project or business opportunity;

(ii) each of Mr. Kan, Mr. Fung, Mr. Cheng and Mr. Chia and their respective associates undertakes to provide all information requested by the Company which is necessary for the annual review by the independent non-executive Directors and the enforcement of the deed of non-competition undertaking;

(iii) the Company will disclose decisions on matters reviewed by the independent non-executive Directors relating to compliance and enforcement of the undertaking of Mr. Kan, Mr. Fung, Mr. Cheng and Mr. Chia including the decisions reached in respect of the right of first refusal for any new project or business opportunity either in the annual report or by issuing an announcement of the Company;

(iv) Mr. Kan, Mr. Fung, Mr. Cheng and Mr. Chia will make an annual declaration on compliance with his undertaking, under the deed of non-competition undertaking in the annual report of the Company;

(v) Mr. Kan, Mr. Fung, Mr. Cheng and Mr. Chia shall abstain from voting at any general meeting of the Company if there is any actual or potential conflict of interests; and

(vi) the independent non-executive Directors shall be entitled to engage or appoint appropriate professional advisors to provide necessary assistance for the interpretation, enforcement or implementation of the terms of the deed of non-competition undertaking, at the costs of the Company when they consider appropriate to do so.

The declaration and disclosure regarding compliance with and enforcement of the deed of non-competition shall be consistent with the principles of making voluntary disclosures in the Corporate Governance Report of the Company to be issued in accordance with Appendix 16 of the GEM Listing Rules.

In addition to the provisions under the deed of non-competition undertaking, the Articles of Association provide that a Director shall not be counted as quorum and shall not vote on any resolution of the board approving any contract or arrangement or other proposal in which he or any of his

— 120 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS associates is materially interested. Based on the above, there should be sufficient safeguards for the Company to manage any potential or actual conflicts of interests between the Company on the one hand and the Controlling Shareholder(s), the Substantial Shareholders and/or the Directors on the other hand so as to protect the interests of the minority Shareholders.

INDEPENDENCE FROM THE CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDER App1A(27A)

Management independence and operational independence

Although the Controlling Shareholder will retain a controlling interest in the Company, the Company has full rights to make all decisions on and to carry out its business operations independently. The Company’s management and operational decisions are made by the Board and senior management, who are experienced in managing business generally and in managing the civil engineering industry. The Board comprises three independent non-executive Directors who will bring independent judgment to the decision-making process of the Board.

The Group has established a set of organisational structure made up of individual departments, each with specific areas of responsibilities. The Group also has independent access to sources of supplies or construction materials as well as customers. In addition, the Group has established a set of internal controls to facilitate the effective operation of its business.

Based on the reasons above, the Directors are of the view that the Company is independent of the Controlling Shareholder in terms of management and business operations.

Administrative independence

The Group has its own capabilities and personnel to perform all essential administrative functions including financial and accounting management, and general business management. The company secretary and senior management staff are independent of the Controlling Shareholder.

Financial independence

The Group has certain obligations under finance leases, rental arrangements and certain bank loans/facilities which are secured by the personal guarantees given by Mr. Kan, the Controlling Shareholder.

Finance leases and rental arrangements

Mr. Kan has been providing personal guarantee in respect of the finance leases of certain motor vehicles and machinery prior to the commencement of the Track Record Period, which are largely under terms from two to three years. The Group has already paid off the finance leases relating to some

— 121 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS of the motor vehicles entered into before [or during] the Track Record Period. As at 30 June 2010, 30 motor vehicles of the Group under finance leases with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of approximately HK$[3.06] million were secured by personal guarantees provided by Mr. Kan. The aforesaid finance leases are due to expire from September 2010 to August 2013.

Certain agreements entered into by TY Civil and the financiers in relation to the finance leases of certain motor vehicles and machinery contain a “cross-default” clause stipulating that if TY Civil or the guarantor (i.e. Mr. Kan) has defaulted under other loan agreements which entitles the lender thereof to declare such loans due prematurely, the relevant financier is entitled to regard such default under other loan agreements as a breach under the finance lease concerned and to terminate such finance lease as a result. With regard to the Breach under the Subordination Agreement between TYW and HSBC (under which Mr. Kan is the guarantor for the Group’s obligations), Mr. Kan (in the capacity of guarantor) could be required to repay the loans due to HSBC prematurely. Hence, the Group has committed, technically speaking, a breach under certain finance leases because of Mr. Kan’s potential liability for premature repayment of loans to HSBC.

Given that the Group has committed a technical breach under certain finance lease documents for the motor vehicles and Mr. Kan has provided personal guarantee in respect of the finance lease documents, Mr. Kan (as guarantor of the Group) could be liable for immediate repayment of all outstanding sum due under the relevant finance lease documents (including payment of all arrears of rent and all outstanding rent which would be payable during or in respect of the unexpired term of the original period of the finance lease). However, the Group shall be under no obligations to indemnify Mr. Kan as a result of the aforesaid matters. For details of the technical breach, please refer to the sub-paragraph headed “Litigation” under the paragraph headed “Other information” in Appendix V to this document.

During the Track Record Period, the Group has also entered into rental arrangements in respect of photocopying machines for office use, the payment obligations of which are secured by the personal guarantees given by Mr. Kan. As at 30 June 2010, there were eight photocopying machines with an aggregate outstanding rental payment amount of HK$460,000 secured by personal guarantees provided by Mr. Kan. The aforesaid rental arrangements are subject to a fixed rental period of 60 months, due to expire from [December 2012] to [October 2014]. Pursuant to the terms of the rental agreements, the rental arrangements may not be terminated by the Group during the aforesaid fixed rental period.

The aforesaid personal guarantees from Mr. Kan have not been released for the following reasons: (i) the Directors consider that acquiring motor vehicles by way of finance leases and leasing the photocopying machines for office use allow the Group to better utilise its financial resources; (ii) the finance companies providing finance leases to the Group in respect of the aforesaid motor vehicles and the lessor providing rental arrangements to the Group in respect of the photocopying machines did not accept a replacement of Mr. Kan’s personal guarantees by the Company’s corporate guarantees with the principal finance company and the lessor of photocopying machines expressed that they could not accept corporate guarantee due to their company policies; and (iii) the early termination of the finance leases and rental arrangements may involve penalties to be imposed on the Group. In consideration of the above, the Directors are of the view that the early termination of such personal guarantees may expose the Group to additional and unnecessary costs and business disruption, which are not in the interest of the Company, and the personal guarantees from Mr. Kan in respect of the aforesaid finance leases and rental arrangements shall continue. In this connection, Mr. Kan will provide an undertaking to the Company that he will not demand for release of the personal guarantees prior to the maturity of the respective finance leases and rental arrangements and therefore it is unlikely that the Group’s business and operations will be materially affected by Mr. Kan unilaterally demand for release of such guarantee.

— 122 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

Bank loans and facilities

Mr. Kan has also provided personal guarantee to the HSBC in respect of the Loans, the General Facilities and the Credit Card Facility. During the Track Record Period, the Group had drawn down the Loans in full, which carried interest (i) at 1% per annum over the best lending rate of HSBC (currently 5%, subject to fluctuation) which was charged on a daily basis for the HK$4.0 million non-revolving loan; and (ii) at a flat rate of 3.75% per annum (subject to HSBC’s right to renegotiate in the event that the best lending rate of HSBC (currently 5%) changes between the date of the relevant facility letter and the date of drawdown) for the HK$2.0 million non-revolving loan. Out of HK$6.0 million of the Loans, approximately HK$1.6 million was used to repay a bank overdraft with a commercial bank, approximately HK$2.4 million was used to acquire machinery and the remaining approximately HK$2.0 million was used for general working capital purpose.

The Loans are granted by HSBC under the Special Loan Guarantee Scheme (the “Scheme”) launched by the Government in December 2008, aiming at assisting enterprises to secure loans from participating lending institutions for meeting general business needs to tide over the liquidity problem during the global financial crisis with the Government acting as the guarantor. To be eligible for the Scheme, an enterprise must, among other things, have substantive business operations and personal guarantee provided by shareholders together holding more than 50% of the equity interest of the enterprise. The Group has made use of the Scheme to obtain the Loans at favorable terms for its business operation use.

Pursuant to a subordination agreement (the “Subordination Agreement”) dated 19 May 2009 and entered into between TYW, Mr. Kan and HSBC, in consideration of HSBC advancing monies to TYW, each of Mr. Kan and TYW undertook to HSBC that, among other things, so long as there were any sums due from TYW to HSBC, the indebtedness owed by TYW to Mr. Kan shall not be repayable unless HSBC otherwise consented to such repayment. In January 2010, the Group set off an account payable to Mr. Kan against certain sums paid by the Group for Mr. Kan in advance. Hence, TYW has been in breach of the terms of the Subordination Agreement (the “Breach”). As a result of the Breach, TYW may be legally liable for (i) immediate repayment of all the outstanding sums of approximately HK$[4.5] million due to HSBC by TYW, (ii) all the costs, fees and expenses incurred by HSBC demanding repayment of the loans, and (iii) overdue interest charged by HSBC in accordance with the relevant facility letters entered into between HSBC and TYW in the event that TYW fails to repay the outstanding loans immediately upon demand of HSBC.

Soon after becoming aware of the Breach, the Directors had informed HSBC of the Breach and commenced discussions with HSBC thereon in early July 2010. The Directors considered, after discussions with HSBC, the best way to resolve the issue was to fully repay all the outstanding liabilities due to HSBC. As at the Latest Practicable Date, all outstanding sums under the Loans, the General Facilities and the Credit Card Facility had been fully repaid by the Group. On 12 July 2010, HSBC issued letters confirming repayment of all outstanding liabilities by the Group, and did not indicate therein that they would take legal actions against the Group for the Breach. Also, up to the Latest Practicable Date, the Group had not been served with any legal notice regarding HSBC’s right to take legal action against the Group as a result of the Breach. As such, the Directors consider that the risk and the liabilities of Group in respect of the matters related to the Breach are minimal. The personal guarantees provided by Mr. Kan in respect of the Loans, the General Facilities and the Credit Card Facility have not been released due to the internal policy of HSBC, which would only permit release of Mr. Kan’s personal guarantee [6 months after full repayment of the aforesaid loans and facilities].

— 123 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

Shareholder’s loan

As a result of the full repayment of the aforesaid loans and facilities, the Group has owed a sum of HK$4,040,000 to Mr. Kan since 9 July 2010. The Group borrowed such sum from Mr. Kan for the purpose of repaying all the outstanding liabilities due to HSBC as aforesaid.

— 124 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SHARE CAPITAL

Share capital App1A(23)(1) Third Schedule 2 Authorised share capital: HK$

50,000,000,000 Shares 500,000,000

Issued and to be issued, fully paid or credited as fully paid: App1A(15)(1) [●]

Minimum public float App1A(14)(4)

Pursuant to Rule 11.23(7) of the GEM Listing Rules, at the time of the [●] and at all times thereafter, the Company must maintain the “minimum prescribed percentage” of 25% of the total issued share capital of the Company in the hands of the public (as defined in the GEM Listing Rules).

Ranking App1A(15)(1)

The [●] will rank pari passu in all respects with all other Shares in issue or to be issued as mentioned in this document and, in particular, will qualify in full for all dividends and other distributions declared, made or paid after the date of this document.

General mandate to issue new Shares

Subject to the [●] becoming unconditional, the Directors have been conditionally granted a general unconditional mandate to allot, issue and deal with Shares with a total nominal value not exceeding the sum of:

1. 20% of the aggregate nominal amount of the Shares in issue immediately following completion of the [●]; and

2. the aggregate amount of Shares purchased by the Company (if any, pursuant to the repurchase mandate as described below).

This mandate will remain in effect until:

— the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the Company;

— the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting of the Company is required by the [Articles] or any other applicable laws of the Cayman Islands to be held; or

— the passing of an ordinary resolution of the Shareholders in general meeting revoking, varying or renewing such mandate, whichever is the earliest.

— 125 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

SHARE CAPITAL

[Further details of this general mandate is set forth under “Written resolutions of the Shareholders passed on [● 2010]” in appendix [V] to this document.]

General mandate to repurchase shares

Subject to the [●], the Directors have been conditionally granted a general unconditional mandate authorising them to exercise all the powers of the Company to repurchase Shares with an aggregate nominal value of not exceeding 10% of the aggregate nominal amount of the Shares in issue immediately following completion of the [●].

This mandate only relates to purchases made on GEM, or on any other stock exchange on which the Shares are listed (and which is recognised by the SFC and the Stock Exchange for this purpose). A summary of the relevant GEM Listing Rules is set out in the paragraph headed “Repurchase of the Company’s own securities” in appendix [V] to this document.

This mandate will remain in effect until:

— the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the Company;

— the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting of the Company is required by the Articles or any other applicable laws of the Cayman Islands to be held; or

— the passing of an ordinary resolution of the Shareholders in general meeting revoking, varying or renewing such mandate, whichever is the earliest.

Further details of this general mandate is set forth under “Written resolutions of the Shareholders passed on [● 2010]” in appendix [V] to this document.

SHARE OPTION SCHEME

The Company has conditionally adopted the Share Option Scheme. Details of the principal terms of the Share Option Scheme are summarised in the sub-paragraph headed “Share Option Scheme” as set out in the paragraph headed “Further information about Directors, management, staff and experts” in Appendix [V] to this document.

— 126 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

You should read the following discussion and analysis of the Group’s financial condition and results of operations together with the combined financial statements for the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010 and the accompanying notes included in the accountants’ report set out in Appendix I to this document (the “Accountants’ Report”). The Accountants’ Report has been prepared in accordance with HKFRSs. Potential investors should read the whole of the Accountants’ Report and not rely merely on the information contained in this section. The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. For additional information regarding these risks and uncertainties, please refer to the section headed “Risk factors” in this document.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

[On [●], the Company became the holding company of the subsidiaries now comprising the Group pursuant to the Reorganisation, details of which are set out in the sub-paragraph headed “Reorganisation” in Appendix V to this document. The Reorganisation involved business combinations of entities under common control before and immediately after the Reorganisation. The Group resulting from the Reorganisation is regarded and accounted for as a continuing group. Accordingly, the combined statement of comprehensive income, combined statement of changes in equity and combined statement of cash flows of the Group for the Track Record Period have been prepared and included the financial information of the companies now comprising the Group as if the current group structure had been in existence throughout the Track Record Period. The combined statement of financial positions of the Group as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 have been prepared to present the assets and liabilities of our Group as at the end of the reporting periods as if the current structure of the Group had been in existence at those dates.]

OVERVIEW

The Group is principally engaged in the provision of waterworks engineering services, road Third Schedule 1 works and drainage services and site formation works for the public sector in Hong Kong. Since its admission to the Contractor List in 1997, the Group, in the capacity as a main contractor or a subcontractor, has been providing civil engineering services in Hong Kong including construction and maintenance of water mains drainage channel and sewer, service reservoirs, pumping stations, water tank, irrigation works and other related construction works and provision of site formation and road improvement works.

FACTORS AFFECTING THE GROUP’S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL R14.08(7)(a) CONDITION

[Relationship with major customers]

During the Track Record Period, the major customers of the Group were WSD and MHCC/ MHWE. For the two financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, revenue generated from undertaking waterworks projects of WSD in the capacity as a main contractor or a subcontractor represented approximately [96.4]% and [99.8]% of the Group’s total revenue. Of all the revenue

— 127 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION generated from these WSD projects, a proportion was derived from projects subcontracted by MHCC/MHWE to the Group while the rest was related to projects secured from WSD directly by the Group. Revenue generated from subcontracting works granted by MHCC/MHWE represented approximately [68.8]% and [88.3]% of the Group’s total revenue respectively.

There is no assurance that the Group will be able to maintain its relationship with its major customers and to continue to secure work contracts from them. In the event that there is a significant reduction of work contracts or a reduction in the value of the work contracts from the major customers and the Group fails to secure work contracts from other customers to compensate for such loss of business, the Group’s business, results of operations and profitability may be adversely affected.

[Unexpected fluctuations in cost of service]

The contracts of the Group were mainly secured by way of public tendering. In determining the tender price, the Group needs to estimate the cost of service including but not limited to subcontracting charges, direct labour and cost of construction materials. The actual costs of service may be different from the Group’s estimation due to [shortage of labour and materials, adverse weather conditions, and] other unforeseen reasons. There may be fluctuations in the costs of service during the contract period which generally lasts for a few years. In the event that the cost of construction materials and labour cost increase unexpectedly to the extent that the Group has to incur [substantial] extra costs without sufficient compensations, the financial performance and profitability of the Group will be adversely affected.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of the combined financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The estimates and judgement are based on historical records, experience and other factors that are considered by the management to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The significant accounting policies adopted by the Group are detailed in note [2] to the Accountants’ Report. Certain critical accounting policies and estimates are set out as follows:

Construction contracts

[Contract revenue comprises the agreed contract amount and appropriate amounts for variation orders, claims and incentive payments, if any. Contract costs comprise direct materials, costs of subcontracting, direct labour, borrowing costs attributable directly to the construction and an appropriate portion of variable and fixed construction overheads.

When the outcome of a construction contract can be estimated reliably, revenue and contract costs associated with the construction contract are recognised as revenue and expenses respectively by reference to the stage of completion of the contract activity at the end of the reporting periods. When the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably, revenue is recognised only to the extent of contract costs incurred that will probably be recoverable, and contract costs are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

— 128 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

When it is probable that total contract costs will exceed total contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised as an expense immediately. When progress billings exceed contract costs incurred to date plus recognised profits less recognised losses, the surplus is treated as an amount due to contract customers. Where contract costs incurred to date plus recognised profits less recognised losses exceed progress billings, the surplus is treated as an amount due from contract customers.]

Revenue recognition

Revenue from construction contracts is recognised on the percentage of completion method, measured by reference to the certification by architects.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis on the principal outstanding at the applicable interest rate.

Upon applying the percentage of completion method, the Group needs to estimate the gross profit margin of each construction contract, which was determined based on the estimated total construction costs and total construction contract sums, including confirmed variation orders and claims, and liquidated damages. If the actual gross profit margin of construction contract differs from the management’s estimates, the construction contract revenue to be recognised within the next year will need to be adjusted accordingly.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise principally through provision of goods and services to customers and also incorporate other types of contractual monetary assets. Loans and receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any identified impairment losses.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group assesses whether there is any objective evidence that financial asset is impaired. Financial asset is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and that event has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated. An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss and directly reduces the carrying amount of the financial asset, and is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate.

Impairment losses are reversed in subsequent periods when an increase in the asset’s recoverable amount can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, subject to a restriction that the carrying amount of the asset at the date the impairment is reversed does not exceed what the amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised.

— 129 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities include trade and other payables and borrowings. They are initially recognised at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The related interest expense is recognised in profit or loss.

Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the amortisation process.

Inventories

Inventories are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is calculated using the weighted average method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and applicable selling expenses.

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

I. Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income

The following table sets forth the audited combined statement of comprehensive income of the Third Schedule 1 Group for the two years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010 which are extracted from the Accountants’ Third Schedule 27 Report.

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Revenue [87,696] [148,844] Cost of service [(70,617)] [(121,872)]

Gross profit [17,079] [26,972]

Other income [2,539] [811] Administrative expenses [(5,431)] [(6,753)]

Profit from operations [14,187] [21,030] Finance costs [(455)] [(634)]

Profit before income tax [13,732] [20,396] Income tax [(2,327)] [(3,558)]

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year [11,405] [16,838]

— 130 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Revenue

The Group’s revenue for the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 was approximately HK$[87.7] million and HK$[148.8] million respectively. For the financial year ended 31 March 2009, the Group’s revenue was mainly attributable to the revenue generated from the contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains (Stage 2) — Tai Po and Fanling (contract number 21/WSD/06) of approximately HK$[55.1] million and the contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains stage 2 — mains in Ngau Tam Mei (contract number 13/WSD/06) of approximately HK$[15.6] million, representing approximately [62.8]% and [17.8]% of the Group’s revenue for the year, respectively.

The revenue for the financial year ended 31 March 2010 of approximately HK$[148.8] million represented an increase of approximately [69.7]% over the revenue for the year ended 31 March 2009. For the year, the Group recorded revenue from the two aforesaid contracts in a total of approximately HK$[72.8] million from the two contracts carried forward from the preceding year. The increase in revenue for the financial year ended 31 March 2010 was largely attributable to the new contract for the replacement and rehabilitation of water mains stage 3 — mains on Hong Kong Island South and outlying islands (contract number 18/WSD/08), which generated revenue of approximately HK$[53.0] million, representing approximately [35.6]% of the Group’s revenue for the year. The contract for Waterworks District W — New Territories (contract number 1/WSD/09(W)), which commenced in September 2009, also contributed approximately HK$[14.1] million to the Group’s revenue for the financial year ended 31 March 2010.

[During the Track Record Period, the Group’s revenue was mainly generated from the undertaking of waterworks projects of WSD in the capacity as main contractor or subcontractor. For the years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010, the Group recorded revenue from undertaking of waterworks projects of WSD as a main contractor or a subcontractor of approximately HK$[84.5] million and approximately HK$[148.5] million respectively, representing approximately [96.4]% and [99.8]% of the total revenue for the respective year.

During the Track Record Period, the Group carried out the work projects in the capacity as a main contractor or a subcontractor. The breakdown of total revenue by nature of capacity of the Group is set forth below:

Financial year ended 31 March 2009 % of total 2010 % of total HK$’000 HK$’000

Main contractor [22,929] [26.1] [17,154] [11.5] Subcontractor [64,767] [73.9] [131,690] [88.5]

Total [87,696] [100.0] [148,844] [100.0]

— 131 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

For the year ended 31 March 2009, the revenue of the Group was primarily generated from the undertaking of waterworks contracts in the capacity of a subcontractor. The subcontracting revenue amounted to approximately HK$64.8 million, representing approximately [73.9]% of the total revenue for the year.

For the year ended 31 March 2010, the Group continued to generate the majority of the revenue from undertaking waterworks contracts as a subcontractor. The subcontracting revenue for the year was approximately HK$[131.7] million, representing approximately [88.5]% of the total revenue for the year and an increase of [approximately [103.3]% from the preceding year of HK$[64.8] million]. The higher subcontracting revenue in the financial year ended 31 March 2010 was mainly attributable to the additional revenue generated from the contracts for the replacement and rehabilitation of water mains stage 3 — mains on Hong Kong Island South and outlying islands (contract number 18/WSD/08) and the [term contract for Waterworks District W-New Territories] (contract number 1/WSD/09(W)). These two contracts generated a total revenue of approximately HK$[67.1] million to the Group for the financial year ended 31 March 2010.

[As disclosed in the section headed “Business” in this document, the maximum contract value which the Group is eligible to undertake as a Group B contractor on the Contractor List in the capacity as main contractor is HK$75 million. By acting as a subcontractor, the Group is able to undertake projects with contract value over HK$75 million. During the Track Record Period, the two contracts with the highest original contract value, which were the contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains (Stage 2) — Tai Po and Fanling (contract number 21/WSD/06) and the contract for the replacement and rehabilitation of water mains stage 3 — mains on Hong Kong Island South and outlying islands (contract number 18/WSD/08) were those contracts undertaken by the Group as a subcontractor. The two contracts carried the original contract value of approximately HK$[228.0] million and approximately HK$[359.8] million respectively. This explained why the revenue generated from undertaking of waterworks contract as a subcontractor contributed a significant share of the total revenue of the Group during the Track Record Period.]

Cost of service

The following table sets out a breakdown of the Group’s cost of service during the Track Record Period:

Financial year ended 31 March 2009 % of total 2010 % of total HK$’000 HK$’000

Costs of materials [14,695] [20.8] [30,331] [24.9] Costs of subcontracting [24,643] [34.9] [40,123] [32.9] Direct labour [15,891] [22.5] [22,899] [18.8] [Other direct costs] [15,388] [21.8] [28,519] [23.4]

Total 70,617 100.0 [121,872] 100.0

— 132 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The cost of service has increased by approximately [72.6]% from approximately HK$[70.6] million for the financial year ended 31 March 2009 to approximately HK$[121.9] million for the financial year ended 31 March 2010. The increase in cost of service was generally in line with the growth of the Group’s business.

The Group’s cost of service mainly includes costs of subcontracting, costs of materials, direct labour and other direct costs.[The costs of subcontracting represent charges and fees paid to the subcontractors and services providers of the Group which provide labour, materials and services necessary for the completion of the projects undertaken by the Group. In the event that the materials are purchased by the Group on behalf of the subcontractors, material costs will be deducted from the costs of subcontracting accordingly.] [The other direct costs refer to a great variety of items including but not limited to the consumables for the project, interest for advance payment from customers and contract administration fee paid to main contractor(s), depreciation expenses of machinery and motor vehicles, fuel and other expenses such as repair and maintenance costs relating to motor vehicles.

[Generally speaking, the composition of cost of service of projects varies, and is affected by factors such as the nature of the projects, complexity of the projects, the accessibility and location of the site areas, and the intensity of the labour and technology employed. As shown in the table above, there had not been significant fluctuation in the composition of the cost of service during the Track Record Period. The costs of subcontracting remained the largest item of cost of service throughout the Track Record Period, implying that certain part of the works performed by the Group were subcontracted to the subcontractors and the engagement of subcontractors was an important part of the project management of the Group during the Track Record Period.]

[For the financial year ended 31 March 2009, the other direct costs mainly comprised project consumables of approximately HK$[1.9] million, contract administration fee of approximately HK$[2.5] million and interest for advance payment from customers of approximately HK$[428,000], depreciation expenses of site office, motor vehicles and machinery of approximately HK$[3.5] million, and fuel and expenses relating to motor vehicles of HK$[2.7] million.]

[For the financial year ended 31 March 2010, the other direct costs mainly comprised project consumables of approximately HK$[9.3] million, contract administration fee of approximately HK$[6.0] million and interest for advance payment from customers of approximately HK$[242,000], depreciation expenses of site office, motor vehicles and machinery of approximately HK$[3.6] million, and fuel and expenses relating to motor vehicles of approximately HK$[4.1] million.]

The major reason for the fluctuation in the other direct costs for the financial year ended 31 March 2010 was the substantial increase in the project consumables from approximately HK$[1.9] million for the year 2009 to approximately HK$[9.3] million for the year 2010. The higher usage of consumables, [including but not limited to road signs, gates, lights, pavement sealant and metal boards], was a result of increasing amount of construction work conducted on the roads for a project (contract numbered 21/WSD/06) and also in extensive areas in outlying islands for another project (contract numbered 18/WSD/08) during the financial year ended 31 March 2010.

— 133 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Gross profit

[The Group’s gross profit during the Track Record Period is as follows:]

Financial year ended 31 March 2009 2010 (HK$’000) (HK$’000)

Gross Profit [17,079] [26,972] Gross Profit margin (%) 19.5 18.1

Gross profit increased by approximately [57.9]% from approximately HK$[17.1] million for the year ended 31 March 2009 to approximately HK$[27.0] million for the year ended 31 March 2010. The increase in gross profit was mainly attributable to the higher revenue for the financial year ended 31 March 2010 as compared with that for the financial year ended 31 March 2009, and was in line with the growth in revenue.

The gross profit margin on the other hand has decreased [slightly] from [19.5]% for the financial year ended 31 March 2009 to [18.1]% for the financial year ended 31 March 2010. [There were no significant factors to the knowledge of the Directors that had caused a slight decrease in the gross profit margin during the Track Record Period.]

Other income

For each of the two financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, the Group recorded other income of approximately HK$[2,539,000] and approximately HK$[811,000] respectively. The other income of the Group for the financial year ended 31 March 2009 represented the write-off of long outstanding trade payables of approximately HK$[2.5] million. For the financial year ended 31 March 2010, the other income represented write-off of long outstanding trade payables of approximately HK$[802,000] and sundry income of HK$[9,000].

— 134 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Administrative expenses

The table below sets out the administrative expenses for the Track Record Period.

Financial year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Audit fee 403 500 Legal and professional fees 75 131 Staff costs 653 1,277 Directors’ remuneration 1,554 2,720 Depreciation expenses 315 [253] Entertainment [772] [531] Motor vehicles related expenses [415] [559] Office rental [199] [284] Loss on disposal of fixed assets [598] [40] Others [447] [458]

Total 5,431 6,753

Administrative expenses of the Group amounted to approximately HK$[5.4] million and approximately HK$[6.8] million for the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively, representing approximately [6.2]% and [4.6]% of the revenue for the respective year.

[Administrative expenses refer to costs incurred on a regular basis to support the Group’s normal course of business, including principally audit fees, legal and professional fees, staff costs, directors’ remuneration and depreciation expenses.] [Staff costs and directors’ remuneration were the two major items under the administrative expenses. Staff costs, which mainly relate to the salaries of [accounting and administrative] staff (other than Directors) in the head office of the Group, amounted to approximately HK$[653,000] and approximately HK$[1,277,000] for the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. To meet the operation needs and accommodate the increase in administrative work for the development of Group’s business, during the financial year ended 31 March 2010, the Group had increased the manpower and recruited additional staff at the head office, which explained the increase in staff cost during the year.] Directors’ remuneration amounted to approximately HK$[1.6] million for the year ended 31 March 2009 and approximately HK$[2.7] million for the year ended 31 March 2010. The increase in directors’ remuneration was mainly due to the appointment of two Directors during the financial year ended 31 March 2010. The loss on disposal of fixed assets of approximately HK$[598,000] was resulted from the disposal of machinery in the financial year ended 31 March 2009. The Company disposes of the machinery according to its working conditions. Save for the above, there were no significant fluctuations in other major items under the administrative expenses.

— 135 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Finance costs

[Finance costs represented the interest on finance leases and interest on bank loans or overdrafts of the Group.] For the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010, finance costs amounted to approximately HK$[455,000] and approximately HK$[634,000] respectively. The interest costs on finance lease were HK$[390,000] and HK$[396,000] for each of the two financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010 respectively. For the year ended 31 March 2009, the interests on bank overdrafts were approximately HK$[65,000] and the Group did not record any interest on bank loans, as the Group only used bank overdraft facilities to support its working capital uses. During the financial year ended 31 March 2010, the Group obtained [three] loan facilities in the total amount of HK$[12.0] million which were granted by a bank in Hong Kong pursuant to the Scheme. The Scheme was launched with an aim to assist small to medium-sized enterprises to secure loans from participating lending institution to meet general business needs to tide over the liquidity problem during the global financial crisis in late 2008. As a result, the Group recorded bank loan interests of approximately HK$[218,000] attributable to the drawdown of such loans of HK$[6] million on top of the interest on bank overdrafts of approximately HK$[20,000] during the financial year ended 31 March 2010.

Income tax expense

[The income tax paid by the Group is subject to the applicable tax rate in Hong Kong and the tax expenses were calculated at 16.5% of the estimated assessable profits of the Group for the Track Record Period. The Group had no other tax payable in other jurisdictions during the Track Record Period.

The increase in the income tax of the Group from approximately HK$[2.3] million for the financial year ended 31 March 2009 to approximately HK$[3.6] million for the financial year ended 31 March 2010 was primarily due to the increase in profit before income tax from approximately HK$[13.7] million for the year ended 31 March 2009 to approximately HK$[20.4]million for the year ended 31 March 2010, which resulted in an increase in the current tax by HK$[0.5]million. In addition, as the Group acquired HK$[8.7] million of property, plant and equipment during the year ended 31 March 2010, the resulting tax benefit from accelerated tax depreciation deductible for these property, plant and equipment led to additional recognition of deferred tax expense of approximately HK$[0.7] million during the year ended 31 March 2010. As a result, the effective tax rate of the Group for the year ended 31 March 2010 was approximately [17.4]%, which is slightly higher than that of 16.9% for the year ended 31 March 2009.

Net Profit

[The net profit of the Group for the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 was approximately HK$[11.4] million and approximately HK$[16.8] million respectively. The net profit margin has decreased from approximately [13.0]% for the financial year ended 31 March 2009 to approximately [11.3]% for the financial year ended 31 March 2010. The increase in net profit was resulted from the increase in revenue for the financial year ended 31 March 2010, while the decrease in net profit margin for the financial year ended 31 March 2010 was mainly because the net profit for the financial year ended 31 March 2009 was attributable to a higher amount of other income from write-off of long outstanding payables.]

— 136 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

II. Combined Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment [8,697] [13,308] ------Current assets Inventories [7,763] [9,788] Trade and other receivables [37,015] [28,271] Tax recoverable [222] [—] Cash and cash equivalents [196] [10,330] [45,196] [48,389] ------Total assets [53,893] [61,697] ------Current liabilities Trade and other payables [19,738] [24,451] Finance lease creditors [3,087] [3,052] Borrowings [—] [4,532] Employee benefits [513] [473] Current tax liabilities [2,384] [4,365] Bank overdraft [1,775] [—] [27,497] [36,873] ------

Net current assets [17,699] [11,516] ------

Total assets less current liabilities [26,396] [24,824] ------Non-current liabilities Finance lease creditors [1,531] [826] Deferred tax liabilities [793] [1,658] [2,324] [2,484] ------Total liabilities [29,821] [39,357] ------

TOTAL NET ASSETS [24,072] [22,340]

Capital and reserves Share capital [9,868] [9,868] Reserves [14,204] [12,472]

TOTAL EQUITY [24,072] [22,340]

— 137 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Property, Plant and equipment

The net carrying value of the property, plant and equipment amounted to approximately HK$[8.7] million and HK$[13.3] million as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. The property, plant and equipment mainly comprised motor vehicles, machinery, site offices and office equipment. Given the nature of the Group’s business, motor vehicles are necessary for the transport of materials to various project sites which are located all over the territory. During the financial year ended 31 March 2010, the Group acquired additional property, plant and equipment of approximately HK$[8.7] million, of which the acquisition cost of motor vehicles and machinery amounted to approximately HK$[4.7] million and HK$[2.9] million respectively.

Inventory

[The inventory of the Group comprises construction materials for the contract work including mainly pipes, fittings and valves which accounted for approximately [93.6]% and approximately [97.4]% of the total inventory of the Group as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. They are durable in nature and have long useful lives. Inventories are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition and is calculated using the weighted average method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and applicable selling expenses. The inventory of the Group amounted to approximately HK$[7.8] million and approximately HK$[9.8] million as 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. [The comparatively higher level of inventory as at 31 March 2010 as compared to that as at 31 March 2009 was principally due to the stock-up of more construction materials for the use of projects which were of larger size than those of the previous year.] As at 30 June 2010, [42]% of the inventory balance of the Group as at 31 March 2010 has been used.

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables of the Group comprised:

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Trade receivables [3,614] [2,612] Retention receivables [10,449] [6,495] Other receivables and prepayments [458] [7,935] Amounts due from customers for contract works [4,446] [10,635] Amount due from a director [17,671] [—] Deposits [377] [594]

[37,015] [28,271]

— 138 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

[Trade receivables are mainly derived from provision of construction work on civil engineering contracts. The related customers are mainly Government departments/organisations and [well-established] corporations. These customers have established business relationship with the Group and have no history of defaulting payment to the Group. Based on the historical payment record of the two major customers, the Company considers that the exposure to credit risk is minimal. Despite this, the Company will still monitor the creditworthiness of the two customers on an on-going basis by reference to the settlement status of the related receivables. The Directors believe that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of the trade receivables as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010. The Group does not hold any collateral over these balances.]

The following table sets out the aging analysis of the trade receivables as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010.

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Current [2,757] [2,612] Less than 1 month past due [857] [—] 1 to 3 months past due [—] [—] More than 3 months but less than 12 months past due [—] [—]

[3,614] [2,612]

In general, the Group grants credit period ranging from [14] to [30] days to its trade customers of contract works. Application for progress payments of contract works is made regularly, usually on a monthly basis. The trade receivables as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 were aged less than 1 month as shown in the table above. [As at 30 June 2010, all the trade receivables as at 31 March 2010 were settled.]

Retention receivables refer to the sum retained by the customers for retention purpose and can generally be used for recovery of the damages, costs, charges, expenses, debts or sums for which the contractor/subcontractor is liable to the customers in connection with the undertaking of the relevant project. Retention money, usually represents a specified percentage on the certified payment, is retained by the customers for a period of time according to the terms of respective contract to ensure satisfactory completion of the projects. [For projects which are divided into two or more sections or comprising several work orders, the retention money will be released after the maintenance period of respective sections or completion of respective work orders. In such cases, the retention money may be released before the completion of the whole project. Accordingly, the balance of retention receivables is somewhat floating in nature and may be subject to both upward and downward movements throughout the contract term.] In general, the duration of maintenance period is one year. As at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively, the retentions held by customers for contract works included in other receivables amounted to approximately HK$[10.4] million and HK$[6.5] million. The reduction in the retention receivables as at 31 March 2010 was mainly attributable to the release of retention money from the customer of approximately HK$[3.7] million in respect of the

— 139 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains (stage 2) — Tai Po and Fanling (contract number 21/WSD/06).] [During the Track Record Period, the Group has not encountered material claims from its customers which have resulted in a significant deduction from the retention receivables.] As at 30 June 2010, the retention receivables of approximately HK$0.7 million as at 31 March 2010 were subsequently settled.

[As detailed in the section headed “Business” in this document, under normal circumstances, the Group will submit the monthly application for interim payment to the engineer appointed for the project or the main contractor (as appropriate) showing the estimated value of the work in progress and other relevant information as in accordance with the terms of the contracts. After certification, the engineer will issue a certificate of payment no later than 21 days of the date of receipt of such notice if, in his/her opinion, the works were satisfactorily completed within the relevant time frame in accordance with the relevant contract. The amounts due from customers for contract works relate to the estimated revenue before the application for interim payment is made by the Group or the certificate of payment is issued by the engineer or the main contractor. They will become trade receivables upon certification of the relevant work by the customers.]

As at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively, the amounts due from customers for contract work amounted to approximately HK$[4.4] million and approximately HK$ [10.6] million. As the time periods for interim payment application and certification vary in accordance with the specific terms of each project, it is common that the work done by the Group is still subject to certification at the end of each reporting period. As at 31 March 2009, the amount due from customers was mainly related to work pending payment application and certification in relation to the contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains (Stage 2) — Tai Po and Fanling (contract number 21/WSD/06) of approximately HK$[3.6] million. The increase in amount due from customers of approximately HK$[7.2] million as at 31 March 2010 was principally due to the work done by the Group in respect of the [contract for the replacement and rehabilitation of water mains stage 3 — mains on Hong Kong Island South and outlying islands (contract number 18/WSD/08) and the contract for Waterworks District W- New Territories (contract number 1/WSD/09(W)), for which relevant interim payment has not been applied]. Amounts due from customers will become trade receivables upon certification, hence it is not relevant to present subsequent settlement thereof.

[Other receivables and prepayments amounted to approximately HK$[458,000] and approximately HK$[7.9] million as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. The substantial increase in other receivables and prepayments as at 31 March 2010 was mainly due to the increase in prepaid project insurance which amounted to approximately HK$[3.5] million as at 31 March 2010, of which approximately $[2.7] million was the insurance cost relating to the new contract for the replacement and rehabilitation of water mains stage 3 - mains on Hong Kong Island South and outlying islands (contract number 18/WSD/08). The advance to subcontractors of the Group of approximately HK$[2.3] million and the deferred expenses in relation to the professional fees of approximately HK$[1.8] million as at 31 March 2010 also accounted partly for the increase in other receivables and prepayments.]

— 140 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The amount due from a director of approximately HK$[17.7] million as at 31 March 2009, which was unsecured, interest- free and repayable on demand, related to current account with a director and had been fully settled as at 31 March 2010.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables of the Group comprised:

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Trade payables [5,328] [8,046] Retention money payables [1,852] [2,854] Advances received from customers [9,572] [9,550] Other payables and accruals [2,986] [4,001]

[19,738] [24,451]

Trade payables represented the amounts due to subcontractors of the Group, suppliers of materials and consumables. The following table sets out the aging analysis of the trade payables as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010.

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Current or less than 1 month [3,258] [5,418] 1 to 3 months [557] [1,104] More than 3 months but less than 12 months [1,492] [385] More than 12 months (Note) [21] [1,139]

[5,328] [8,046]

Note: The upper ceiling for the trade payables under aging catagory “more than 12 months” was six years.

The Group normally settles trade payables within a credit period ranging from [14] to [42] days. The trade payables are short term and hence their carrying values are considered by the Directors to be a reasonable approximation of their fair value. As at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively, the trade payables amounted to approximately HK$[5.3] million and HK$[8.0] million. The majority of trade payables as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 were current or aged less than 1 month. The increase in trade payables as at 31 March 2010 was a result of the increase in construction work done by the Group for the year as indicated by the increase in revenue for the

— 141 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION financial year ended 31 March 2010. As a result of an increasing amount of contract work, the charges by the subcontractors and the cost of materials were both higher in the financial year ended 31 March 2010. The trade payables represented the outstanding amounts payable to the subcontractors and suppliers as at 31 March 2010. The trade payables aged more than 12 months as at 31 March 2010 were mainly related to the charges payable to a subcontractor of the Company. As there was certain outstanding work to be completed by such subcontractor, the related payables of approximately HK$ [900,000] were still unsettled as at the [30 June 2010]. [As at 30 June 2010, the subsequent settlement of the trade payables amounted to approximately HK$[6.8] million.]

Retention money payables represented the money withheld by the Group when making interim payment to the subcontractors. [Retention money will usually be retained by the Group for a period of time according to the terms of respective contract to ensure satisfactory completion of the projects by the Group’s subcontractors. For projects which are divided into two or more sections or comprising several work orders, the retention money will be released after the maintenance period of respective sections or completion of respective work orders. In such cases, the retention money may be released before the completion of the whole project. Accordingly, the balance of retention money payable of a particular project may be subject to both upward and downward movements during the term of the project.] The retention money payables amounted to approximately HK$[1.9] million at 31 March 2009 and approximately HK$[2.9] million as at 31 March 2010. The increase in such balance as at 31 March 2010 was mainly due to the retention money withheld by the Group from the major subcontractors which were involved in the contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains (Stage 2) — Tai Po and Fanling (contract number 21/WSD/06) and contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains stage 2 - mains in Ngau Tam Mei (contract number 13/WSD/06).

The advances received from customers refer to the funds advanced by the main contractors to the Group for the general working capital of the relevant projects undertaken by the Group as a subcontractor of such customers. Such advances are unsecured and repayable on demand except for an amount of approximately HK$[8.2] million and approximately HK$[3.5] million as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively which are interest-bearing. As such advances from customers are directly related to a specific project, the interest cost on such advances is included as part of the Group’s cost of services during the Track Record Period. As at 31 March 2009, the advances received from customers in a total amount of approximately HK$[9.6] million comprised mainly funds advanced by the main contractor in respect of the contract for replacement and rehabilitation of water mains (Stage 2) — Tai Po and Fanling (contract number 21/WSD/06). The advances received from customers as at 31 March 2010 amounted to approximately HK$[9.6] million and represented mainly the advances from the main contractor in respect of the aforesaid contract in 2009 and the contract for the replacement and rehabilitation of water mains stage 3 — mains on Hong Kong Island South and outlying islands (contract number 18/WSD/08).

[The advances from customers are reviewed periodically by the Group and the main contractors. The balance of advances from customer on a particular project may also be subject to change as the main contractor may raise or reduce the advances with reference to the anticipated funds required and the internally generated resources of that particular project. The advance from customers is usually set off against certified payments payable by the main contractors to the Group.]

— 142 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Due to the floating nature of the retention money payables and advance from customers as described above, the subsequent settlements thereof are not presented.

[Other payables and accruals of the Group amounted to approximately HK$[3.0] million and HK$[4.0] million as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. The major item of other payables and accruals was the provision for salaries of the employees of the Group for the month of March which are paid in the first week of the following month according to the Group’s policy, and amounted to approximately HK$[1.8] million and approximately HK$[2.6] million as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. The increase in provision for salaries as a result of increase in manpower of the Group together with the corresponding increase in mandatory provident fund payable accounted for the increase in other payables and accruals as at 31 March 2010. The other payables were related to the outstanding payment for the sundry creditors including but not limited to machinery suppliers and petroleum companies.] [As at 30 June 2010, approximately HK$[3.8] million of the other payables and accruals as at 31 March 2010 was subsequently settled.]

Finance lease creditors

The Company leases a number of motor vehicles and machinery for use in its projects. Such assets are generally classified under as assets held under finance lease as the rental period approximates the estimated useful economic life of the assets concerned and often the Group has the right to purchase the assets outright at the end of the minimum lease term by paying nominal amount. As at 31 March 2009 and 2010, the outstanding amounts of the corresponding finance lease creditors amounted to approximately HK$[4.6] million and HK$ [3.9] million respectively. The outstanding balance as at 31 March 2010 was mainly related to new finance lease of approximately HK$[3.2] million from the hire purchase of the motor vehicles.

Borrowings

[During the financial year ended 31 March 2010, the Group borrowed loans of HK$[6.0] million from a bank, of which approximately HK$[1.5] million was repaid. The bank loans were interest-bearing and were drawn down from the loan facilities granted by a bank under the Special Loan Guarantee Scheme as mentioned above. The interest rate in respect of a non-revolving loan of HK$[4.0] million was 1% per annum over the best lending rate offered by the bank. One of the bank loans in the amount of HK$[2.0] million, also a non-revolving loan, was borrowed at a flat rate of 3.75% per annum. As at 31 March 2010, the bank loans due within one year amounted to approximately HK$4.5 million. The weighted average interest rate of the borrowings for the year was approximately [5.1]%.]

— 143 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

III. Selected key financial ratios

The following tables set out certain key financial ratios of the Group for the Track Record Period:

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010

Trade receivables turnover days [77.0] [48.4] Trade payables turnover days [37.1] [32.6] Inventory turnover days [192.8] [117.8]

Notes:

1. [Trade receivables turnover days equal to the balance of trade receivables, retention receivables and amounts due from customers for contract works as at the financial year end dates divided by total revenue for the respective financial year and multiplied by 365 days.]

2. [Trade payables turnover days equal to the balance of trade payables and retention payables as at the financial year end dates divided by cost of service for the respective financial year and multiplied by 365 days.]

3. [Inventory turnover days equal to the inventories as at the financial year end dates divided by total cost of materials for the respective financial year and multiplied by 365 days.]

Trade receivables turnover days

The trade receivables and amounts due from customers for contract works were mainly derived from provision of contract works service. In general, the Group grants an average credit period ranging from [14] to [30] days to its trade customers of contract works. The average credit period granted by the Group refers to the period starting from the certification of contract work until the settlement of the trade receivables. Application for progress payments of contract works is made regularly, usually on a monthly basis. In general, the Group’s customers are able to make payments for settlement of the trade receivables to the Group within the credit period. For the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010, the Group’s trade receivable turnover days was approximately [77.0] days and [48.4] days respectively. The turnover days shown above were longer than the average credit period of the Group, as the balances of retention receivables were included in the calculation of the trade receivables turnover days. If the retention receivable balances as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 were not taken into account in the calculation of trade receivable turnover days, the trade receivable turnover for the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 would have been approximately [38.1] days and [34.0] days respectively.

In the calculation of the trade receivables turnover days above, the amounts due from customers for contract work are included in addition to trade receivables. As discussed in the above section, the amounts due from customers for contract works relate to the estimated revenue before the application for interim payment is made or the certificate of payment is issued. The amounts due from customers will become trade receivables upon certification of the relevant work by the customers. As such, the inclusion of the amounts due from customers would also result in the turnover days as calculated slightly longer than the average credit period granted to the customers.

— 144 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Trade payables turnover days

Trade payables comprised mainly the subcontracting charge payable to the Group’s subcontractors and the amount due to suppliers of materials and consumables. The Group normally settles trade payables within a credit period ranging from [14] days to [42] days. For the financial years ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010, the Group’s trade payables turnover days was approximately [37.1] days and [32.6] days respectively. The trade payables turnover days were consistent with the settlement period of the Group during the Track Record Period.

Inventory turnover days

[For the financial year ended 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010, the Group’s inventory turnover days was approximately [192.8] days and [117.8] days respectively. [During the financial year ended 31 March 2009, the Group has purchased more materials in anticipation of the commencement of works for a project of significant size (contract numbered 21/WSD/06). However, due to the unexpected time taken to obtain the necessary excavation permits from the relevant government authorities necessary for the commencement of work, the materials purchased have not been utilised as expected. As a result, the inventory turnover days for the year ended 31 March 2009 was comparatively higher than that for the year ended 31 March 2010.]]

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010

Return on equity 47.4% 75.4% Return on assets 21.2% 27.3%

Notes:

1. return on equity equals to net profit for the financial years divided by shareholders’ equity as at the financial year end dates and multiplied by 100%

2. return on assets equals to net profit for the financial years divided by total assets as at the financial year end dates and multiplied by 100%

Return on equity increased from approximately [47.4]% for the year ended 31 March 2009 to approximately [75.4]% for the year ended 31 March 2010. This was mainly caused by an increase in net profit. Given that there was no significant change in the Group’s shareholders’ equity, an increase in net profit would cause the return on equity to increase for the financial year ended 31 March 2010, implying a better rate of return for the equity holders.

Return on assets also improved, increasing from approximately [21.2]% for the year ended 31 March 2009 to approximately [27.3]% for the year ended 31 March 2010. This was mainly due to the combined effect of a higher growth of net profit of approximately [47.6]% and a smaller increase in total assets of approximately [14.5]%.

— 145 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

[Both the return on equity and return on assets were increasing during the Track Record Period. The larger increase in return on equity as compared with the return on assets for the year ended 31 March 2010 was because the total assets had increased while there was no significant change in equity. The increase in total assets was mainly attributable to the increase in cash and cash equivalents generated from the payment by the customers.]

LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL RESOURCES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE App1A(32)(5)(a)

The Group generally finances its operations through internally generated cash flows and bank borrowings. Depending on the terms of the relevant contracts, the Group can receive advances from customers for general working capital of the project(s) in respect of the contract(s) undertaken by the Group as a subcontractor. [In addition to the internally generated cash flows from the projects and the advances from customers which are main contractors, one of the main source of funds is bank borrowing. Save for the bank borrowing from HSBC, there was no other material external financing for the Group during the Track Record Period.] As at the Latest Practicable Date, all the borrowings from HSBC have been fully repaid by the Group.

[The Directors consider that the regulatory licensing requirement on the working capital of the Company, which is detailed under the section headed “Licensing and other requirement for Government projects” in this document, and funds required for execution of or generated from the projects are major factors affecting the liquidity and working capital of the Company. For the projects undertaken by the Company as a main contractor, there are no advances from WSD for daily operations of the projects. As disclosed above, in some cases where the Company undertakes a project as a subcontractor, the Company may request for advances from the main contractor for project use. Thus, whether or not the Company is able to obtain advances from the customers also affects the liquidity of the Group.]

[As at the Latest Practicable Date the Company has planned capital expenditures of up to HK$[6.5] million, mainly for acquisition of equipment and machinery to meet the use of new project(s).

Net current Asset

As at [31 March] 2009, the net current assets of the Group were approximately HK$[17.7] million. As at [31 March] 2010, the net current assets of the Group were approximately HK$[11.5] million. Due to the settlement of the trade and other receivables and an increase in cash and cash equivalents, the amount of total current assets increased as at 31 March 2010 and was a bit higher than the total current assets as at 31 March 2009. The decrease in net current assets was primarily due to higher current liabilities as at 31 March 2010, mainly attributable to higher trade and other payables and current tax liabilities as a result of more business activities as compared with that for the year ended 31 March 2009.

— 146 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

As at 30 June 2010, being the latest practicable date for the purpose of the statement of indebtedness, the Group’s net current assets was approximately HK$12.4 million, consisting of current assets of approximately HK$48.6 million and current liabilities of approximately HK$36.2 million.

As at 30 June 2010 HK$’000

Current assets Inventories [9,279] Trade and other receivables [37,494] Cash and cash equivalents [1,832]

[48,605]

Current liabilities Trade and other payables [26,147] Finance lease creditors [2,411] Borrowings [3,985] Employee benefits [473] Current tax liabilities [3,203]

[36,219]

Current ratio

[The current ratio, which was defined as the total current assets divided by total current liabilities, has decreased from approximately [1.6] as at 31 March 2009 to [1.3] as at 31 March 2010. The Directors believe that the Group’s current ratio is healthy.

Quick ratio

The quick ratio, which was defined as total current assets less inventories divided by total current liabilities, was approximately [1.4] as at 31 March 2009 and approximately [1.0] as at 31 March 2010 respectively. The lower quick ratio as at 31 March 2010 was due to the higher inventory balance at the financial year end date. Although a lower quick ratio usually suggests a lower liquidity of an entity and lower ability to convert the current assets into cash, the liquidity of the Group was not worse-off as at 31 March 2010 in view of the higher level of cash and cash equivalents as compared with that of the preceding year.

Gearing ratio

[The gearing ratio, which is based on the amount of total bank borrowings and obligations under finance lease and advance received from customers divided by total assets, was approximately [29.6]% and approximately [29.1]% as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. For the financial year ended 31 March 2009, there are no bank borrowing other than the bank overdraft of

— 147 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION approximately HK$[1.8] million as at 31 March 2009. The advance received from customers was approximately HK$[9.6] million and the obligation under finance lease was approximately HK$[4.6] million as at 31 March 2009. The total assets of the Group was approximately HK$[53.9] million and HK$[61.7] million as at 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010 respectively. As at 31 March 2010, the Group had total bank borrowings of HK$[4.5] million, advance received from customers of approximately HK$[9.6] million and obligation under finance lease of approximately HK$[3.9] million. The increase in gearing ratio of the Group as at 31 March 2010 was mainly due to the drawdown of the bank loans.]

Cashflow

The following table summaries the Group’s cash flows during the [Track Record Period]:

Financial year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Net cash generated from operating activities [4,124] [27,169] Net cash used in investing activities [(390)] [(5,242)] Net cash used in financing activities [(3,834)] [(10,018)]

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents [(100)] [11,909] Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period [(1,479)] [(1,579)]

Cash and Cash equivalents at the end of period [(1,579)] [10,330]

Operating activities

For the financial year ended 31 March 2009, the cash inflow from operating activities was mainly generated from the payment by the customers for the Group’s undertaking of the projects for the year. The Group recorded profit before income tax of approximately HK$[13.7] million and operating profit before changes in working capital of approximately HK$[16.2] million. During the year, an increase in inventories, trade and other receivables and the increase in trade and other payables mainly accounted for a cash outflow of approximately HK$[12.1] million, resulting in net cash inflow from operating activities of approximately HK$[4.1] million for the year.

— 148 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

For the financial year ended 31 March 2010, the Group recorded net cash inflow from operating activities of approximately HK$[27.2] million. The higher cash inflow as compared with the preceding year was mainly due to cash generated from larger amount of work done by the Group for the year. The Group recorded profit before income tax of approximately HK$[20.4] million and operating profit before changes in working capital of approximately HK$[24.3] million. During the year, the growth of the Group business had led to the increase in trade payables to subcontractors and the salaries payable to the employees of the Group, resulting in a higher trade and other payables. The increase in trade and other payables caused a net working capital inflow of approximately HK$[2.8] million, which was partly offset by cash used in the purchase of inventories.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately HK$[390,000] for the year ended 31 March 2009, which was related to the purchases of property, plant and equipment of approximately HK$[1.0] million offset partially by the proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment of approximately HK$[654,000].

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately HK$[5.2] million for the year ended 31 March 2010 which was related to the purchases of property, plant and equipment of approximately HK$[5.5] million offset partially by the proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment of approximately HK$[0.2] million. During the financial year ended 31 March 2010, the Group acquired new machinery, equipment and motor vehicles for replacement of the old ones and for use in the new projects.]

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was approximately HK$[3.8] million for the year ended 31 March 2009. This was mainly attributable to the repayment of finance lease of approximately HK$[3.3] million.

Net cash used in financing activities was approximately HK$[10.0] million for the year ended 31 March 2010. The cash outflow mainly represented the dividend paid to an owner of the Company of approximately HK$[9.9] million and repayment of finance lease of approximately HK$[4.0] million. [Instead of relying on the bank overdrafts to meet its financial needs, the Group borrowed bank loans during the financial year ended 31 March 2010. The cash inflow represented the drawdown of bank loans of HK$[6.0] million, of which approximately HK$[1.5] million has been repaid before 31 March 2010.

Foreign exchange exposure App1A(31)(2)

[The Group is principally engaged in the undertaking of engineering projects in Hong Kong. As the revenue and cost of services are principally denominated in Hong Kong dollars, the exposure to the risk of foreign exchange rate fluctuations for the Group is minimal.]

— 149 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

INDEBTEDNESS

Borrowings

[As at the close of business on 30 June 2010, being the latest practicable date for the purpose App1A(32)(1),(2) Third of preparing this indebtedness statement prior to the printing of this document, the Group had Schedule 23 outstanding bank loans of approximately HK$4.0 million which were secured, interest-bearing [and repayable on demand]. The obligations under finance leases amounted to approximately 3.1 million.]

Security and guarantees

As at the close of business on 30 June 2010, the bank loans together with the banking facilities App1A(32)(3) Third were secured by personal guarantees given by the chairman, Mr. Kan, and [cross guarantee within the Schedule 24 Group]. As at 30 June 2010, 30 motor vehicles of the Group under hire purchase with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of approximately HK$3.0 million were secured by personal guarantees from Mr. Kan.

As at the close of business on 30 June 2010, the Group had total outstanding non-revolving loan of HK$4.0 million and banking facilities of HK$[6.2] million, of which approximately HK$4.0 million of non-revolving loan has been utilised. The unutilised banking facilities of HK$[6.2] million comprise of business credit card of HK$0.2 million, overdraft and revolving credit of HK$[2] million and import facilities of HK$[4] million.

Contingent liabilities

[As at 30 June 2010, the Group did not have any material liabilities or guarantees.] App1A(32)(4)

Commitments

[The Group leased its office properties, and director’s quarter and certain office equipment under operating lease arrangements which was negotiated for terms from two to three years. As at the close of business on 30 June 2010, the Group had operating lease commitments of approximately HK$0.9 million.]

Disclaimers

[Save as aforesaid or as otherwise disclosed herein, and] apart from intra-group liabilities, the Group did not have any outstanding mortgages, charges, debentures, loan capital, bank overdrafts, loans, debt securities or other similar indebtedness, finance leases or hire purchase commitments, liabilities under acceptance or acceptance credits or any guarantees or other material contingent liabilities outstanding as at the close of business on 30 June 2010.

The Directors confirm that there have been no material changes in the Group’s indebtedness and contingent liabilities since 30 June 2010.]

— 150 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

OFF-BALANCE SHEET TRANSACTIONS

[Except for the commitments and contingent liabilities set forth above, the Group has not entered into any material off-balance sheet transactions or arrangements as at [31 March] 2010.]

DIVIDEND POLICY AND DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES

Despite the aforesaid dividends, if otherwise not declared and paid, would provide additional capital for the Group to undertake more contract works, the Directors consider that it is commercially justified to declare and pay the aforesaid dividends to Mr. Kan for the following reasons: (i) the aforesaid dividends were declared to Mr. Kan, the then sole shareholder of TYW and TY Civil, to reward his past investments in support and contribution to the Group; (ii) the level of distribution is appropriate as a sufficient portion of the net profits attributable to the Shareholders has been retained to support the Group’s ongoing operations and compliance with the employed capital and working capital requirements as required by the WBDB for retention on the Contractor List; (iii) the Group could utilise a combination of retained profits and borrowings to finance the Group’s working capital needs rather than solely rely on retained profits; (iv) the Group’s gearing ratios, calculated as a percentage of the aggregate of the amount of total bank borrowings and obligations under finance lease and advance received from customers to total assets (31 March 2009: 29.6%; 31 March 2010: 29.1%) and the Group’s finance costs (for the year ended 31 March 2009: approximately HK$455,000; for the year ended 31 March 2010: approximately HK$634,000) during the Track Record Period respectively were at reasonable levels; and (v) the Shareholders will be entitled to the future profits of the Group after the [●]. The Directors also consider it was in the interest of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole to declare and pay the aforesaid dividends to Mr. Kan as such distributions would serve as an incentive for Mr. Kan’s continued support and contribution to the Group’s business in the future.

[The Company does not have any pre-determined dividend distribution ratio. The declaration of future dividends will be subject to the decision by the Board and will depend on, among other things, the earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, and any other factors that the Directors may consider relevant. Any final dividend for a financial year will be subject to our Shareholders’ approval.

The Company had no reserve available for distribution to the Shareholders as at 31 March 2010, App1A(35) being the date of which the Group’s latest audited financial statements were made up.]

PROPERTY VALUATION

The Group has leased a number of properties in Hong Kong for office use and as director’s quarter.

— 151 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Vigers Appraisal and Consulting Limited, an independent property valuer, has valued the property interests of the Group as at [●] May 2010 and is of the opinion that the property interest is of no commercial value. The full text of the letter, summary of values and valuation certificate with regard to such property interests are set out in Appendix [III] to this document.

NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE App1A(38)

[The Directors confirm that there has been no material adverse change in the financial or trading positions or prospects of the Company since 31 March 2010, the date to which the latest audited financial statements of the Group was made up.

The Directors confirm that they have performed sufficient due diligence on the Company to ensure that, up to the Latest Practicable Date, there has been no material adverse change in the Group’s financial or trading positions or prospects since 31 March 2010, the date to which the latest audited financial statements of the Group were made up, and there is no event since 31 March 2010 which would materially affect the information shown in the Accountants’ Reports.

DISCLOSURE REQUIRED UNDER RULES 17.15 TO 17.21 OF THE GEM LISTING RULES App1A(34)(2)

[The Directors have confirmed that as at the Latest Practicable Date, they were not aware of any circumstances that would give rise to a disclosure requirement under Rules 17.15 to 17.21 of the GEM Listing Rules.]

— 152 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The following is the text of a report, prepared for the purpose of incorporation in this document, App1A(37) R7.01 received from the Company’s reporting accountants, BDO Limited, Certified Public Accountants, R7.08(4) R11.10 Hong Kong. R11.11

App1A(9)(3) R7.08(5)

[● 2010]

The Directors [Tsun Yip Holdings Limited] [Optima Capital Limited]

Dear Sirs

We set out below our report on the financial information of Tsun Yip Holdings Limited (the “Company”), its subsidiaries and controlled entity (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Group”) for each of the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010 (the “Relevant Periods”), prepared on the basis set out in Section II below, for inclusion in the document of the Company dated [● 2010] (the “Document”) in connection with the initial listing of the shares of the Company on the Growth Enterprise Market of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “GEM of the Stock Exchange”).

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on 15 March 2010 as an exempted Third company with limited liability under the Companies Law, Cap.22 (Law 3 of 1961, as consolidated and Schedule 29 revised) of the Cayman Islands. On [●], the Company became the holding company of the subsidiaries now comprising the Group pursuant to a group reorganisation (the “Reorganisation”) as set out in the subsection headed “Reorganisation” in Appendix V to the Document. The Group is principally engaged in the provision of waterworks engineering services, road works and drainage services and site formation works for the public sector in Hong Kong. The Company and its subsidiaries have adopted 31 March as their financial year-end date.

As at the date of this report, the Company had direct or indirect interests in the following subsidiaries and controlled entity, all of which are private companies. The particulars of the subsidiaries and controlled entity are set out below:

Place and date of incorporation and Percentage of form of business equity attributable Nominal value Principal Name of company structure to the Company of issued capital activities App1A (28)(1)(a) Third Direct Indirect Schedule 17

Subsidiaries TYW (BVI) Limited British Virgin 100% — [United States Investment App1A(28)(2) App1A(29)(1) (“TYW (BVI)”) Islands (the “BVI”), Dollars (“US$”) holding App1A(29)(2) 2 July 2009, limited 10,000, divided liability company into 10,000 shares of US$1.00 each]

— I-1 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Tsun Yip Civil Construction Hong Kong, — 100% [Hong Kong Rental of Company Limited 16 June 2000, Dollars (“HK$”) motor (“TY Civil”) limited liability 1,000, divided vehicles, company into 1,000 shares provision of of HK$1.00 waterworks each] and laying of water pipes

Tsun Yip Waterworks Hong Kong, — 100% [Hong Kong Provision of Construction Company 6 February 1996, Dollars (“HK$”) waterworks Limited (“TYW”) limited liability 10,000,000, and laying of company divided into water pipes 10,000,000 shares of HK$1.00 each]

Controlled entity Tsun Yip Construction Hong Kong, — 100% [—] Provision of Company (“TYC”) 1 August, 1989 waterworks Sole proprietorship and laying of water pipes, inactive since 1 April 2009 and ceased to be part of the Group

No audited financial statements have been prepared for the Company since its date of R7.08(1)(a) R7.08(1)(b) incorporation as it has not carried out any business, other than the Reorganisation as referred to above. We have, however, reviewed all the relevant transactions of the Company since its date of incorporation.

No audited financial statements have been prepared for TYW (BVI) and TYC since their respective dates of incorporation as there is no statutory requirement for these companies to prepare audited financial statements. We have, however, reviewed all the relevant transactions of TYW (BVI) since its date of incorporation. In respect of TYC, we have performed independent audit procedures in accordance with Hong Kong Standards of Auditing (“HKSAs”) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (the “HKICPA”) on the unaudited management accounts for the Relevant Periods for the purpose of this report.

The statutory financial statements of TY Civil and TYW for the Relevant Periods have been prepared in accordance with all applicable Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRSs”), Hong Kong Accounting Standards (“HKASs”) and Interpretations (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “HKFRSs”) issued by the HKICPA, and were audited by ourselves.

— I-2 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

For the purpose of this report, the directors of the Company have prepared the combined R7.09 financial statements of the Group for the Relevant Periods (the “Underlying Financial Statements”), based on the audited financial statements or, where appropriate, unaudited management accounts of the companies now comprising the Group.

The combined statement of comprehensive income, combined statement of changes in equity and combined statement of cash flows of the Group for the Relevant Periods, and the combined statement of financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2009 and 2010 together with the notes thereon (collectively the “Combined Financial Information”) have been prepared based on the Underlying Financial Statements on the basis set out in note 1 of Section II below, for the purpose of preparing this report for inclusion in the Document. No adjustments on the Underlying Financial Statements for R7.18 the Relevant Periods are considered necessary for the purpose of preparing the Combined Financial Information. The Combined Financial Information also includes the applicable disclosure R7.11 requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance (the “Companies Ordinance”) and the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the GEM of the Stock Exchange (the “GEM Listing Rules”).

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the Combined Financial Information which gives a true and fair view and the contents of the Document in which this report is included. The responsibility includes designing, implementing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and the true and fair presentation of the Combined Financial Information that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances. It is our responsibility to form an independent opinion on the Combined Financial Information, based on our audit, and to report our opinion to you.

For the purpose of this report, we have carried out an independent audit on the Combined Financial Information for the Relevant Periods in accordance with HKSAs issued by the HKICPA, and R7.08 (3) have carried out such additional procedures as are necessary in accordance with the Auditing Guideline 3.340 “Prospectuses and the Reporting Accountant” issued by the HKICPA.

[In our opinion, the Combined Financial Information, for the purpose of this report, gives a true App1A (35) R7.08(2) and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group as at 31 March 2009 and 2010 and of the combined results and combined cash flows of the Group for the Relevant Periods.]

— I-3 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

I. COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended 31 March R7.03 (1) Notes 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Revenue 4 [87,696] [148,844] R7.04(1)(a) Cost of service [(70,617)] [(121,872)] R7.04(1)(d)

Gross profit 17,079 [26,972] Other income 4 [2,539] [811] R7.04(1)(b) Administrative expenses (5,431) [(6,753)]

Profit from operations 5 [14,187] [21,030] Finance costs 7 [(455)] [(634)] R7.04(1)(e)

Profit before income tax [13,732] [20,396] R7.04(1)(g) Income tax 9 [(2,327)] [(3,558)] R7.04(1)(h)

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year [11,405] [16,838] R7.04(1)(j)

— I-4 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

2. Combined Statement of Financial Position R7.03(3)(a) R7.03(4)(a) As at 31 March Notes 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Non-current assets R7.04(2)(a) Property, plant and equipment 12 [8,697] [13,308] ------

Current assets R7.04(2)(b) Inventories 13 [7,763] [9,788] R7.04(2)(b)(i) Trade and other receivables 14 [37,015] [28,271] R7.04(2)(b)(ii) Tax recoverable [222] [—] Cash and cash equivalents [196] [10,330] R7.04(2)(iii)

[45,196] [48,389] ------

Total assets [53,893] [61,697] ------

Current liabilities R7.04(2)(c) Trade and other payables 16 [19,738] [24,451] R7.04(2)(c)(ii) Finance lease creditors 17 [3,087] [3,052] Borrowings 18 [—] [4,532] R7.04(2)(c)(i) Employee benefits 19 [513] [473] Current tax liabilities [2,384] [4,365] Bank overdraft [1,775] [—]

[27,497] [36,873] ------

Net current assets [17,699] [11,516] R7.04(2)(d) ------

Total assets less current liabilities [26,396] [24,824] R7.04(2)(e) ------

— I-5 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

As at 31 March Notes 2009 2010 R7.03(3)(a) HK$’000 HK$’000

Non-current liabilities Finance lease creditors 17 [1,531] [826] R7.04(2)(f) Deferred tax liabilities 20 [793] [1,658]

[2,324] [2,484] ------

Total liabilities [29,821] [39,357] ------

TOTAL NET ASSETS [24,072] [22,340]

Capital and reserves R7.04(2)(g) Share capital 21 [9,868] [9,868] Reserves 22 [14,204] [12,472]

TOTAL EQUITY [24,072] [22,340]

— I-6 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

3. Combined Statement of Cash Flows

Year ended 31 March R7.03(4A) Note 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Cash flows from operating activities Profit before income tax [13,732] [20,396] Adjustments for: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment [3,789] [3,831] Waiver of loan to staff [68] [—] Write-off of long outstanding trade payables [(2,539)] [(802)] Impairment loss on trade receivables [105] [243] Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment [598] [40] Finance costs [455] [634] Interest income [—] [(9)]

[16,208] [24,333] R11.12A(1) Increase in inventories [(5,786)] [(2,025)] Increase in trade and other receivables [(9,423)] [(124)] Increase in trade and other payables [3,354] [5,515] Increase/(decrease) in employee benefits [103] [(40)]

Cash generated from operations [4,456] [27,659] Income tax paid [(332)] [(536)] Income tax refunded [—] [46]

Net cash from operating activities [4,124] [27,169] ------

Cash flows from investing activities Purchases of property, plant and equipment [(1,044)] [(5,464)] Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment [654] [213] Interest received [—] [9]

Net cash used in investing activities [(390)] [(5,242)] ------

— I-7 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Year ended 31 March R7.03(4A) Note 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from borrowings [—] [6,000] Repayment of borrowings [—] [(1,468)] Repayment of loan from staff [(50)] [—] Interest element of finance lease creditors [(390)] [(396)] Repayment of finance lease creditors [(3,329)] [(3,971)] Interest paid [(65)] [(238)] Dividend paid to an owner of the Company [—] [(9,945)]

Net cash used in financing activities [(3,834)] [(10,018)] ------Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents [(100)] [11,909]

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 23 [(1,479)] [(1,579)]

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 23 [(1,579)] [10,330]

— I-8 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

4. Combined Statement of Changes in Equity

Share Retained Proposed App1A(33)(5) R7.03(4B) capital earnings dividend Total HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Balance as at 1 April 2008 [9,868] [2,799] [—] [12,667] Total comprehensive income for the year [—] [11,405] [—] [11,405]

Balance as at 31 March 2009 and 1 April 2009 [9,868] [14,204] [—] [24,072] Total comprehensive income for the year [—] [16,838] [—] [16,838] Interim dividends paid during the year (note 10) [—] [(18,570)] [—] [(18,570)] Proposed final dividend (note [IV(c)]) [—] [(4,000)] [4,000] [—]

Balance as at 31 March 2010 [9,868] [8,472] [4,000] [22,340]

— I-9 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

II. NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on [15 March 2010] as an exempted App1A(5) App1A(6) company with limited liability under the Companies Law, Cap. 22 (Law 3 of 1961, as consolidated and revised) of the Cayman Islands. The registered office and principal place of business of the Company are located at the offices of Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands and Flat 314, 3/F., Fuk Shing Commercial Building, 28 On Lok Mun Street, On Lok Tsuen, Fanling, New Territories, Hong Kong, respectively. The Group is principally engaged in the provision of waterworks engineering services, road works and drainage services and site formation works for the public sector in Hong Kong.

Pursuant to the Reorganisation as detailed in the subsection headed “Reorganisation” in Appendix V to the Document, in preparation for the listing of shares of the Company on the GEM of the Stock Exchange and for the purpose of rationalising the Group’s structure, the Company became the holding company of the subsidiaries now comprising the Group on [●]. The Reorganisation involved business combinations of entities under common control before and immediately after the Reorganisation. Consequently, immediately after the Reorganisation, there was a continuation of the risks and benefits to the controlling parties that existed prior to the Reorganisation. The Group is regarded and accounted for as a continuing group resulting from the Reorganisation since all of the entities which took part in the Reorganisation were under common control in a manner similar to pooling of interests. Accordingly, for the purpose of this report, the Combined Financial Information has been prepared on a combined basis by applying the principles of merger accounting in accordance with the Accounting Guideline No. 5 (“AG5”), “Merger Accounting for Common Control Combination” issued by the HKICPA.

The Combined Financial Information is presented in Hong Kong Dollars (“HK$”), which is also the functional currency of the Company.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Statement of compliance R7.03(8)

The Combined Financial Information set out in this report has been prepared in accordance with R7.11 R7.12 all applicable HKFRSs issued by the HKICPA. The Combined Financial Information also includes the applicable disclosure required by the GEM Listing Rules and by the Companies Ordinance.

The preparation of the Combined Financial Information in conformity with HKFRSs requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the Combined Financial Information, are disclosed in note 3.

— I-10 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Application of new and revised HKFRSs

For the purpose of preparing the Combined Financial Information, the Group has adopted all the R7.17 new and revised HKFRSs that are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009 consistently throughout the Relevant Periods except for the following new or revised HKFRSs that have been issued, potentially relevant to the Group’s operations, but are not yet effective for any of the Relevant Periods:

HKFRSs (Amendments) Amendment to HKFRS 5 as part of Improvements to HKFRSs2

HKFRSs (Amendments) Improvements to HKFRSs 20093

Amendments to HKFRS 2 Share-based Payment — Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions1

HKAS 24 (Revised) Related Party Disclosures5

HKAS 27 (Revised) Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements2

HKFRS 3 (Revised) Business Combinations2

HKFRS 9 Financial Instruments6

HK(IFRIC) — Interpretation Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity 19 Instruments4

1 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2010 2 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009 3 Effective for annual periods ending on or after 1 July 2009 and 1 January 2010, as appropriate 4 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2010 5 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2011 6 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

The adoption of HKFRS 3 (Revised) may affect the Group’s accounting for business combination for which the acquisition dates are on or after 1 April 2010. HKAS 27 (Revised) will affect the accounting treatment for changes in a Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary. Changes in the Group’s ownership that do not result in a loss of control of the subsidiary will be accounted for as equity transactions.

The Group is in the process of making an assessment of the potential impact of other new/revised HKFRSs and the directors so far concluded that the application of the other new/revised HKFRSs will have no material impact on the results and the financial position of the Group.

2.1 Merger accounting for common control combination

The Combined Financial Information incorporate the financial statements of the combining entities or businesses in which the common control combination occurs as if they had been combined from the date when the combining entities or businesses first came under the control of the controlling party.

— I-11 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The net assets of the combining entities or businesses are combined using the existing book values from the controlling parties’ perspective. No amount is recognised in respect of goodwill or excess of acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over cost at the time of common control combination, to the extent of the continuation of the controlling party’s interest.

The combined statement of comprehensive income includes the results of each of the combining entities from the earliest date presented or since the date when the combining entities first came under the common control, where this is a shorter period, regardless of the date of the common control combination.

All inter-company transactions, cash flows and balances between the companies now comprising the Group are eliminated.

2.2 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

The cost of property, plant and equipment includes its purchase price and the costs directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are recognised in profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated at rates sufficient to write off their cost or valuation net of expected residual value over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The useful lives, residual value and depreciation method are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. The principal annual rates are as follows:

Site offices Over the respective project terms

Leasehold improvements 30% or over the respective life of the leases, whichever is shorter

Machinery 30%

Furniture and fixtures 20%

Office equipment 20%

Motor vehicles 20%

— I-12 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

An asset is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if its carrying amount is higher than the asset’s estimated recoverable amount.

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets.

The gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is the difference between the net sale proceeds and its carrying amount, and is recognised in profit or loss on disposal.

2.3 Inventories

2.4 Leasing

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

The Group as lessee

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised as assets at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding lease commitment is shown as a liability. Lease payments are analysed between capital and interest. The interest element is charged to profit or loss over the period of the lease and is calculated so that it represents a constant proportion of the lease liability. The capital element reduces the balance owed to the lessor.

The total rentals payable under the operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease incentives received are recognised as an integrated part of the total rental expense, over the term of the lease.

2.5 Financial instruments

(i) Financial assets — loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise principally through the provision of goods and services to customers (trade debtors), and also incorporate other types of contractual monetary asset. Loans and receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any identified impairment losses.

— I-13 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(ii) Impairment loss on financial assets

The Group assesses, at the end of each reporting period, whether there is any objective evidence that financial asset is impaired. Financial asset is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and that event has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated. Evidence of impairment may include:

• significant financial difficulty of debtor;

• a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

• granting concession to a debtor because of debtors’ financial difficulty; or

• it becoming probable that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation.

An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss and directly reduces the carrying amount of financial asset when there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, and is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate.

(iii) Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities include trade and other payables and borrowings, they are initially recognised at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The related interest expense is recognised in profit or loss.

Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the amortisation process.

(iv) Derecognition

The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the future cash flows in relation to the financial asset expire or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues

— I-14 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

to control the transferred asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation specified in the relevant contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

2.6 Employee benefits

(i) Defined contribution retirement plan App1A(33)(4)(b)

Contributions to defined contribution retirement plans are recognised as an expense in profit or loss when the services are rendered by the employees.

(ii) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are recognised when they accrue to employees. In particular, a provision is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the end of reporting period. Non-accumulating compensated absences such as sick leave and maternity leave are not recognised until the time of leave.

(iii) Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognised when, and only when, the Group demonstrably commits itself to terminate employment or to provide benefits as a result of voluntary redundancy by having a detailed formal plan which is without realistic possibility of withdrawal.

(iv) Long service payments

The Group’s net obligation in respect of long service payments payable on cessation of employment in certain circumstances under the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. The obligation is calculated using the projected unit credit method, discounted to its present value and reduced by entitlements accrued under the Group’s retirement plans that are attributable to contributions made by the Group.

2.7 Construction contracts

Contract revenue comprises the agreed contract amount and appropriate amounts for variation orders, claims and incentive payments. Contract costs comprise direct materials, costs of subcontracting, direct labour, borrowing costs attributable directly to the construction and an appropriate portion of variable and fixed construction overheads.

— I-15 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

When the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably, revenue is recognised only to the extent of contract costs incurred that will probably be recoverable, and contract costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

When it is probable that total contract costs will exceed total contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

Where progress billings exceed contract costs incurred to date plus recognised profits less recognised losses, the surplus is treated as an amount due to contract customers.

Where contract costs incurred to date plus recognised profits less recognised losses exceed progress billings, the surplus is treated as an amount due from contract customers.

2.8 Revenue recognition App1A(33)(1)

Revenue from construction contracts is recognised on the percentage of completion method, measured by reference to the certification by architects (note 2.7).

Interest income is accrued on a time basis on the principal outstanding at the applicable interest rate.

2.9 Income taxes

Income taxes for the year comprise current tax and deferred tax.

Current tax is based on the profit or loss from ordinary activities adjusted for items that are non-assessable or disallowable for income tax purposes and is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the corresponding amounts used for tax purposes. Except for recognised assets and liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profits, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

— I-16 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Income taxes are recognised in profit or loss except when they relate to items directly recognised in other comprehensive income in which case the taxes are also directly recognised in other comprehensive income.

2.10 Provisions and contingent liabilities

Provisions are recognised for liabilities of uncertain timing or amount when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation arising as a result of a past event, which will probably result in an outflow of economic benefits that can be reasonably estimated.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, the existence of which will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

2.11 Impairment of non-financial assets

At each end of the reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss or an impairment loss previously recognised no longer exists or may have decreased.

If the recoverable amount (i.e. the greater of the fair value less costs to sell and value in use) of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENT AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

— I-17 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(i) Construction contract revenue recognition

According to the accounting policies of construction contracts as stated in note 2.7, the Group uses the percentage of completion method to determine the appropriate revenues to be recognised in a given period. The stage of completion is measured by reference to the contract costs incurred up to the end of the reporting period as percentage of total estimated costs for each contract.

Upon applying the percentage of completion method, the Group needs to estimate the gross profit margin of each construction contract, which was determined based on the estimated total construction contract costs and total construction contract sum, including confirmed variation orders and claims, and liquidated damages. If the actual gross profit margin of construction contract differs from the management’s estimates, the construction contract revenue to be recognised within the next year will need to be adjusted accordingly.

(ii) Impairment of assets

The Group assesses annually whether the financial assets and other assets have suffered any impairment in accordance with accounting policies stated in note 2.5(ii) and 2.11 respectively. The assets are reviewed for the impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets exceeds its recoverable amount. The determination of recoverable amount requires an estimation of future cash flows and the selection of appropriate discount rates.

4. REVENUE AND OTHER INCOME

Revenue and other income recognised during the Relevant Periods are as follows:

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Revenue Turnover — revenue from construction works [87,696] [148,844]

Other income Write-off of long outstanding trade payables which were overdue for more than 6 years [2,539] [802] Sundry income [—] [9]

[2,539] [811]

(i) As there was dispute with the supplier/subcontractor, no payments were made for such outstanding trade payables. The Group did not recognise such trade payables due to the aforesaid dispute. According to the Limitation Ordinance, issuance of legal action for recovery of debts that remained outstanding for over 6 years was precluded and the management considered that the Group no longer had the legal or constructive obligation to repay. As a result, trade payables aged more than six years were written off during the Relevant Periods.

— I-18 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Operating segments

During the Relevant Periods, the Group is principally engaged in the waterworks engineering R7.04(4) services, road works and damage services and site formation works for the public sector in Hong Kong.

Information about major customers

Revenues from major customers are as follows:

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Water Supplies Department [22,929] [17,154] Ming Hing Civil Contractors Limited/Ming Hing Waterworks Engineering Company Limited [60,305] [131,376] Others [4,462] [314]

[87,696] [148,844]

5. PROFIT FROM OPERATIONS

Profit from operations is arrived at after charging:

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Contract costs recognised as expense, including borrowing costs of HK$[242,000] (2009: [HK$429,000]) [70,617] [121,872] Auditors’ remuneration [403] [500] Depreciation [3,789] [3,831] R7.04(1)(f) Impairment loss on trade receivables [105] [243] Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment [598] [40] Staff costs (note 6) [18,098] [26,896] Waiver of loan to staff [68] [—]

— I-19 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

6. STAFF COSTS

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Staff costs (including directors) comprise: Wages, salaries and other benefits [17,732] [26,086] Contribution on defined contribution retirement plan [366] [810] App1A (33)(4)(c)

[18,098] [26,896]

7. FINANCE COSTS

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Interest on finance leases [390] [396] Interest on bank overdraft [65] [20] Interest on bank loans wholly repayable within five years [—] [218]

[455] [634]

— I-20 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

8. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT’S EMOLUMENTS

(i) Directors’ emoluments

The aggregate amounts of the emoluments paid and payable to the directors of the Company by the companies now comprising the Group for each of the Relevant Periods are as follows:

Defined contribution retirement App1A(33)(2)(c) App1A(33)(3) Salaries benefit (a), (b) and scheme Fees allowances Bonus contributions Total HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Year ended 31 March 2009 Executive directors Mr. Cheng Ka Ming, Martin [—] [—] [—] [—] [—] Mr. Chia Thien Loong, Eric John [—] [—] [—] [—] [—] Mr. Fung Chung Kin [—] [600] [50] [12] [662] Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung [—] [830] [50] [12] [892]

[—] [1,430] [100] [24] [1,554]

Defined contribution retirement Salaries and benefit scheme Fees allowances Bonus contributions Total HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Year ended 31 March 2010 Executive directors Mr. Cheng Ka Ming, Martin [—] [880] [—] [11] [891] Mr. Chia Thien Loong, Eric John [—] [11] [—] [1] [12] Mr. Fung Chung Kin [—] [600] [50] [12] [662] Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung [—] [1,093] [50] [12] [1,155]

[—] [2,584] [100] [36] [2,720]

— I-21 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

During the Relevant Periods, none of the directors waived or agreed to waive any remuneration and there were no emoluments paid by the Group to the directors as an inducement to join, or upon joining the Group, or as compensation for loss of office.

(ii) Five highest paid individuals

The five highest paid individuals whose emoluments were the highest in the Group included two and three directors for the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010 respectively whose emoluments are reflected in the analysis as shown in note 8(i). The emoluments of the remaining three and two highest paid individuals for the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010 respectively are as follows:

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Basic salaries, bonuses and other allowances [1,109] [1,300] App1A(33)(3)(c) App1A(33)(2)(d) Defined contribution retirement benefit scheme contributions [26] [24]

[1,135] [1,324]

Their emoluments were within the following band:

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 No. of No. of employees employees

Nil to HK$1,000,000 [3] [2]

During the Relevant Periods, none of the senior management waived or agreed to waive any remuneration and there were no emoluments paid by the Group to any of the five highest paid individuals as an inducement to join, or upon joining the Group or as compensation for loss of office.

— I-22 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

9. INCOME TAX

The amount of income tax expense in the combined statement of comprehensive income represents:

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Current tax - Hong Kong Profits tax - tax for the year [2,167] [2,603] - under-provision in respect of prior years [—] [90] [2,167] [2,693] ------

Deferred tax (note 20) - current year [182] [865] - attributable to decrease in tax rate [(22)] [—]

[160] [865] ------Income tax expense [2,327] [3,558]

Hong Kong profits tax is calculated at 16.5% of the estimated assessable profits for the Relevant Periods.

— I-23 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The income tax expense for the Relevant Periods can be reconciled to the profit per the combined statement of comprehensive income as follows:

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Profit before income tax [13,732] [20,396]

Tax calculated at the domestic tax rate of 16.5% [2,266] [3,365] Effect of difference tax rate of sole proprietorship [(186)] [—] Tax effect of expenses not deductible for tax purpose [47] [63] Utilisation of deductible temporary difference previously not recognised [284] [40] Tax loss not recognised [(39)] [—] Effect on opening deferred tax balances resulting from a decrease in applicable tax rate [(22)] [—] Under-provision for prior years [—] [90] Others [(23)] [—]

Income tax expense [2,327] [3,558]

10. DIVIDENDS R7.03(5) R7.04(1)(k)

No dividend has been paid or declared by the Company since its date of incorporation on 15 March 2010.

The dividends during the Relevant Periods represented those declared by TYW, TY Civil and TYC to its then shareholders prior to the Reorganisation. The rates of dividend and the number of shares ranking for dividends are not presented as such information is not meaningful for this report.

Year ended 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Interim dividends [—] [18,570]

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

No earnings per share information is presented as its inclusion, for the purpose of this report, is R7.03(5) not meaningful due to the Reorganisation and the preparation of the results for the Relevant Periods on a combined basis as described in note 1 above.

— I-24 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

12. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Leasehold Furniture Office Motor Site improvements Machinery and fixtures equipment vehicles offices Total HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Cost At 1 April 2008 [—] [3,227] [500] [1,582] [6,011] [1,141] [12,461] Additions at cost [80] [1,381] [61] [49] [1,619] [—] [3,190] Disposals [—] [(1,992)] [—] [—] [(622)] [—] [(2,614)]

At 31 March 2009 and at 1 April 2009 [80] [2,616] [561] [1,631] [7,008] [1,141] [13,037] Additions at cost [—] [2,889] [137] [367] [4,741] [561] [8,695] Disposals [—] [—] [(3)] [(1)] [(341)] [—] [(345)]

At 31 March 2010 [80] [5,505] [695] [1,997] [11,408] [1,702] [21,387] ------

Accumulated depreciation At 1 April 2008 [—] [1,516] [31] [51] [269] [46] [1,913] Depreciation [12] [1,147] [130] [367] [1,699] [434] [3,789] Eliminated on disposals [—] [(1,322)] [—] [—] [(40)] [—] [(1,362)]

At 31 March 2009 and at 1 April 2009 [12] [1,341] [161] [418] [1,928] [480] [4,340] Depreciation [24] [1,044] [128] [361] [1,891] [383] [3,831] Eliminated on disposals [—] [—] [(1)] [—] [(91)] [—] [(92)]

At 31 March 2010 [36] [2,385] [288] [779] [3,728] [863] [8,079] ------Net book value At 31 March 2010 [44] [3,120] [407] [1,218] [7,680] [839] [13,308]

At 31 March 2009 [68] [1,275] [400] [1,213] [5,080] [661] [8,697]

— I-25 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The net carrying amount of property, plant and equipment includes the following assets held under finance leases (note 17).

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Machinery [587] [327] Office equipment [1,091] [—] Furniture and fixtures [189] [—] Motor vehicles [4,417] [5,544]

[6,284] [5,871]

13. INVENTORIES

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Construction materials [7,763] [9,788]

14. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Trade receivables (note (i)&(iii)) [3,614] [2,612] Retention receivables (note (ii)&(iii)), (note 15) [10,449] [6,495] Other receivables and prepayments [458] [7,935] Amounts due from customers for contract works (note 15) [4,446] [10,635] Amount due from a director (note (iv)) [17,671] [—] Deposits [377] [594]

[37,015] [28,271]

(i) Trade receivables as at the end of the reporting period mainly derived from provision of construction works on civil engineering contracts. The related customers are mainly government department/organisation and reputable corporations. These customers have established good track records with the Group and have no history of default payments. On this basis, management believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of the trade receivables as at the end of each reporting period. The Group does not hold any collateral over these balances.

— I-26 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The Group grants an average credit period of 30 days to its trade customers of contract works. Application for progress payments of contract works is made on a regular basis.

The balance included in trade receivables of HK$[2,757,000] and HK$[2,612,000] as at 31 March 2009 and 2010, respectively, was neither past due nor impaired which relate to customers as government department/organisation and reputable corporations for whom there is no recent history of default.

Included in trade and other receivables are trade debtors (net of impairment losses) with the R7.04 (2)(b) following ageing analysis as of the end of the reporting period:

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Current [2,757] [2,612] Less than 1 month past due [857] [—] 1 to 3 months past due [—] [—] More than 3 months but less than 12 months past due [—] [—]

[3,614] [2,612]

The ageing of trade receivables, which are past due but not impaired are as follows:

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Less than 1 month past due [857] [—] 1 to 3 months past due [—] [—] More than 3 months past due but less than 12 months past due [—] [—]

Amount past due at end of the reporting period but not impaired [857] [—]

(ii) Retention monies withheld by customers of contract works are released after the completion of maintenance period of the relevant contract or in accordance with the terms specified in the relevant contract.

(iii) Trade and other receivables including the retention receivables are short term and hence the directors consider the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximate their fair values at the end of each reporting periods.

— I-27 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(iv) Particulars of the amount due from a director, who is also a shareholder of the Company, is as follows:

Maximum Maximum amount amount outstanding Balance at outstanding during the 31 March during the Balance at year ended 2009 and year ended Balance 31 March 31 March 1 April 31 March at 1 April Name of borrower 2010 2010 2009 2009 2009 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung [—] [17,671] [17,671] [17,671] [12,491]

The amount due from a director is unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand. The Group has not made any provision for doubtful debts in respect of the amount due from the director.

15. AMOUNTS DUE FROM CUSTOMERS FOR CONTRACT WORKS

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Contracts in progress at the end of the reporting period: Contract costs incurred to date plus recognised profits [200,190] [210,075] Less: recognised losses [—] [—]

[200,190] [210,075] Progress billings [(195,744)] [(199,440)]

[4,446] [10,635]

“Contract costs incurred to date plus recongised profits” comprise direct materials, costs of subcontracting, direct labour, an appropriate portion of variable and fixed construction overheads incurred and gross profit earned to date of the contracts, which is measured by reference to the certification by architects.

“Progress billings” represent the amounts billed to the customers for work performed up to the end of each of the Reporting Periods.

At 31 March 2009 and 2010, retentions held by customers for contract works included in other receivables (note 14) amounted to HK$[10,449,000] and HK$[6,495,000] respectively.

At 31 March 2009 and 2010, advances received from customers included in other payables (note 16) under current liabilities amounted to HK$[9,572,000] and HK$[9,550,000] respectively.

— I-28 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

16. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Trade payables [5,328] [8,046] Retention money payables [1,852] [2,854] Advances received from customers (note (i)) (note 15) [9,572] [9,550] Other payables and accruals [2,986] [4,001]

[19,738] [24,451]

(i) Advances received from customers are unsecured and repayable on demand except for an amount of HK$[8,170,000] and HK$[3,450,000] at 31 March 2009 and 2010 respectively which bears interest at a rate of HIBOR + [4%] per annum.

The Group normally settles trade payables within 30 days’ credit term. Based on the invoice date, R7.04(2)(b) ageing analysis of trade payables at the end of the reporting period is as follows:

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Current or less than 1 month [3,258] [5,418] 1 to 3 months [557] [1,104] More than 3 months but less than 12 months [1,492] [385] More than 12 months [21] [1,139]

[5,328] [8,046]

All amounts are short term and hence the carrying values of trade payables are considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

17. LEASES

Finance leases

The Group leases a number of its motor vehicles and machinery. Such assets are classified as finance leases as the rental period approximates the estimated useful economic life of the assets concerned and often the Group has the right to purchase the assets outright at the end of the minimum lease term by paying a nominal amount. The lease terms ranged from one to three years. For the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, the weighted average interest rates were 7.3% and 7.9% respectively.

— I-29 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Future lease payments are due as follows:

As at 31 March 2009 Minimum lease Present payments Interest value HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Not later than one year [3,340] [253] [3,087] Later than one year and not later than five years [1,635] [104] [1,531]

[4,975] [357] [4,618]

As at 31 March 2010 Minimum lease Present payments Interest value HK$’000 HK$000 HK$’000

Not later than one year [3,335] [283] [3,052] Later than one year and not later than five years [875] [49] [826]

[4,210] [332] [3,878]

Operating leases — lessee

The Group leased its office property, director’s quarter and certain office equipment under operating lease arrangement which was negotiated for terms from two to three years with an option to renew the leases upon expiry when all terms are renegotiated. None of the leases includes contingent rentals.

The lease payments recognised as an expenses are as follows:

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Minimum lease payments [338] [991]

— I-30 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The total future minimum lease payments are due as follows:

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Not later than one year [549] [658] Later than one year and not later than five years [132] [412] Later than five years [—] [—]

[681] [1,070]

18. BORROWINGS

As at 31 March 2009 2010 R7.03(7) HK$’000 HK$’000

Interest bearing: Bank loans — on demand [—] [4,532]

For the year ended 31 March 2010, the weighted average interest rate of borrowings was 5.1%.

The bank loans together with the banking facilities are secured by personal guarantees executed by Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung, a director of the Company, and cross guarantee within the Group.

[The unutilised banking facilities as at 31 March 2010 amounted to HK$6,200,000.]

Pursuant to a subordination agreement (the “Subordination Agreement”) dated 19 May 2009 entered into between the Group, Mr. Kan and a bank (“the bank”), in consideration of granting facilities and advancing monies to the Group, each of Mr. Kan and the Group undertook to the bank that, among other things, so long as there were any sums due from the Group to the bank, the indebtedness owed by the Group to Mr. Kan shall not be repayable unless the bank otherwise consented to such repayment.

In January 2010, the Group has set off certain sums of indebtedness owed to Mr. Kan against certain sums paid by the Group for Mr. Kan in advance without obtaining prior consent of the bank in accordance with the Subordination Agreement. This constituted a breach of the terms of the Subordination Agreement and caused the bank loans became immediately repayable. Therefore, the aforesaid bank loans were classified as current. The bank loans were originally repayable in full in June 2012.

Subsequent to the year ended 31 March 2010, the Group has repaid all the outstanding bank loans (note [IV(d)]).

— I-31 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

19. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Liabilities for employee benefits comprise provision for:

Annual leave entitlement [360] [330] Long service payments entitlement [153] [143]

[513] [473]

20. DEFERRED TAX

Details of the deferred tax liabilities recognised and movements during the Relevant Periods are as follows:

Accelerated depreciation allowances HK$’000

At 1 April 2008 [633] Charge to profit or loss for the year (note 9) [182] Effect of change in tax rate (note 9) [(22)]

At 31 March 2009 and 1 April 2009 [793] Charge to profit or loss for the year (note 9) [865]

At 31 March 2010 [1,658]

21. SHARE CAPITAL

The Company was incorporated in Cayman Islands on 15 March 2010 with an authorised share capital of HK$[380,000] divided into [38,000,000] ordinary shares of HK$[0.01] each. On the same date, one ordinary share was allotted and issued nil paid to initial subscriber. Further details on the Company’s share capital are set out in the sub-paragraph headed [“Changes in the share capital of the Company”] in Appendix [V] to the Document.

For the purpose of this report, the share capital of the Group as at 31 March 2009 and 2010 represented the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the issued share capital of the entities now comprising the Group at the end of reporting periods.

— I-32 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

22. RESERVES

Retained Proposed R7.03(6) earnings dividend Total HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Balance as at 1 April 2008 [2,799] [—] [2,799] Total comprehensive income for the year [11,405] [—] [11,405]

Balance as at 31 March 2009 and 1 April 2009 [14,204] [—] [14,204] Total comprehensive income for the year [16,838] [—] [16,838] Interim dividends paid during the year (note 10) [(18,570)] [—] [(18,570)] Proposed final dividend (note [IV(c)]) [(4,000)] [4,000] [—]

Balance as at 31 March 2010 [8,472] [4,000] [12,472]

(i) Distributable reserves App1A(33)(5)

The Company was incorporated on 15 March 2010. As at 31 March 2010, there was no reserve available for distribution to the shareholders.

23. NOTES SUPPORTING COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Cash and cash equivalents comprise:

As at 31 March 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Cash and bank balances [196] [10,330] Overdrafts [(1,775)] [—]

[(1,579)] [10,330]

Major non-cash transactions during the Relevant Periods are as follows:

(i) During the year ended 31 March 2010, dividend of [HK$8,625,000] payable to a shareholder of one of the Company’s subsidiaries was settled by offsetting the current account with the director who was also the then shareholder of that subsidiary under the instruction of the then shareholder.

— I-33 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(ii) During the years ended 31 March 2009 and 2010, the Group entered into finance lease arrangements in respect of purchase of property, plant and equipment with a capital value at the inception of the leases of approximately [HK$1,636,000] and [HK$3,231,000] respectively and other payables of HK$510,000 during the year ended 31 March 2009.

24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

(i) In addition to the transactions and balances disclosed elsewhere in these Combined Financial Information, the Group entered into the following related party transactions.

Related party relationship Type of transaction Transaction amount 2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

A company that Mr. Chia Rental expense for an [—] [44] Thien Leong, Eric John office premise paid had material interest (note (a)) Spouse of Mr. Fung Chung Sale of a motor vehicle to [—] [150] Kin the Group (note (b))

(a) Rental expense was charged at a term mutually agreed between the Group and the related company. This related party transaction is expected to be continued after floatation.

(b) The purchase of motor vehicle from the spouse of a director of the Company was made according to the published price. This related party transaction is one-off nature and expected not to be continued after floatation.

One of the Group’s directors, who is also a shareholder of the Group, has provided personal guarantee to the lessor in respect of the Group’s obligations under finance lease and bank loans as at each of the reporting period as disclosed in note [17] and [18] respectively.

The directors considered that the above related party transactions were conducted on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary and usual course of the Group’s business.

(ii) Key management personnel compensation

The key management personnel of the Group are the directors of the Company. Details of the remuneration paid to them during the Relevant Periods are set out in note [8] to the Combined Financial Information.

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s principal financial assets are trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. Financial liabilities of the Group include trade and other payables.

— I-34 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The Group has not issued and does not hold any financial instruments for trading purposes at the end of the reporting period. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group’s financial risk management policy seeks to ensure that adequate resources are available to manage the above risks and to create value for its shareholders.

(i) Credit risk

The Group’s trade on credit terms only with recognised and creditworthy third parties. The credit risk of Group’s trade and retention receivables (note [14]) is concentrated as [93]% (2009: [86%]) of the carrying amount was derived from two major customers. Management has a credit policy in place and the exposures to these credit risks are monitored on an ongoing basis.

In respect of trade and other receivables, individual credit evaluations performed on all customers requiring credit over a certain amount. These evaluation focus on the customer’s past history of making payment when due and current ability to pay, and take into account information specific to the customer as well as pertaining to the economic environment in which the customer operates. Trade receivables are due within one year after the completion of project. Normally, the Group does not obtain collateral from customers.

The credit risks of the Group’s other financial assets, which comprise bank balances, prepayments and other receivables, arise from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amounts of these financial instruments.

(ii) Liquidity risk

The Group’s objective is to ensure adequate funds to meet commitments associated with its financial liabilities. Cash flows are closely monitored on an ongoing basis. The Group will raise funds either through the advances from shareholders or from the realisation of its assets if required.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 March based on contractual undiscounted payments.

On Less than 3to12 Over Year ended 31 March 2009 demand 3 months months 1 year Total HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Other payables and accruals [2,986] [—] [—] [—] [2,986] Finance lease creditors [121] [662] [2,557] [1,635] [4,975]

[3,107] [662] [2,557] [1,635] [7,961]

— I-35 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

On Less than 3to12 Over Year ended 31 March 2010 demand 3 months months 1 year Total HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000 HK$’000

Other payables and accruals [4,001] [—] [—] [—] [4,001] Bank loans [4,855] [—] [—] [—] [4,855] Finance lease creditors [1,662] [537] [1,136] [875] [4,210]

[10,518] [537] [1,136] [875] [13,066]

(iii) Capital management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholder and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. No changes in the objectives, policies or processes were made during the Relevant Periods.

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by total capital plus net debt. Net debt is calculated as the total of amount due to a director, advances received from customers, other payables and accruals, finance lease creditors and less cash and cash equivalents. Capital includes equity attributable to owners of the Group.

2009 2010 HK$’000 HK$’000

Total debt [26,644] [33,334] Less: Cash and cash equivalents [(196)] [(10,330)]

Net debt [26,448] [23,004] Equity [24,072] [22,340]

Net debt and equity [50,520] [45,344]

Gearing ratio [52%] [51%]

— I-36 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

III. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Saved as disclosed in note 8(i) of Section II above, [no other remuneration has been paid or is payable] in respect of the Relevant Periods to the directors of the Company.

IV. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to 31 March 2010 and up to the date of this report, the following significant events R7.03(9) have taken place:

(a) On [●], the entities now comprising the Group underwent a group reorganisation to rationalise the Group’s structure in preparation of the listing of shares of the Company on the GEM of the Stock Exchange.

(b) On [●], written resolutions were passed to effect the transactions as set out in the sub-paragraph headed “Written resolutions of all Shareholders passed on [●]” in Appendix V to the Document, certain of which is disclosed as follows:

(i) The authorised share capital of the Company was increased from [HK$380,000] to [HK$500,000,000] by the creation of additional [49,962,000,000] shares.

(ii) [●] shares of HK$[●] each of the Company were issued as consideration for the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of [TYW (BVI)].

(c) [On 9 April 2010, TY Civil declared and paid a final dividend of HK$4,000,000 in respect of the year ended 31 March 2010 to its then shareholders prior to the Reorganisation.]

(d) Subsequent to the year ended 31 March, 2010, Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung, a director and shareholder of the Company, has repaid all the outstanding bank loans of the Group. The personal guarantees of Mr. Kan Kwok Cheung provided for the loans and other banking facilities will be released in six months period from the date of aforesaid repayment.

Save as disclosed above, there are no other significant events which have taken place subsequent to [31 March 2010].

V. SUBSEQUENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

No audited financial statements have been prepared by the Company in respect of any period subsequent to [31 March 2010].

Yours faithfully, BDO Limited R7.02 R7.08(4) Certified Public Accountants Li Yin Fan Practising Certificate Number P03113 Hong Kong

— I-37 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

The following is the text of a letter, summary of values and valuation certificate prepared for the App1A.39 purpose of incorporation in this document received from Vigers Appraisal and Consulting Limited, an independent valuer, in connection with the valuations of the property interests of the properties rented by the [Group] as at [31 May 2010].

Vigers Appraisal and Consulting Limited International Property Consultants 8.05(7) 10th Floor, The Grande Building 398 Kwun Tong Road Kowloon Hong Kong

[●] 2010 App1A(9)(3)

The Board of Directors Tsun Yip Holdings Limited [Flat 314 on 3/F,] [Fuk Shing Commercial Building], 28 On Lok Mun Street, Fanling, New Territories, Hong Kong

Dear Sirs,

In accordance with your instruction for us to value the property interests held by Tsun Yip Holdings Limited (referred to as “the Company”) and its subsidiaries (hereinafter together referred to as “the Group”) as listed in the attached Summary of Values, we confirm that we have inspected the properties, made relevant enquiries and investigations as well as obtained such further information as we consider necessary for the purpose of providing our opinion of values of the property interests of 8.05(8) 8.30 the properties as at [31 May 2010] (the “Valuation Date”).

Basis of Valuation

Our valuations are our opinion of market values of the property interests of the properties in concern which is defined as intended to mean “the estimated amount for which a property should exchange on the date of valuation between a willing buyer and a willing seller on an arm’s length transaction after proper marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably, prudently and without compulsion”. Our valuations have been prepared in accordance with “The HKIS Valuation 8.04 Standards on Properties (First Edition 2005)” published by The Hong Kong Institute of Surveyors, the relevant provisions in the Companies Ordinance and the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on 8.05(9) the Growth Enterprise Market of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

Property Categorisation

[In respect of the property interests of the properties rented by the Group in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”), we are of the opinion that such property interests carry no commercial value due to the prohibition against assignment or sub-letting or otherwise due to lack of substantial profit rent and/or the short term nature of the property interests.]

— III-1 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

Title Investigation

The properties are located in Hong Kong and we have conducted land searches for the properties but we have not searched the original documents to ascertain ownership nor to verify any lease amendments which may not appear on the copies handed to us.

Valuation Assumptions

Our valuations have been made on the assumption that the property interests of the properties can be sold in the prevailing market in existing state without the effect of any deferred term contract, leaseback, joint venture, management agreement or any other similar arrangement which may serve to affect the values of the property interests of the properties, unless otherwise noted or stated. In addition, no account has been taken into of any option or right of pre-emption concerning or affecting the sale of the property interests of the properties, and no allowance has been made for the property interests of the properties to be sold to a single party and/or as a portfolio or portfolios.

In valuing the property interests of the properties, we have assumed that the owners of the property interests of the properties in concern have free and uninterrupted rights to use and assign the properties during the whole of the unexpired terms granted subject to the payment of usual land-use fees.

No investigation has been carried out to determine the suitability of the ground conditions or the services for any property development(s) erected on the properties. Our valuations have been carried out on the assumption that these aspects are satisfactory. We have also assumed that all necessary consents, approvals and licences from relevant government authorities have been or will be granted without onerous conditions or delay. Other special assumptions for the property interests of the properties have been stated in the footnotes of the respective valuation certificate.

Valuation Consideration

We have inspected the properties included in the attached valuation certificate. During the course of our inspections, we did not note any serious defect. However, neither structural survey nor test on any of the services has been made and we are therefore unable to report as to whether the properties are free from rot, infestation or other structural or non-structural defect.

— III-2 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

Having examined all relevant documentation, we have relied to a considerable extent on the information given by the [Group], particularly in respect of [planning approvals, statutory notices, easements, tenure, [site and] floor areas, occupancy status, building age and specifications, and in the identification of the properties in concern].

Unless otherwise stated, all dimensions, measurements and areas included in the valuation certificate are based on the information contained in the documents provided to us by the [Group] and are therefore approximations. We have had no reason to doubt the truth and accuracy of the information made available to us and we have been advised by the [Group] that no material facts have been omitted from the information so given.

Unless otherwise noted, we have not carried out detailed on-site measurement to verify the correctness of the site and floor areas in respect of the properties in concern but we have assumed that the [site and] floor areas shown on the documents handed to us are correct.

No allowance has been made in our valuations for any charges, mortgages or amounts owing on the property interests of the properties being valued for any expenses or taxation which may be incurred in effecting a sale. Unless otherwise stated, we have assumed that the property interests of the properties are free from any encumbrances, restrictions and outgoings of an onerous nature which may serve to affect the values of the property interests of the properties.

Remarks

We declare hereby that we are independent to the [Group] and we are not interested directly or 8.31(1) 8.31(2) indirectly in any shares in any member of the [Group]. We do not have any right or option whether legally enforceable or not to subscribe for or to nominate persons to subscribe for any shares [in any member of the Group].

We enclose herewith our Summary of Values and Valuation Certificate.

Yours faithfully, For and on behalf of 8.05(7) VIGERS APPRAISAL AND CONSULTING LIMITED David W. I. CHEUNG MRICS MHKIS RPS(GP) CREA MCIArb Executive Director 8.32(1)

Note: Mr. David W. I. Cheung is a Registered Professional Surveyor in General Practice Division with over 27 years’ valuation experience on properties in Asia Pacific including the People’s Republic of China and Hong Kong, who has been vetted on the list of property valuers for undertaking valuations for incorporation or reference in listing particulars and circulars and valuations in connection with takeovers and mergers published by The Hong Kong Institute of Surveyors, and is suitably qualified for undertaking valuations relating to listing exercises.

— III-3 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

SUMMARY OF VALUES

Capital Value Capital Value in Existing Interest attributable to State as at attributable the Group as at No. Property Address [31 May 2010] to the Group [31 May 2010]

Group1-Property Interests Rented by the Group in Hong Kong

1. [Unit 14 on 3rd Floor, [No commercial value] Fuk Shing Commercial Building, No. 28 On Lok Mun Street, North, New Territories, Hong Kong]

2. [Unit 3 on 3rd Floor, [No commercial value] 8.05(1)(a) Fuk Shing Commercial Building, No. 28 On Lok Mun Street, North, New Territories, Hong Kong]

3. [Ground Floor, [No commercial value] No. 86 San Uk Ka, Tai Po, New Territories, Hong Kong]

4. Flat B (with A/C (rooms) [No commercial value] pertaining thereto which is/are accessible from the flat itself) on 21st Floor of Tower 8, The Palazzo, No. 28 Lok King Street, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong

5. Rooms1&3on7thFloor, [No commercial value] Anton Building, No. 1 Anton Street, Wan Chai Hong Kong

GRAND TOTAL [NO COMMERCIAL VALUE]

— III-4 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

VALUATION CERTIFICATE

Property Interests Rented by the Group in Hong Kong

Capital Value in Particulars of Existing State as at No. Property Description and Tenure Occupancy [31 May 2010]

1. [Unit 14 on The property comprises an office unit on [The property is [No commercial value] 3rd Floor, the 3rd floor in a [6]-storey office building occupied by the 8.05 (1)(a) Fuk Shing completed in 1999. Group for office (1)(b) Commercial use.] (1)(c) (1)(d) Building, As measured from the [assignment plan], (1)(e)(ii) No. 28 On Lok the property has a [saleable area] of (1)(f) (1)(g) Mun Street, approximately [1,398] square feet ([129.91] (1)(i) North, square metres). (1)(j) New Territories, Hong Kong] Fanling Sheung Shui Town Lot No. 162 is held under New Grant No. 13092 [All those commencing on 19 November 1996 and 21/1380th shares of expiring on 30 June 2047 at an annual parts or parcels of Government Rent equivalent to 3% of the ground known and then Rateable Value. registered at the Land Registry as Pursuant to a [tenancy agreement] entered Fanling Sheung into between [Golden Opportunity Shui Town Lot No. Development Limited] as lessor and [Tsun 162] Yip Waterworks Construction Co., Ltd] as lessee dated [27 August 2008], the property is leased for a term of [two years] commencing on [1 September 2008] and expiring on [31 August 2010] at a monthly rent of HK$[20,000], inclusive of [Government Rent, Rates and management fees, but exclusive of other out-goings].

Note (Property 1):

1. The current registered owner of the property is “Golden Opportunity Development Limited”.

2. Pursuant to our land search record, the property is subject to the following salient encumbrances:

i. Certificate of Compliance vide Memorial No. N468856 dated 25 January 2000;

ii. Occupation Permit (Permit No. NT 60/99) vide Memorial No. N473125 dated 6 November 1999;

iii. Deed of Mutual Covenant and Management Agreement vide Memorial No. N483900 dated 29 May 2000;

iv. Tripartite Legal Charge/Mortgage for All Monies in favour of Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited vide Memorial No. N568375 dated 28 August 2004; and

v. Rental Assignment vide Memorial No. N568376 dated 28 August 2004.

3. The property lies on an area zoned “Industrial” under Fanling / Sheung Shui District Outline Zoning Plan [(No. S/FSS/14)] dated [13 January 2009].

— III-5 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

Capital Value in Particulars of Existing State as at No. Property Description and Tenure Occupancy [31 May 2010]

2. [Unit 3 on The property comprises an office unit on [The property is [No commercial value] 3rd Floor, the 3th floor in a [6]-storey office building occupied by the Fuk Shing completed in 1999. Group for office Commercial use.] 8.05 As measured from the [assignment plan], (1)(a) Building, (1)(b) No. 28 On Lok the property has a [saleable area] of (1)(c) (1)(d) Mun Street, approximately [854] square feet ([79.35] (1)(e)(ii) (1)(f) North, square metres). (1)(g) (1)(i) New Territories, (1)(j) Hong Kong] Fanling Sheung Shui Town Lot No. 162 is held under New Grant No. 13092 All those 13/1380 commencing on 19 November 1996 and shares of parts or expiring on 30 June 2047 at an annual parcels of ground Government Rent equivalent to 3% of the known and then Rateable Value. registered at the Land Registry as Pursuant to a [tenancy agreement] entered Fanling Sheung into between [Golden Opportunity Shui Town Lot No. Development Limited] as lessor and [Tsun 162 Yip Waterworks Construction Co., Ltd] as lessee dated [8 September 2009], the property is leased for a term of [two years] commencing on [7 October 2009] and expiring on [6 October 2011] at a monthly rent of HK$[8,800], inclusive of [Government Rent, Rates and management fees , but exclusive of other out-goings].

Note (Property 2):

1. The current registered owner of the property is “Golden Opportunity Development Limited”.

2. Pursuant to our land search record, the property is subject to the following salient encumbrances:

i. Certificate of Compliance vide Memorial No. N468856 dated 25 January 2000;

ii. Occupation Permit (Permit No. NT 60/99) vide Memorial No. N473125 dated 6 November 1999;

iii. Deed of Mutual Covenant and Management Agreement vide Memorial No. N483900 dated 29 May 2000;

iv. Tripartite Legal Charge/Mortgage for All Monies in favour of Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited vide Memorial No. N568375 dated 28 August 2004; and

v. Rental Assignment vide Memorial No. N568376 dated 28 August 2004.

3. The property lies on an area zoned “Industrial” under Central District Outline Zoning Plan [(No. S/H3/21)] dated [13 January 2009].

— III-6 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

Capital Value in Particulars of Existing State as at No. Property Description and Tenure Occupancy [31 May 2010]

3. [Ground Floor, The property comprises [a residential unit [The property is [No commercial value] No. 86 San Uk Ka, on ground floor in a 3-storey house] occupied by the Tai Po, completed in or about [2003]. Group for office New Territories, use.] Hong Kong] According to our on-site measurement, the property has a [saleable area] of [All those certain approximately [673.42] square feet parts or parcels of ([62.563] square metres). ground known and 8.05 The property is held under Government (1)(a) registered at the (1)(b) Land Registry as Lease for a term of 75 years commencing (1)(c) (1)(d) Sub-Section 13 of on 1st July 1898 renewed for a further lease (1)(e)(ii) (1)(f) Section A of Lot term of 24 years less the last three days and (1)(g) No. 20 in D.D. 21 has been renewed for a further lease term of (1)(i) 50 years expiring on 30th June 2047 without paying additional premium but an annual Government Rent equivalent to 3% of the then Rateable Value by virtue of the relevant provisions contained in Annex III of the Joint Declaration of the Government of the United Kingdom and the Government of the People’s Republic of China on the question of Hong Kong as well as the New Territories Leases (Extension) Ordinance 1988.

Pursuant to a [tenancy agreement] entered into between [Wong Yuet Sang] as lessor and [Tsun Yip Waterworks Construction Co., Ltd] as lessee dated [16 July 2009], the property is leased for a term of [two years] commencing on [1 August 2009] and expiring on [31 July 2011] at a monthly rent of HK$[7,500], inclusive of [Government Rent and Rates, but exclusive of other out-goings].

Note (Property 3):

1. No sub-division registration for the property is made available at the Land Registry. Pursuant to our land search record, the property is registered at the Land Registry as “No. 86 San Uk Ka, Tai Po, New Territories, Hong Kong” and the current registered owner of the property is “Wong Yuet Sang”.

2. Pursuant to our land search record, the property is subject to the following salient encumbrances:

i. Deed of Grant of Right of Way vide Memorial No. TP581823 dated 6 October 1997;

ii. Deed of Grant of Right of Way vide Memorial No. TP709887 dated 17 September 2003;

— III-7 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

iii. Deed of Consent regarding R.P. & SS.13 of S.A of Lot No. 20 in DD21 vide Memorial No. TP710665 dated 10 October 2003;

iv. Re-registration of Deed of Agreement and Undertaking (previously registered by Memorial No. TP709888) vide Memorial No. TP713676 dated 17 September 2003;

v. Building Licence No. 177/2002 from District Lands Officer Tai Po for and on behalf of The Chief Executive of the HKSAR vide Memorial No. TP717016 dated 27 January 2004;

vi. Deed of Dedication vide Memorial No. TP717508 dated 29 December 2003; and

vii. Permission Letter from District Lands Officer/Tai Po vide Memorial No. 05110900350123 dated 6 October 2005.

3. The property lies on an area zoned “Village Type Development” under Tai Po District Outline Zoning Plan (No. (1)(j) S/TP/21) dated 23 January 2009.

— III-8 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

Capital Value in Particulars of Existing State as at No. Property Description and Tenure Occupancy [31 May 2010]

4. [Flat B (with A/C The property comprises a residential unit on [The property is [No commercial value] (rooms) pertaining the 21st Floor in a [37]-storey [(designation occupied by the thereto which of 7th, 13th Floor, 14th Floor, 17th Floor, Group for domestic is/are accessible 24th Floor, 27th Floor, 34th Floor, 37th use.] from the flat itself) Floor, 40th Floor to 49th Floor, 53rd Floor, on 21st Floor of 54th Floor, 57th Floor to 59th Floor and Tower 8, 64th Floor omitted, 29th Floor designated as 8.05 (1)(a) The Palazzo, Refuge Floor, 16th Floor and 18th Floor (1)(b) No. 28 Lok King designated as Sky Garden Floors)] (1)(c) (1)(d) Street, residential building erected over a [3]-storey (1)(e)(ii) (1)(f) Sha Tin, club house/carpark podium completed in (1)(g) New Territories, 2008. (1)(i) Hong Kong] According to the developer’s sales brochure, All those [14/ the property has a gross floor area of 25263th shares] of approximately [1,835] square feet ([170.48] parts or parcels of square metres). As measured from the ground known and Assignment Plan, the property has a registered at the saleable area of approximately [1,415] Land Registry as square feet ([131.46] square metres) Sha Tin Town Lot including balcony of appropriately 41 No. 470 square feet (3.81 square metres) and utility platform of appropriately 16 square feet (1.49 square metres) but excluding bay window of appropriately 46 square feet (4.27 square metres).

The property is held under New Grant No. ST13170 for a term of 50 years commencing on 3 March 2003 at an annual Government Rent equivalent to 3% of the then Rateable Value.

Pursuant to a [Tenancy Agreement] entered into between [Kim Nam Woon and Yu Su Yeon] as lessors and [Tsun Yip Waterworks Construction Company Limited] as lessee dated [1 April 2010], the property is leased for a term of [two years] commencing on [16 April 2010] and expiring on [15 April 2012] at a monthly rent of HK$[37,000], inclusive of [Government Rent, Rates and management fees, but exclusive of other out-goings].

— III-9 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

Note (Property 4):

1. [The current registered owners of the property are “Kim Nam Woon” (1/2) and “Yu Su Yeon” (1/2) (Tenants in common)].

2. Pursuant to our land search record, the property is subject to the following salient encumbrances:

i. Occupation Permit Nos. PR7/2008 (OP) and PR1/2009(OP) from Building Authority of Hong Kong vide Memorial Nos. 08121902440019 and 09020502080017 dated 12 December 2008 and 23 January 2009 respectively;

ii. Certificate of Compliance vide Memorial No. 09042902560310 dated 24 April 2009;

iii. Deed of Mutual Covenant and Management Agreement in favour of MTR Corporation Limited (Manager) vide Memorial No. 09051802240182 dated 4 May 2009;

iv. Mortgage to Secure All the Banking Facilities made or to be made Available to the Mortgagor in favour of Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited vide Memorial No. 09061000880093 dated 21 May 2009; and

v. Second Mortgage to Secure All Moneys in respect of General Credit Facilities in favour of Rich Treasure Investments Limited vide Memorial No. 09061000880105 dated 21 May 2009.

3. The property lies on an area zoned “Other Specified Uses(Railway Depot Comprehensive Development Area)” (1)(j) under Sha Tin Outline Zoning Plan (No.S/ST/23) dated [5 June 2007].

— III-10 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX III PROPERTY VALUATION

Capital Value in Particulars of Existing State as at No. Property Description and Tenure Occupancy [31 May 2010]

5. [Rooms1&3on The property comprises two office units on [The property is [No commercial value] 7th Floor, the 7th floor in a 15-storey office occupied by the Anton Building, commercial building completed in 1984. Group for office No. 1 Anton Street, use.] Wan Chai, According to our on-site measurement, the 8.05 (1)(a) Hong Kong] property has a total saleable area of (1)(b) approximately [156] square feet ([14.49] (1)(c) (1)(d) All those certain square metres) with breakdown shown as (1)(e)(ii) (1)(f) portion of 2/34th follows: (1)(g) (1)(h) shares of parts or (1)(i) parcels of ground Portion Saleable Area (1)(j) known and Room 1 78 sq.ft. 7.28 sq.m. registered at the Room 3 78 sq.ft. 7.21 sq.m. Land Registry as Sub-Section 2 of Total 156 sq.ft. 14.49 sq.m. section A of Marine Lot No. 65 Marine Lot No. 65 is held under Government Lease for a term of 999 years commencing on 25 June 1863 with total Government Rent payable of HK$26.00 per annum.

Pursuant to a [sub-lease agreement] and a [supplementary tenancy agreement] entered into between [Hong Kong Listo Limited] as lessor and [Tsun Yip Waterworks Construction Co., Ltd] as lessee dated [1 May 2009] and [7 May 2010] respectively, the property is sub-leased for a term of [two years and six months] commencing on [1 May 2009] and expiring on [31 October 2011] at a monthly rent of HK$[4,000], inclusive of [Government Rent, Rates and management fees, but exclusive of other out-goings].

Note (Property 5):

1. [The current registered owner of the property is “Super Pizza Holdings Limited”].

2. Pursuant to our land search record, the property is subject to Deed of Mutual Covenant (previously registered by Memorial No. UB2571530) vide Memorial No. UB3948191 dated 10 April 1984.

3. The property lies on an area zoned “Residential (Group A)” under Wan Chai District Outline Zoning Plan (No. S/H5/2) dated [6 November 2007].

— III-11 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY R24.09 AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW (2),(3)

Set out below is a summary of certain provisions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and of certain aspects of Cayman company law. 3rd Sch. (23)

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited R11.31 S342 liability on [15 March, 2010] under the Companies Law. The memorandum of association of the Company (the “Memorandum”) and the Articles comprise its constitution.

1. MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

(a) The Memorandum states, inter alia, that the liability of members of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, for the time being unpaid on the Shares respectively held by them and that the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted (including acting as an investment company), and that the Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit, as provided in section 27(2) of the Companies Law and in view of the fact that the Company is an exempted company that the Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands.

(b) The Company may by special resolution alter its Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein.

2. ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The Articles were adopted on [●]. The following is a summary of certain provisions of the A1A7 S342(1)(a)(i) Articles:

(a) Directors

(i) Power to allot and issue shares and warrants

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Memorandum and Articles A3 6(1) and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, any share may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights, or such restrictions, whether with regard to dividend, voting, return of capital, or otherwise, as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine (or, in the absence of any such determination or so far as the same may not make specific provision, as the board may determine). Subject to the Companies Law, the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles) and the Memorandum and Articles, any share may be issued on terms that, at the option of the Company or the holder thereof, they are liable to be redeemed.

The board may issue warrants conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.

— IV-1 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Articles and, where applicable, the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles) and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, all unissued shares in the Company shall be at the disposal of the board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fit, but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount.

Neither the Company nor the board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever.

(ii) Power to dispose of the assets of the Company or any subsidiary

There are no specific provisions in the Articles relating to the disposal of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Directors may, however, exercise all powers and do all acts and things which may be exercised or done or approved by the Company and which are not required by the Articles or the Companies Law to be exercised or done by the Company in general meeting.

(iii) Compensation or payments for loss of office

Pursuant to the Articles, payments to any Director or past Director of any sum by way A11B 5(4) of compensation for loss of office or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being a payment to which the Director is contractually entitled) must be approved by the Company in general meeting.

(iv) Loans and provision of security for loans to Directors

There are provisions in the Articles prohibiting the making of loans to Directors. A11B 5(2)

(v) Disclosure of interests in contracts with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. A1A 7(1)

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of the auditor of the Company) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and, subject to the Articles, upon such terms as the board may determine, and may be paid such extra remuneration therefor (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Articles. A Director may be or become a director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or any other company in which the

— IV-2 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

Company may be interested, and shall not be liable to account to the Company or the members for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, officer or member of, or from his interest in, such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by the Articles, the board may also cause the voting power conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company to be exercised in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit, including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them to be directors or officers of such other company, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the directors or officers of such other company.

Subject to the Companies Law and the Articles, no Director or proposed or intended A11B 5(3) Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatsoever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first taken into consideration, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case, at the first meeting of the board after he knows that he is or has become so interested.

A Director shall not vote (nor be counted in the quorum) on any resolution of the App1A(7)(1) A3 board approving any contract or arrangement or other proposal in which he or any of his 4(1) associates is materially interested, but this prohibition shall not apply to any of the following matters, namely:

(aa) any contract or arrangement for giving to such Director or his associate(s) any security or indemnity in respect of money lent by him or any of his associates or obligations incurred or undertaken by him or any of his associates at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(bb) any contract or arrangement for the giving of any security or indemnity to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for which the Director or his associate(s) has himself/themselves assumed responsibility in whole or in part whether alone or jointly under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

— IV-3 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(cc) any contract or arrangement concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any other company which the Company may promote or be interested in for subscription or purchase, where the Director or his associate(s) is/are or is/are to be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

(dd) any contract or arrangement in which the Director or his associate(s) is/are interested in the same manner as other holders of shares or debentures or other securities of the Company by virtue only of his/their interest in shares or debentures or other securities of the Company;

(ee) any contract or arrangement concerning any other company in which the Director or his associate(s) is/are interested only, whether directly or indirectly, as an officer or executive or a shareholder or in which the Director and any of his associates are not in aggregate beneficially interested in 5 percent. or more of the issued shares or of the voting rights of any class of shares of such company (or of any third company through which his interest or that of any of his associates is derived); or

(ff) any proposal or arrangement concerning the adoption, modification or operation of a share option scheme, a pension fund or retirement, death, or disability benefits scheme or other arrangement which relates both to Directors, his associates and employees of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries and does not provide in respect of any Director, or his associate(s) as such any privilege or advantage not accorded generally to the class of persons to which such scheme or fund relates.

(vi) Remuneration A1A 7(2)

The ordinary remuneration of the Directors shall from time to time be determined by 3rd Sch. (5) the Company in general meeting, such sum (unless otherwise directed by the resolution by which it is voted) to be divided amongst the Directors in such proportions and in such manner as the board may agree or, failing agreement, equally, except that any Director holding office for part only of the period in respect of which the remuneration is payable shall only rank in such division in proportion to the time during such period for which he held office. The Directors shall also be entitled to be prepaid or repaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably expected to be incurred or incurred by them in attending any board meetings, committee meetings or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties as Directors.

— IV-4 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration as a Director. An executive Director appointed to be a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director or other executive officer shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission or participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes) and such other benefits (including pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the board may from time to time decide. Such remuneration may be either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.

The board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s monies to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit with the Company or any of its subsidiaries) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependents or any class or classes of such persons.

The board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable, and either subject or not subject to any terms or conditions, pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependents, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependents are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as is mentioned in the previous paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of, or upon or at any time after, his actual retirement.

(vii) Retirement, appointment and removal App1A(7)(4) A1A 7(4) At each annual general meeting, one third of the Directors for the time being (or if their number is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to but not less than one third) will retire from office by rotation provided that every Director shall be subject to retirement at an annual general meeting at least once every three years. The Directors to retire in every year will be those who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment but as between persons who became or were last re-elected Directors on the same day those to retire will (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. There are no provisions relating to retirement of Directors upon reaching any age limit.

— IV-5 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any A3 4(2) person as a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the board or as an addition to the existing board. Any Director appointed to fill a casual vacancy shall hold office until the first general meeting of members after his appointment and be subject to re-election at such meeting and any Director appointed as an addition to the existing board shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting of the Company and shall then be eligible for re-election. Neither a Director nor an alternate Director is required to hold any App1A(7)(5) A3 shares in the Company by way of qualification. 4(3)

A Director may be removed by an ordinary resolution of the Company before the A11B 5(1) expiration of his period of office (but without prejudice to any claim which such Director may have for damages for any breach of any contract between him and the Company) and may by ordinary resolution appoint another in his place. Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than two. There is no maximum number of Directors.

The office or director shall be vacated:

(aa) if he resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the registered office of the Company for the time being or tendered at a meeting of the Board;

(bb) becomes of unsound mind or dies;

(cc) if, without special leave, he is absent from meetings of the board (unless an alternate director appointed by him attends) for six (6) consecutive months, and the board resolves that his office is vacated;

(dd) if he becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;

(ee) if he is prohibited from being a director by law;

(ff) if he ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of law or is removed from office pursuant to the Articles.

The board may from time to time appoint one or more of its body to be managing director, joint managing director, or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period and upon such terms as the board may determine and the board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. The board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as the board thinks fit, and it may from time to time revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any

— IV-6 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes, but every committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations that may from time to time be imposed upon it by the board.

(viii)Borrowing powers App1A(7)(3) A1A 7(3)

The board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money, to Third Schedule 22 mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Companies Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities of the Company, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

Note: These provisions, in common with the Articles in general, can be varied with the sanction of a special resolution of the Company.

(ix) Proceedings of the Board

The board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall have an additional or casting vote.

(x) Register of Directors and Officers

The Companies Law and the Articles provide that the Company is required to maintain at its registered office a register of directors and officers which is not available for inspection by the public. A copy of such register must be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands and any change must be notified to the Registrar within thirty (30) days of any change in such directors or officers.

(b) Alterations to constitutional documents

The Articles may be rescinded, altered or amended by the Company in general meeting by A11B 1 special resolution. The Articles state that a special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum, to amend the Articles or to change the name of the Company.

The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the relevant App1A(7)(6) provisions of the Companies Law:

(i) increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts as the resolution shall prescribe;

— IV-7 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(ii) consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

(iii) divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions as the Company in general meeting or as the directors may determine;

(iv) sub-divide its shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Companies Law, and so that the resolution whereby any share is sub-divided may determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred or other special rights, over, or may have such deferred rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares; or

(v) cancel any shares which, at the date of passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

The Company may subject to the provisions of the Companies Law reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve in any way by special resolution.

(d) Variation of rights of existing shares or classes of shares App1A25(3)

Subject to the Companies Law, all or any of the special rights attached to the shares or any A3 6(2) class of shares may (unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of that class) be varied, A11B 2(1) modified or abrogated either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings will mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary quorum (other than at an adjourned meeting) shall be two persons holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class and at any adjourned meeting two holders present in person or by proxy whatever the number of shares held by them shall be a quorum. Every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him.

The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

— IV-8 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(e) Special resolution-majority required

Pursuant to the Articles, a special resolution of the Company must be passed by a majority A11B1 of not less than three-fourths of the votes cast by such members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such members as are corporations, by their duly authorised representatives or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which notice of not less than twenty-one (21) clear days and not less than ten (10) clear business days specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given. Provided that if permitted by the Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles), except in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote at such meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. (95%) in nominal value of the shares giving that right and, in the case of an annual general meeting, if so agreed by all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat, a resolution may be proposed and passed as a special resolution at a meeting of which notice of less than twenty-one (21) clear days and less than ten (10) clear business days has been given.

A copy of any special resolution must be forwarded to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands within fifteen (15) days of being passed.

An ordinary resolution is defined in the Articles to mean a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes of such members of the Company as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of corporations, by their duly authorised representatives or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting held in accordance with the Articles.

(f) Voting rights App1A(25)(1)

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with the Articles, at any general meeting on a poll every member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or installments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. A member entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting is to be decided by way A1A 13A of a poll.

If a recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) is a member of the Company it may A11B 6 authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person authorised pursuant to this provision shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by that clearing house (or its nominee(s)).

— IV-9 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

Where the Company has any knowledge that any shareholder is, under the rules of the App. 3 14 Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles), required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution of the Company or restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution of the Company, any votes cast by or on behalf of such shareholder in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.

(g) Requirements for annual general meetings

An annual general meeting of the Company must be held in each year, other than the year A11B 4(2) of adoption of the Articles (within a period of not more than fifteen (15) months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting or a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of adoption of the Articles, unless a longer period would not infringe the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles)) at such time and place as may be determined by the board.

(h) Accounts and audit

The board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended A11B 4(1) by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Companies Law or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

The accounting records shall be kept at the registered office or at such other place or places as the board decides and shall always be open to inspection by any Director. No member (other than a Director) shall have any right to inspect any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the board or the Company in general meeting.

A copy of every balance sheet and profit and loss account (including every document A3 5 required by law to be annexed thereto) which is to be laid before the Company at its general meeting, together with a printed copy of the Directors’ report and a copy of the auditors’ report, A11B 3(3) shall not less than twenty-one (21) days before the date of the meeting and at the same time as 4(2) the notice of annual general meeting be sent to every person entitled to receive notices of general meetings of the Company under the provisions the Articles; however, subject to compliance with all applicable laws, including the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles), the Company may send to such persons summarised financial statements derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report instead provided that any such person may by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to summarised financial statements, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.

— IV-10 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

Auditors shall be appointed and the terms and tenure of such appointment and their duties at all times regulated in accordance with the provisions of the Articles. The remuneration of the auditors shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the members may determine.

The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the auditor shall be submitted to the members in general meeting. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. If so, the financial statements and the report of the auditor should disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.

(i) Notices of meetings and business to be conducted thereat

An annual general meeting shall be called by notice of not less than twenty-one (21) clear A11B 3(1) days and not less than twenty (20) clear business days and any extraordinary general meeting at which it is proposed to pass a special resolution shall (save as set out in sub-paragraph (e) above) be called by notice of at least twenty-one (21) clear days and not less than ten (10) clear business days. All other extraordinary general meeting shall be called by at least fourteen (14) clear days and not less than ten (10) clear business days. The notice must specify the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business. In addition notice of every general meeting shall be given to all members of the Company other than such as, under the provisions of the Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, and also to the auditors for the time being of the Company.

Notwithstanding that a meeting of the Company is called by shorter notice than that mentioned above if permitted by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, it shall be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

(i) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all members of the Company entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

(ii) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent (95%) in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right.

All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting and also all business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an annual general meeting with the exception of the following, which shall be deemed ordinary business:

(aa) the declaration and sanctioning of dividends;

— IV-11 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(bb) the consideration and adoption of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the directors and the auditors;

(cc) the election of directors in place of those retiring;

(dd) the appointment of auditors and other officers;

(ee) the fixing of the remuneration of the directors and of the auditors;

(ff) the granting of any mandate or authority to the directors to offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares of the Company representing not more than twenty per cent (20%) in nominal value of its existing issued share capital; and

(gg) the granting of any mandate or authority to the directors to repurchase securities of the Company.

(j) Transfer of shares A1A 7(8)

All transfers of shares may be effected by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common App1A(7)(8) A3 form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles) or 1(4) in such other form as the board may approve and which may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the board may approve from time to time. The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case in which it thinks fit, in its discretion, to do so and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the register of members in respect thereof. The board may also resolve either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or the transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers.

The board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the principal register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the principal register or any other branch register.

Unless the board otherwise agrees, no shares on the principal register shall be transferred A3 1(1) to any branch register nor may shares on any branch register be transferred to the principal register or any other branch register. All transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration and registered, in the case of shares on a branch register, at the relevant registration office and, in the case of shares on the principal register, at the registered office in the Cayman Islands or such other place at which the principal register is kept in accordance with the Companies Law.

— IV-12 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

The board may, in its absolute discretion, and without assigning any reason, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not A3 1(2) approve or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a 1(3) restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also refuse to register any transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or any transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.

The board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless a fee of such maximum sum as any Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles) may determine to A3 1(1) be payable or such lesser sum as the Directors may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof, the instrument of transfer, if applicable, is properly stamped, is in respect of only one class of share and is lodged at the relevant registration office or registered office or such other place at which the principal register is kept accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do).

The registration of transfers may be suspended and the register closed on giving notice by advertisement in a relevant newspaper and, where applicable, any other newspapers in A11B 3(2) accordance with the requirements of any Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles), at such times and for such periods as the board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares. The register of members shall not be closed for periods exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year.

(k) Power for the Company to purchase its own shares A1A 7(9)

The Company is empowered by the Companies Law and the Articles to purchase its own Shares subject to certain restrictions and the Board may only exercise this power on behalf of the Company subject to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by any Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles).

(l) Power for any subsidiary of the Company to own shares in the Company and financial assistance to purchase shares of the Company

There are no provisions in the Articles relating to ownership of shares in the Company by a subsidiary.

Subject to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles) and any other relevant regulatory authority, the Company may give financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase made or to be made by any person of any shares in the Company.

— IV-13 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(m) Dividends and other methods of distribution A1A 16

Subject to the Companies Law, the Company in general meeting may declare dividends in A1A 7(7) any currency to be paid to the members but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount App1A(7)(7) recommended by the board.

The Articles provide dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the directors determine is no longer needed. With the sanction of an ordinary resolution dividends may also be declared and paid out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law.

Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share may otherwise A3 3(1) provide, (i) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall for this purpose be treated as paid up on the share and (ii) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amount paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. The Directors may deduct from any dividend or other monies payable to any member or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

Whenever the board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on the share capital of the Company, the board may further resolve either (a) that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the shareholders entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof) in cash in lieu of such allotment, or (b) that shareholders entitled to such dividend will be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the board may think fit. The Company may also upon the recommendation of the board by an ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that it may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address, or in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the register of the Company in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the register or addressed to such person and at such addresses as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

— IV-14 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

Whenever the board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared the board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind.

All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be App1A(7)(7) invested or otherwise made use of by the board for the benefit of the Company until claimed and A3 3(2) the Company shall not be constituted a trustee in respect thereof. All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for six years after having been declared may be forfeited by the board and shall revert to the Company.

No dividend or other monies payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

(n) Proxies

Any member of the Company entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company is A11B 2(2) entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a member of the Company and shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a member who is an individual and for whom he acts as proxy as such member could exercise. In addition, a proxy shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a member which is a corporation and for which he acts as proxy as such member could exercise if it were an individual member. Votes may be given either personally (or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative) or by proxy.

(o) Call on shares and forfeiture of shares

Subject to the Articles and to the terms of allotment, the board may from time to time make such calls upon the members in respect of any monies unpaid on the shares held by them respectively (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium). A call may be made payable either in one lump sum or by installments. If the sum payable in respect of any call or instalment is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the person or persons from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the same at such rate not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum as the board may agree to accept from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of actual payment, but the board may waive payment of such interest wholly or in part. The board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same, either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid or installments payable upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the monies so advanced the Company may pay interest at such rate (if any) as the board may decide.

— IV-15 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

If a member fails to pay any call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the board may serve not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment and stating that, in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

If the requirements of any such notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the board to that effect. Such forfeiture will include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, together with (if the board shall in its discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until the date of actual payment at such rate not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum as the board determines.

(p) Inspection of register of members

Pursuant to the Articles the register and branch register of members shall be open to A11B 3(2) inspection for at least two (2) hours on every business day by members without charge, or by any other person upon a maximum payment of HK$2.50 or such lesser sum specified by the board, at the registered office or such other place at which the register is kept in accordance with the Companies Law or, upon a maximum payment of HK$1.00 or such lesser sum specified by the board, at the Registration Office (as defined in the Articles), unless the register is closed in accordance with the Articles.

(q) Quorum for meetings and separate class meetings

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the App1A(7)(2) meeting proceeds to business, but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the appointment of a chairman.

Save as otherwise provided by the Articles the quorum for a general meeting shall be two A3 6(2) members present in person (or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative) or by proxy and entitled to vote. In respect of a separate class meeting (other than an adjourned meeting) convened to sanction the modification of class rights the necessary quorum shall be two persons holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class.

— IV-16 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

A corporation being a member shall be deemed for the purpose of the Articles to be present in person if represented by its duly authorised representative being the person appointed by resolution of the directors or other governing body of such corporation to act as its representative at the relevant general meeting of the Company or at any relevant general meeting of any class of members of the Company.

(r) Rights of the minorities in relation to fraud or oppression

There are no provisions in the Articles relating to rights of minority shareholders in relation to fraud or oppression. However, certain remedies are available to shareholders of the Company under Cayman law, as summarised in paragraph 3(f) of this Appendix.

(s) Procedures on liquidation

A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.

Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law divide among the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company whether the assets shall consist of property of one kind or shall consist of properties of different kinds and the liquidator may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of members as the liquidator, with the like authority, shall think fit, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

— IV-17 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(t) Untraceable members

Pursuant to the Articles, the Company may sell any of the shares of a member who is A3 13(2)(a) untraceable if (i) all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question (being 13(2)(b) not less than three in total number) for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained uncashed for a period of 12 years; (ii) upon the expiry of the 12 year period, the Company has not during that time received any indication of the existence of the member; and (iii) the Company has caused an advertisement to be published in accordance with the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles) giving notice of its intention to sell such shares and a period of three (3) months, or such shorter period as may be permitted by the Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles), has elapsed since the date of such advertisement and the Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in the Articles) has been notified of such intention. The net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds, it shall become indebted to the former member of the Company for an amount equal to such net proceeds.

(u) Subscription rights reserve

The Articles provide that to the extent that it is not prohibited by and is in compliance with the Companies Law, if warrants to subscribe for shares have been issued by the Company and the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which would result in the subscription price of such warrants being reduced below the par value of a share, a subscription rights reserve shall be established and applied in paying up the difference between the subscription price and the par value of a share on any exercise of the warrants.

3. CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands subject to the Companies Law and, therefore, operates subject to Cayman law. Set out below is a summary of certain provisions of Cayman company law, although this does not purport to contain all applicable qualifications and exceptions or to be a complete review of all matters of Cayman company law and taxation, which may differ from equivalent provisions in jurisdictions with which interested parties may be more familiar:

(a) Operations

As an exempted company, the Company’s operations must be conducted mainly outside the Cayman Islands. The Company is required to file an annual return each year with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands and pay a fee which is based on the amount of its authorised share capital.

(b) Share capital

The Companies Law provides that where a company issues shares at a premium, whether for cash or otherwise, a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the value of the premiums on those shares shall be transferred to an account, to be called the “share premium account”. At the option

— IV-18 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

of a company, these provisions may not apply to premiums on shares of that company allotted pursuant to any arrangement in consideration of the acquisition or cancellation of shares in any other company and issued at a premium. The Companies Law provides that the share premium account may be applied by the company subject to the provisions, if any, of its memorandum and articles of association in (a) paying distributions or dividends to members; (b) paying up unissued shares of the company to be issued to members as fully paid bonus shares; (c) the redemption and repurchase of shares (subject to the provisions of section 37 of the Companies Law); (d) writing-off the preliminary expenses of the company; (e) writing-off the expenses of, or the commission paid or discount allowed on, any issue of shares or debentures of the company; and (f) providing for the premium payable on redemption or purchase of any shares or debentures of the company.

No distribution or dividend may be paid to members out of the share premium account unless immediately following the date on which the distribution or dividend is proposed to be paid, the company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course business.

The Companies Law provides that, subject to confirmation by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands (the “Court”), a company limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, if so authorised by its articles of association, by special resolution reduce its share capital in any way.

The Articles includes certain protections for holders of special classes of shares, requiring their consent to be obtained before their rights may be varied. The consent of the specified proportions of the holders of the issued shares of that class or the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of those shares is required.

Subject to all applicable laws, the Company may give financial assistance to Directors and employees of the Company, its subsidiaries, its holding company or any subsidiary of such holding company in order that they may buy Shares in the Company or shares in any subsidiary or holding company. Further, subject to all applicable laws, the Company may give financial assistance to a trustee for the acquisition of Shares in the Company or shares in any such subsidiary or holding company to be held for the benefit of employees of the Company, its subsidiaries, any holding company of the Company or any subsidiary of any such holding company (including salaried Directors).

There is no statutory restriction in the Cayman Islands on the provision of financial assistance by a company to another person for the purchase of, or subscription for, its own or its holding company’s shares. Accordingly, a company may provide financial assistance if the directors of the company consider, in discharging their duties of care and acting in good faith, for a proper purpose and in the interests of the company, that such assistance can properly be given. Such assistance should be on an arm’s-length basis.

— IV-19 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(d) Purchase of shares and warrants by a company and its subsidiaries

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, a company limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, if so authorised by its articles of association, issue shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or a shareholder. In addition, such a company may, if authorised to do so by its articles of association, purchase its own shares, including any redeemable shares. However, if the articles of association do not authorise the manner or purchase, a company cannot purchase any of its own shares unless the manner of purchase has first been authorised by an ordinary resolution of the company. At no time may a company redeem or purchase its shares unless they are fully paid. A company may not redeem or purchase any of its shares if, as a result of the redemption or purchase, there would no longer be any member of the company holding shares. A payment out of capital by a company for the redemption or purchase of its own shares is not lawful unless immediately following the date on which the payment is proposed to be made, the company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

A company is not prohibited from purchasing and may purchase its own warrants subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant warrant instrument or certificate. There is no requirement under Cayman Islands law that a company’s memorandum or articles of association contain a specific provision enabling such purchases and the directors of a company may rely upon the general power contained in its memorandum of association to buy and sell and deal in personal property of all kinds.

Under Cayman Islands law, a subsidiary may hold shares in its holding company and, in certain circumstances, may acquire such shares.

(e) Dividends and distributions

With the exception of section 34 of the Companies Law, there is no statutory provisions relating to the payment of dividends. Based upon English case law, which is regarded as be persuasive in the Cayman Islands, dividends may be paid only out of profits. In addition, section 34 of the Companies Law permits, subject to a solvency test and the provisions, if any, of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, the payment of dividends and distributions out of the share premium account (see paragraph 2(m) above for further details).

(f) Protection of minorities

The Cayman Islands courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedents which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge (a) an act which is ultra vires the company or illegal, (b) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority and the wrongdoers are themselves in control of the company, and (c) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution which requires a qualified (or special) majority.

— IV-20 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

In the case of a company (not being a bank) having a share capital divided into shares, the Court may, on the application of members holding not less than one fifth of the shares of the company in issue, appoint an inspector to examine into the affairs of the company and to report thereon in such manner as the Court shall direct.

Any shareholder of a company may petition the Court which may make a winding up order if the Court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that the company should be wound up or, as an alternative to a winding up order, (a) an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future, (b) an order requiring the company to refrain from doing or continuing an act complained of by the shareholder petitioner or to do an act which the shareholder petitioner has complained it has omitted to do, (c) an order authorising civil proceedings to be brought in the name and on behalf of the company by the shareholder petitioner on such terms as the Court may direct, or (d) an order providing for the purchase of the shares of any shareholders of the company by other shareholders or by the company itself and, in the case of a purchase by the company itself, a reduction of the company’s capital accordingly.

Generally claims against a company by its shareholders must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by the company’s memorandum and articles of association.

(g) Management

The Companies Law contains no specific restrictions on the power of directors to dispose of assets of a company. However, as a matter of general law, every officer of a company, which includes a director, managing director and secretary, in exercising his powers and discharging his duties must do so honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

(h) Accounting and auditing requirements

A company shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to (i) all sums of money received and expended by the company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure takes place; (ii) all sales and purchases of goods by the company; and (iii) the assets and liabilities of the company.

Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

— IV-21 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(i) Exchange control

There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

(j) Taxation

Pursuant to section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (1999 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, the Company has obtained an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet:

(1) that no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciation shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

(2) that the aforesaid tax or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall not be payable on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company.

The undertaking for the Company is for a period of twenty years from [●].

The Cayman Islands currently levy no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciations and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to the Company levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands save certain stamp duties which may be applicable, from time to time, on certain instruments executed in or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands are not party to any double tax treaties.

(k) Stamp duty on transfers

No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on transfers of shares of Cayman Islands companies except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands.

(l) Loans to directors

There is no express provision in the Companies Law prohibiting the making of loans by a company to any of its directors.

(m) Inspection of corporate records

Members of the Company will have no general right under the Companies Law to inspect or obtain copies of the register of members or corporate records of the Company. They will, however, have such rights as may be set out in the Company’s Articles.

— IV-22 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

An exempted company may, subject to the provisions of its articles of association, maintain its principal register of members and any branch registers at such locations, whether within or without the Cayman Islands, as the directors may, from time to time, think fit. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for an exempted company to make any returns of members to the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands. The names and addresses of the members are, accordingly, not a matter of public record and are not available for public inspection.

(n) Winding up

A company may be wound up compulsorily by order of the Court; voluntarily; or, under supervision of the Court. The Court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the Court, just and equitable to do so.

A company may be wound up voluntarily when the members so resolve in general meeting by special resolution, or, in the case of a limited duration company, when the period fixed for the duration of the company by its memorandum or articles expires, or the event occurs on the occurrence of which the memorandum or articles provides that the company is to be dissolved, or, the company does not commence business for a year from its incorporation (or suspends its business for a year), or, the company is unable to pay its debts. In the case of a voluntary winding up, such company is obliged to cease to carry on its business from the time of passing the resolution for voluntary winding up or upon the expiry of the period or the occurrence of the event referred to above.

For the purpose of conducting the proceedings in winding up a company and assisting the Court, there may be appointed one or more than one person to be called an official liquidator or official liquidator; and the Court may appoint to such office such person or persons, either provisionally or otherwise, as it thinks fit, and if more persons than one are appointed to such office, the Court shall declare whether any act hereby required or authorised to be done by the official liquidator is to be done by all or any one or more of such persons. The Court may also determine whether any and what security is to be given by an official liquidator on his appointment; if no official liquidator is appointed, or during any vacancy in such office, all the property of the company shall be in the custody of the Court. A person shall be qualified to accept an appointment as an official liquidator if he is duly qualified in terms of the Insolvency Practitioners Regulations. A foreign practitioner may be appointed to act jointly with a qualified insolvency practitioner.

In the case of a members’ voluntary winding up of a company, the company in general meeting must appoint one or more liquidators for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the company and distributing its assets. A declaration of solvency must be signed by all the directors of a company being voluntarily wound up within twenty-eight (28) days of the commencement of the liquidation, failing which, its liquidator must apply to Court for an order that the liquidation continue under the supervision of the Court.

— IV-23 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

Upon the appointment of a liquidator, the responsibility for the company’s affairs rests entirely in his hands and no future executive action may be carried out without his approval.

A liquidator’s duties are to collect the assets of the company (including the amount (if any) due from the contributories), settle the list of creditors and, subject to the rights of preferred and secured creditors and to any subordination agreements or rights of set-off or netting of claims, discharge the company’s liability to them (pari passu if insufficient assets exist to discharge the liabilities in full) and to settle the list of contributories (shareholders) and divide the surplus assets (if any) amongst them in accordance with the rights attaching to the shares.

As soon as the affairs of the company are fully wound up, the liquidator must make up an account of the winding up, showing how the winding up has been conducted and the property of the company has been disposed of, and thereupon call a general meeting of the company for the purposes of laying before it the account and giving an explanation thereof. At least twenty-one (21) days before the final meeting, the liquidator shall send a notice specifying the time, place and object of the meeting to each contributory in any manner authorised by the company’s articles of association and published in the Gazette in the Cayman Islands.

(o) Reconstructions

There are statutory provisions which facilitate reconstructions and amalgamations approved by a majority in number representing seventy-five per cent. (75%) in value of shareholders or class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, as are present at a meeting called for such purpose and thereafter sanctioned by the Court. Whilst a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the Court his view that the transaction for which approval is sought would not provide the shareholders with a fair value for their shares, the Court is unlikely to disapprove the transaction on that ground alone in the absence of evidence of fraud or bad faith on behalf of management.

(p) Compulsory acquisition

Where an offer is made by a company for the shares of another company and, within four (4) months of the offer, the holders of not less than ninety per cent. (90%) of the shares which are the subject of the offer accept, the offeror may at any time within two (2) months after the expiration of the said four (4) months, by notice in the prescribed manner require the dissenting shareholders to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. A dissenting shareholder may apply to the Court within one (1) month of the notice objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting shareholder to show that the Court should exercise its discretion, which it will be unlikely to do unless there is evidence of fraud or bad faith or collusion as between the offeror and the holders of the shares who have accepted the offer as a means of unfairly forcing out minority shareholders.

— IV-24 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX IV SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(q) Indemnification

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the court to be contrary to public policy (e.g. for purporting to provide indemnification against the consequences of committing a crime).

4. GENERAL

Conyers Dill & Pearman, the Company’s special legal counsel on Cayman Islands law, have sent to the Company a letter of advice summarising certain aspects of Cayman Islands company law. This letter, together with a copy of the Companies Law, is available for inspection as referred to in the paragraph headed “Documents available for inspection” in Appendix [VI]. Any person wishing to have a detailed summary of Cayman Islands company law or advice on the differences between it and the laws of any jurisdiction with which he is more familiar is recommended to seek independent legal advice.

— IV-25 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

A. FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

1. Incorporation of the Company

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands under the Companies Law as an exempted R11.05 R24.05(2) company with limited liability on 15 March, 2010. App1A(6) S342

The Company has established its principal place of business in Hong Kong at [Flat 314, 3/F, Fuk Shing Commercial Building, 28 On Lok Mun Street, On Lok Tsuen, Fanling, New Territories, Hong Kong] and was registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong as an overseas company under Part XI of the Companies Ordinance on 12 May 2010. Each of Mr. Fung and Mr. Chia has been appointed as the authorised representative of the Company for acceptance of service of process in Hong Kong. As the Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands, it operates subject to the Cayman Islands laws and its constitutional documents comprising a memorandum of association and the Articles of Association. A summary of certain parts of its constitution and relevant aspects of the Cayman Islands company law is set out in Appendix IV to this document.

2. Changes in share capital of the Company

The authorised share capital of the Company as at the date of its incorporation was App1A(23)(1) App1A(26)(1) HK$[380,000] divided into [38,000,000] Shares. The following alterations in the share capital of the App1A(26)(2) Third Company have taken place since its incorporation: Schedule 11

(a) on [15 March,] 2010, one Share was allotted and issued nil paid to Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited as the initial subscriber, which was then transferred by Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited to [Shunleetat] on the same date;

(b) on [●] 2010, pursuant to the resolutions in writing of the sole Shareholder passed on [●] 2010, the Company increased its authorised share capital from HK$[380,000] to HK$[500,000,000] by the creation of an additional [49,962,000,000] Shares;

(c) in consideration of the acquisition by the Company of the entire issued share capital of [TYW(BVI)], a total of [999] Shares were allotted and issued by the Company on [●] 2010, all credited as fully paid, to [Shunleetat], [Lotawater], [Chuwei] and [Purplelight] in the following proportions:

Number of Shares Name allotted

1.Shunleetat 549 2.Chuwei 175 3.Lotawater 125 4.Purplelight 150 TOTAL 999

— V-1 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

In addition, the one nil-paid Share acquired by Shunleetat was credited as fully paid at par; and

3. Written resolutions of all Shareholders passed on [●] 2010

Pursuant to the written resolutions of all the then Shareholders passed on [●] 2010:

(a) the Company approved and adopted the Articles of Association;

[(b) the authorised share capital of the Company was increased from HK$[380,000] to HK$[500,000,000] by the creation of an additional 49,962,000,000 Shares;]

4. Reorganisation

The companies comprising the Group underwent a reorganisation in preparation for the listing of the Shares on GEM which involved the following steps:

(a) with effect from 1 April 2009, [TYW] acquired part of the business (including the assets and liabilities thereof) carried out under the name of TYC from Mr. Kan at a consideration of HK$7,157,311.72, which was offset against an equivalent amount of the debts due from Mr. Kan to TYW, and TY Civil acquired the remaining part of business carried out under the name of TYC from Mr. Kan at a consideration of HK$1,467,756.22, which was offset against an equivalent amount of debt due from Mr. Kan to TY Civil. In such transfer, all the customers’ contracts, suppliers’ contracts, and other assets and liabilities originally belonged to the business of TYC were transferred to [TYW] and TY Civil;

(b) on 2 July 2009, TYW (BVI) was duly incorporated in the BVI. One share of TWY(BVI) was allotted and issued and fully paid or credited as fully paid to Mr. Kan on the same date;

(c) on 28 September 2009, Mr. Kan acquired all the 110,000 shares of TYW which were held by his wife, Ms. Rosita Lam (“Ms. Lam”), at a total consideration of HK$[110,000], and became the sole legal and beneficial owner of TYW;

(d) on 28 September 2009, Mr. Kan acquired all the 100 shares of TY Civil which were held by Ms. Lam at a total consideration of HK$[100] and became the sole legal and beneficial owner of TY Civil;

(e) on 29 September 2009, TYW allotted and issued 133,000 new shares of TYW, credited as fully paid up, to TYW (BVI) (which was wholly and beneficially owned by Mr. Kan at that time);

(f) on [15 March] 2010, the Company was duly incorporated in the Cayman Islands. [One] nil paid Share was allotted and issued to Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited on the same date;

— V-2 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(g) on 15 March 2010, [Shunleetat], a company wholly and beneficially owed by [Mr. Kan], acquired the [one] nil paid Share from Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited [at nil consideration];

(h) on 26 April 2010, TYW (BVI) acquired the entire issued share capital of TY Civil from [Mr. Kan] in consideration of the allotment and issue of a total of [5,080] ordinary shares of TYW (BVI) of US$1 each, all credited as fully paid up, to [Shunleetat];

(i) on 26 April 2010, TYW (BVI) acquired the entire issued share capital of TYW (other than the 133,000 shares of TYW which were already owned by TYW (BVI) at the time of such acquisition) from [Mr. Kan] in consideration of the allotment and issue of a total of [4,919] ordinary shares of TYW (BVI) of US$1 each, all credited as fully paid up, to [Shunleetat];

(j) on 26 April 2010, Shunletat acquired the one share in TYW (BVI) from Mr. Kan at a consideration of HK$1.00 and Shunleetat become the sole member of TYW (BVI);

(k) on 26 April 2010, Shunleetat transferred

(i) 1,750 TYW (BVI) shares to Chuwei at a consideration of HK$3,656,682.83, which will be offset against an equivalent amount of loan due from Mr. Kan to Mr. Cheng outstanding as at the date of transfer;

(ii) 1,250 TYW (BVI) shares to Lotawater at a consideration of HK$2,611,916.31, which will be offset against an equivalent amount of loan due from Mr. Kan to Mr. Chia outstanding as at the date of transfer;

(iii) 1,500 TYW (BVI) shares to Purplelight at a consideration of HK$3,134,299.57, which will be offset against an equivalent amount of loan due from Mr. Kan to Mr. Fung outstanding as at the date of transfer.

(l) on [●] 2010, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of (TYW)BVI from [Shunleetat], [Chuwei], [Lotawater] and [Purplelight] in consideration of (i) the allotment and issue of [549], [175], [150] and [125] Shares, all credited as fully paid up, to [Shunleetat], [Chuwei], [Lotawater] and [Purplelight] respectively; and (ii) crediting the [one] nil paid Share transferred to Shunleetat on [15 March] 2010 as fully paid up.

5. Changes in the share capital of subsidiaries of the Company

The subsidiaries of the Company are listed in the accountants’ report set out in appendix I to this Third Schedule 11 document. In addition to the alterations described in the sub-paragraph headed “Reorganisation” above, the following alterations in the share capital of each of the Company’s subsidiaries took place during two years immediately preceding the date of this document:

(a) TYW

On 28 September 2009, Ms. Lam transferred all her 110,000 shares of TYW of HK$1.00 each to Mr. Kan at an aggregate consideration of HK$110,000, so that Mr. Kan was the sole legal and

— V-3 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION beneficial owner of TYW. On 29 September 2009, TYW allotted and issued 133,000 new shares of TYW of HK$1.00 each to TYW (BVI) at an aggregate issue price of HK$133,000. Since then, the issued share capital of TYW has become HK$10,000,000 divided into 10,000,000 shares of HK$1.00 each

(b) TYW(BVI)

TYW (BVI) was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on [2 July 2009] and its authorised capital is US$[50,000]. [One] share of TYW (BVI) was allotted and issued and fully paid or credited as fully paid to Mr. Kan on the [2 July 2009]. Mr. Kan transferred the one share in TYW (BVI) he holds to Shunleetat on 26 April 2010 and Shunleetat becomes the sole member of TYW (BVI).

On 28 September 2009, Ms. Lam transferred all the 100 shares of TY Civil to Mr. Kan at an aggregate consideration of HK$100 and Mr. Kan was the sole beneficial owner of TY Civil.

Save as disclosed above, there has been no alteration in the share capital of any of the subsidiaries of the Company within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document.

6. Repurchase of the Company’s own securities

A general unconditional mandate (the “Repurchase Mandate”) was granted to the Directors pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders passed on [●] 2010 authorising them to exercise all powers of the Company to purchase Shares on the Stock Exchange with an aggregate nominal amount of not exceeding 10% of the aggregate nominal amount of the share capital of the Company in issue immediately following the completion of the [●] (excluding Shares which may fall to be issued pursuant to the exercise of any option which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme) until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the Company, or the date by which the next annual general meeting of the Company is required by the Articles of Association or any applicable law to be held, or the passing of an ordinary resolution by the Shareholders revoking or varying the authority given to the Directors, whichever is the earliest.

The following part includes information required by the Stock Exchange to be included in this document concerning the repurchase by the Company of its own securities.

(a) Source of funds

Repurchases must be funded out of funds legally available for the purpose in accordance with the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, the GEM Listing Rules and the applicable laws of the Cayman Islands. Under the Cayman Islands laws, any repurchase by the Company may be made out of profits of the Company or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of Shares made for the purpose of the repurchase or, if so authorised by its Articles of Association and subject to the

— V-4 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION provisions of the Companies Law, out of capital. Any premium payable on a redemption or purchase over the par value of the Shares to be purchased must be provided for out of the profits of the Company or from sums standing to the credit of the share premium account of the Company or, if authorised by its Articles of Association and subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, out of capital.

(b) Reasons for repurchases

The Directors believe that it is in the best interest of the Company and its Shareholders for the Directors to have a general authority from the Shareholders to enable the Company to repurchase Shares in the market. Such repurchases may, depending on market conditions and funding arrangements at the time, lead to an enhancement of the net asset value of the Company and/or earnings per Share and will only be made when the Directors believe that such repurchases will benefit the Company and its Shareholders.

In repurchasing securities, the Company may only apply funds legally available for such purpose in accordance with its Articles of Association, the GEM Listing Rules and the applicable laws of the Cayman Islands.

On the basis of the current financial position of the Group as disclosed in this document and taking into account the current working capital position of the Group, the Directors consider that, if the Repurchase Mandate were to be exercised in full, it might have a material adverse effect on the working capital and/or the gearing position of the Group as compared with the position disclosed in this document. However, the Directors do not propose to exercise the Repurchase Mandate to such an extent as would, in the circumstances, have a material adverse effect on the working capital requirements of the Group or the gearing levels which in the opinion of the Directors are from time to time appropriate for the Group.

(d) General

None of the Directors nor, to the best of their knowledge having made all reasonable inquiries, any of their associates currently intends to sell any Shares to the Company or its subsidiaries.

The Directors have undertaken to the Stock Exchange that, so far as the same may be applicable, they will exercise the Repurchase Mandate in accordance with the GEM Listing Rules and the applicable laws of the Cayman Islands.

If, as a result of a securities repurchase, a shareholder’s proportionate interest in the voting rights of the Company increases, such increase will be treated as an acquisition for the purpose of the Takeovers Code.

— V-5 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Accordingly, a shareholder or a group of shareholders acting in concert could obtain or consolidate control of the Company and become obliged to make a mandatory offer in accordance with rule 26 of the Takeovers Code. Save as aforesaid, the Directors are not presently aware of any consequences which would arise under the Takeovers Code as a consequence of any repurchases pursuant to the Repurchase Mandate immediately after the listing of the Shares on the Stock Exchange.

No connected person (as defined in the GEM Listing Rules) has notified the Company that he has a present intention to sell Shares to the Company, or has undertaken not to do so if the Repurchase Mandate is exercised.

B. FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE BUSINESS

1. Summary of material contracts App1A(51)

The following contracts (not being contracts in the ordinary course of business) have been Third Schedule 17 entered into by members of the Group within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document and are or may be material:

(a) the [●];

(b) the deed of indemnity dated [●] and entered into by [Mr. Kan], [Shunleetat], [Mr. Fung], [Purplelight], [Mr. Chia], [Lotawater], [Mr. Cheng] and [Chuwei] (collectively, the “Indemnifiers”) pursuant to which the Indemnifiers have agreed to provide indemnity for (i) all taxation liabilities of the Group incurred before the [●] becoming unconditional in favour of the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) all loss, damages, liability, relocation cost and disruption in operation suffered by any members of the Group in connection with the forfeiture or early termination of two lease agreements entered into by the Group; and (iii) all losses, damages, liability, cost suffered by the Group in obtaining or preserving the right to use the same or substantially the same kind of vehicle for Group’s operations and in disrupting the Group’s business in connection with the breach under certain finance lease of the motor vehicles and machinery of the Group;

(c) the deed of non-competition undertaking dated [●] and entered into by [Mr. Kan], [Shunleetat], [Mr. Fung], [Purplelight], [Mr. Chia], [Lotawater], [Mr. Cheng] and [Chuwei] (collectively, the “Covenantors”) pursuant to which the Covenantors provide undertakings on non-competition with the Group’s business;

(d) the sale and purchase agreement dated 26 April 2010 and entered into between the TYW (BVI) as purchaser and [Mr. Kan] as vendor relating to the acquisition of the entire issued share capital in TYW by TYW (BVI) in consideration of TYW (BVI) allotting and issuing 4,919 ordinary shares of TYW (BVI), all credited as fully paid, to Shunleetat;

(e) the sale and purchase agreement dated 26 April 2010 and entered into between the TYW (BVI) as purchaser and [Mr. Kan] as vendor relating to the acquisition of the entire issued share capital in TY Civil by TYW (BVI) in consideration of TYW (BVI) allotting and issuing 5,080 ordinary shares of TYW (BVI), all credited as fully paid, to Shunleetat;

— V-6 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(f) the sale and purchase agreement dated [●] and entered into between the Company as purchaser and [Shunleetat], [Chuwei], [Lotawater] and [Purplelight] as vendors relating to the acquisition of the entire issued share capital in TYW (BVI) by the Company in consideration of the Company (i) allotting and issuing an aggregate of [999] Shares, all credited as fully paid, to [Shunleetat], [Chuwei], [Lotawater] and [Purplelight]; and (ii) crediting the one nil-paid Share transferred to Shunleetat on 15 March 2010 as fully-paid at par;

(g) the sale and purchase agreement dated 9 March 2010 and entered into between Mr. Kan and [TYW] in relation to acquisition of part of the business (including the assets and liabilities thereof) carried on by “Tsun Yip Construction Company” with effect from 1 April 2009 at a consideration of HK$7,157,311.72;

(h) the sale and purchase agreement dated 9 March 2010 and entered into between Mr. Kan and TY Civil in relation to the acquisition of part of the business (including the assets and libailites thereof) carried on by “Tsun Yip Construction Company” with effect from 1 April 2009 at a consideration of HK$1,467,756.22;

(i) the deed of assignment dated 9 March 2010 and entered into between Mr. Kan and TYW in relation to the assignment of part of the goodwill and other assets carried out under by “Tsun Yip Construction Company” with effect from 1 April 2009; and

(j) the deed of assignment dated 9 March 2010 and entered into between Mr. Kan and TY Civil in relation to the assignment of part of the goodwill and other assets carried out under by “Tsun Yip Construction Company” with effect from 1 April 2009.

— V-7 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

2. Intellectual property rights of the Group

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Group was the registered proprietor and beneficial owner of the following trademark:

Place of Date of Expiration Applicant/ Application Trademark registration Class registration Date Owner No.

Hong Kong 37 31 December 30 December TYW (BVI) [301514088] App1A(28)(4) (Note) 2009 2019

Hong Kong 37 31 December 30 December TYW (BVI) [301514097] (Note) 2009 2019

Hong Kong 37 31 December 30 December TYW (BVI) [301514105] (Note) 2009 2019

Note: The services covered under Class 37 include civil engineering services; construction, maintenance, installation and repair services; construction, renovation, maintenance and repair of waterworks; waterworks engineering; construction, maintenance and repair of service reservoir, pumping station and water main laying; construction, maintenance, restoration and demolition of roads, pavings and drainage and water installations; site formation, excavation, dredging, ground investigation and improvement; conducting construction of foundation works; advisory, consultancy and information services relating to the foregoing.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, TYW owns the domain name, www.tsunyip.hk. The ownership has been registered with Hong Kong Domain Name Registration Company Limited. Such registration will expire on 12 September 2013.

C. FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT DIRECTORS, MANAGEMENT, STAFF AND EXPERTS

1. Disclosure of interests

(a) Disclosure of interests of Directors and experts

(i) [During the two years immediately preceding the date of this document, the Group had engaged in dealings with certain Directors and their associates as described in note 24 to section II of the accountants’ report set out in Appendix 1 to this document; and]

(ii) Each of the executive Directors is interested in the Group reorganisation referred to under the sub-paragraph headed “Reorganisation” in the paragraph headed “Further information about the Company and its subsidiaries” of this Appendix.

— V-8 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(b) Particulars of Directors’ service contracts

Each of [Mr. Kan], [Mr. Fung], [Mr. Chia] and [Mr. Cheng] being all the executive Directors, has entered into a service agreement with the Company for an initial term of [three] years commencing from [●], and will continue thereafter until terminated by not less than [three months’] notice in writing served by either party on the other. Each of these executive Directors is entitled to the respective basic annual salary set out below, plus a discretionary bonus determined by the Board every year.

HK$ Mr. Kan [●] Mr. Fung [●] Mr. Chia [●] Mr. Cheng [●]

Save as disclosed above, none of the Directors has or is proposed to have a service contract with App1A.(46)(1) the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than contracts expiring or determinable by the employer within one year without the payment of compensation (other than statutory compensation)).

Each of the above remunerations is determined by the Company with reference to the duties and App1A.46(4) level of responsibilities of each Director, the remuneration policy of the Company and the prevailing market conditions. The Directors’ remuneration policy of the Group after [●] will be substantially the same as the remuneration policy of the Group for the year ended 31 March 2010.

(i) During the two financial years ended [31 March 2009 and 2010], the aggregate emoluments paid and benefits in kind granted by the Group to the Directors were approximately HK$[1,554,000] and HK$[2,720,000] respectively.

(ii) Under the arrangements currently in force, the aggregate emoluments payable by the Group App1A(46)(3) to and benefits in kind receivable by the Directors for the year ending [31 March 2011] will be approximately HK$[●].

(iii) [None of the Directors or any past directors of any member of the Group has been paid any App1A(33)(2) (e),(f) sum of money for each of the two financial years ended [31 March 2009 and 2010] (1) as an inducement to join or upon joining the Company or (2) [for loss of office as a director of any member of the Group or of any other office in connection with the management of the affairs of any member of the Group.]

(iv) There has been no arrangement under which a Director has waived or agreed to waive any App1A(33) (2)(g) emoluments for each of the two financial years ended [31 March 2009 and 2010].

(v) [Each of the executive Directors and non-executive Director is entitled to reimbursement of all necessary and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred in relation to all business and affairs carried out by the Group from time to time or in discharge of his/her duties to the Group.]

— V-9 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(vi) Each of the independent non-executive Directors is entitled to monthly director’s fee of HK$[8,000].

(d) Personal guarantees

As at the Latest Practicable Date, Mr. Kan has been providing personal guarantees in respect of (i) the hire purchases and finance leases of motor vehicles of the Group in the sum of approximately HK$[3.7] million; and (ii) the Loans, the General Facilities and the Credit Card Facility previously granted by HSBC to the Group (all of which have been fully repaid); and (iii) the rental payment and other relevant expenses for the photocopiers borrowed by the Group. Other than the personal guarantee relating to item (ii) Mr. Kan’s personal guarantee for items (i) [and (iii)] are intended to continue for some time. For details of such personal guarantees, please refer to the section headed “Controlling Shareholders, Substantial Shareholders and management Shareholders” of this document.

(e) Interests and short positions of Directors in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company and its associated corporations

Immediately following completion of the [●] and the [●], the interests and short positions of the App1A.45A (1)(a) Directors in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company and its associated App1A.45A(2) corporations (within the meaning of the SFO) which will have to be notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO (including interests and short positions in which they are taken or deemed to have under such provisions of the SFO) or which will be required pursuant to section 352 of the SFO to be entered in the register referred to therein, or which will be required to notify to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to Rules 5.46 to 5.67 of the GEM Listing Rules, once the Shares are listed, will be as follows:

Approximate App1A.45(1) (a),(b),(c) percentage of Third Schedule 30 No. of issued share Name of Director Nature of interest Shares held Position capital

Mr. Kan (Note 1) Interest in Controlled [●] Long [●] Corporation Mr. Cheng (Note 2) Interest in Controlled [●] Long [●] Corporation Mr. Fung (Note 3) Interest in Controlled [●] Long [●] Corporation Mr. Chia (Note 4) Interest in Controlled [●] Long [●] Corporation

Note:

1. Mr. Kan is the sole beneficial owner of Shunleetat, which is interested in [●] Shares. Under the SFO, Mr. Kan is deemed to be interested in all the Shares held by Shunleetat.

— V-10 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

2. Mr. Cheng is the sole beneficial owner of Chuwei, which is interested in [●] Shares. Under the SFO, Mr. Cheng is deemed to be interested in all the Shares held by Chuwei.

3. Mr. Fung is the sole beneficial owner of Purplelight, which is interested in [●] Shares. Under the SFO, Mr. Fung is deemed to be interested in all the Shares held by Purplelight.

4. Mr. Chia is the sole beneficial owner of Lotawater, which is interested in [●] Shares. Under the SFO, Mr. Chia is deemed to be interested in all the Shares held by Lotawater.

(f). Interests and short position of substantial Shareholders in the Shares underlying shares or App1A.45(3) debentures of the Company

Immediately following completion of the [●] and the [●], the following (not being a Director or chief executive of the Company), will have an interest or short position in the Shares or underlying App1A.45(4) App1A.45B(1)(a) Shares which would fall to be disclosed to the Company under the provisions of Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO or will be directly or indirectly interested in 10% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital carrying rights to vote in all circumstances at general meetings of any other member of the Group:

Approximate percentage of No. of issued share Name of Shareholders Nature of interest Shares held Position capital

Shunleetat (Note 1) Beneficial owner [●] Long [●] Chuwei (Note 2) Beneficial owner [●] Long [●] Purplelight (Note 3) Beneficial owner [●] Long [●] Lotatwater (Note 4) Beneficial owner [●] Long [●]

Note:

1. Mr. Kan is the sole beneficial owner of Shunleetat

2. Mr. Cheng is the sole beneficial owner of Chuwei.

3. Mr. Fung is the sole beneficial owner of Purplelight.

4. Mr. Chia is the sole beneficial owner of Lotawater.

(g) Agency fees or commissions received

[No agency fees, commissions, discounts, brokerages or other special terms have been granted App1A(13) Third by the Group to the Directors or the experts named in the sub-paragraph headed “Consents and Schedule 14 qualifications of experts” in this appendix within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document in connection with the issue or sale of any share or loan capital of any member of the Group.]

— V-11 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(h) Disclaimers

Save as disclosed in this document:

(i) and taking no account of any Shares which may be taken up or acquired under the [●]or App1A.45(3) upon the exercise of any options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme, the Directors are not aware of any person who immediately following the completion of the [●] will have an interest or short position in the Shares and underlying Shares which would fall to be disclosed to the Company under the provisions of Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO or who is, either directly or indirectly, interested in 10% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital carrying rights to vote in all circumstances at general meetings of any other member of the Group;

(ii) none of the Directors has for the purpose of Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO or the GEM Listing Rules, nor is any of them taken to or deemed to have under Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO, any interests and short positions in the shares, underlying shares and debentures of the Company or any associated corporations (within the meaning of the SFO) or any interests which will have to be entered in the register to be kept by the Company pursuant to section 352 of the SFO or which will be required to be notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to the Rules 5.46 to 5.67 of the GEM Listing Rules;

(iii) none of the Directors or the experts named in the sub-paragraph headed “Consents and qualifications of experts” in the paragraph headed “Other information” in this appendix has been interested in the promotion of, or has any direct or indirect interest in any assets Third Schedule 19 acquired or disposed of by or leased to, any member of the Group within the two years App1A(47)(1)(a) 3rd Sch19(b) immediately preceding the date of this document, or which are proposed to be acquired or disposed of by or leased to any member of the Group nor will any Director apply for the [●] either in his own name or in the name of a nominee;

(iv) no Director is materially interested in any contract or arrangement subsisting at the date of App1A(47)(2) this document which is significant in relation to the business of the Group taken as a whole;

(v) no Director is interested in more than [5%] shareholding in the Group, the five largest customers and the five largest suppliers and subcontractors; and

(vi) none of the experts named in the sub-paragraph “Consents and qualifications of experts” in App1A(9)(1) the paragraph headed “Other information” in this appendix has any shareholding in any company in the Group or the right (whether legally enforceable or not) to subscribe for or to nominate persons to subscribe for securities in any company in the Group.

— V-12 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

2. Share Option Scheme App1A(44)

(a) Summary of terms of the Share Option Scheme

(i) Purpose of the Share Option Scheme

The purpose of this Share Option Scheme is to provide incentive or reward to eligible persons for their contribution to the Group and/or to enable the Group to recruit and retain high-calibre employees and attract human resources that are valuable to the Group or any entity in which the Group holds any equity interest (the “Invested Entity”). As at the Latest Pracicable Date, there are no “Invested Entity” other than members of the Group and the Group has not identified any potential “Invested Entity” for investment.

(ii) Who may join

Subject to the provisions in the Share Option Scheme, the Board shall be entitled at any time and Third Schedule 10 from time to time within the period of 10 years after the date of adoption of the Share Option Scheme to make an offer to any of the following classes of persons:

(1) any employee (whether full time or part time employee, including any executive director but not the non-executive directors) of the Company, its subsidiaries and any Invested Entity;

(2) any non-executive director (including independent non-executive directors) of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any Invested Entity;

(3) any supplier of goods or services to any member of the Group or any Invested Entity;

(4) any customer of the Group or any Invested Entity; and

(5) any consultant, adviser, manager, officer or entity that provides research, development or other technological support to the Group or any Invested Entity.

(iii) Maximum number of Shares

(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the maximum number of Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of all outstanding options granted and yet to be exercised under the Share Option Scheme and any other share option schemes of the Company must not, in aggregate, exceed 30% of the total number of Shares in issue from time to time.

(2) The total number of Shares in respect of which options may be granted under the Share Option Scheme and any other share options schemes of the Company shall not exceed [●] Shares, being 10% of the total number of Shares in issue as at the date of listing of the Shares unless the Company obtains the approval of the Shareholders in general meeting for refreshing the 10% limit (the “Scheme Mandate Limit”) under this Share Option Scheme,

— V-13 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

provided that options previously granted (including outstanding, cancelled or lapsed) in accordance with the terms of this Share Option Scheme or any other share option schemes of the Company will not be counted for the purpose of calculating the Scheme Mandate Limit.

(3) The Company may seek approval of the Shareholders in general meeting for refreshing the Scheme Mandate Limit such that the total number of Shares in respect of which options may be granted under the Share Option Scheme and any other share option schemes of the Company as “refreshed” shall not exceed 10% of the total number of Shares in issue as at the date of the approval of the Shareholders on the refreshment of the Scheme Mandate Limit, provided that options previously granted under the Share Option Scheme or any other share option schemes of the Company (including options outstanding, cancelled, lapsed in accordance with the terms of the Share Option Scheme or any other share option scheme of the Company or exercised) will not be counted for the purpose of calculating the limit as “refreshed”.

For the purpose of seeking the approval of Shareholders, a circular containing the information as required under the GEM Listing Rules must be sent to the Shareholders.

(4) The Company may seek separate approval of the Shareholders in general meeting for granting options beyond the Scheme Mandate Limit provided that the proposed grantee(s) of such option(s) must be specifically identified by the Company before such approval is sought. For the purpose of seeking the approval of the Shareholders, the Company must send a circular to the Shareholders containing a generic description of the specified proposed grantees of such options, the number and terms of the options to be granted, the purpose of granting such options to the proposed grantees with an explanation as to how the terms of options serve such purpose and the information as required under the GEM Listing Rules.

(iv) Maximum entitlement of each eligible person

No option shall be granted to any eligible person if any further grant of options would result in the Shares issued and to be issued upon exercise of all options granted and to be granted to such person (including exercised, cancelled and outstanding options) in the 12-month period up to and including such further grant would exceed 1% of the total number of Shares in issue, unless:

(1) such grant has been duly approved, in the manner prescribed by the relevant provisions of Chapter 23 of the GEM Listing Rules, by resolution of the Shareholders in general meeting, at which the eligible person and his associates shall abstain from voting;

(2) a circular regarding the grant has been dispatched to the Shareholders in a manner complying with, and containing the information specified in, the relevant provisions of Chapter 23 of the GEM Listing Rules (including the identity of the eligible person, the number and terms of the options to be granted and options previously granted to such eligible person); and

— V-14 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(3) the number and terms (including the subscription price) of such option are fixed before the general meeting of the Company at which the same are approved.

(v) Grant of options to connected persons

(1) The grant of options to a Director, chief executive, management shareholder or substantial shareholder of the Company or any of their respective associates requires the approval of all the independent non-executive Directors (excluding any independent non-executive Director who is a prospective grantee of the option) and shall comply with the relevant provisions of Chapter 23 of the GEM Listing Rules.

(2) Where an option is to be granted to a substantial shareholder or an independent non-executive Director (or any of their respective associates), and such grant will result in the Shares issued and to be issued upon exercise of all options already granted and to be granted (including options exercised, cancelled and outstanding) to such person in the 12-month period up to and including the date of such grant: (1) exceeding 0.1% of the total number of Shares in issue at the relevant time of grant; and (2) exceeding an aggregate value (based on the closing price of the Shares on the Stock Exchange on the date of each grant) of HK$5 million, such grant shall not be valid unless: (a) a circular containing the details of the grant has been dispatched to the Shareholders in a manner complying with, and containing the matters specified in, the relevant provisions of Chapter 23 of the GEM Listing Rules (including, in particular, a recommendation from the independent non-executive Directors (excluding the independent non-executive Director who is the prospective grantee of the option) to the independent Shareholders as to voting); and (b) the grant has been approved by the independent Shareholders in general meeting (taken on a poll), at which all connected persons of the Company shall abstain from voting in favour of the grant.

(3) Where any change is to be made to the terms of any option granted to a substantial shareholder or an independent non-executive Director (or any of their respective associates), such change shall not be valid unless the change has been approved by the independent Shareholders in general meeting.

(vi) Time of acceptance and exercise of an option

An offer of grant of an option may be accepted by an eligible person within the date as specified in the offer letter issued by the Company, being a date not later than 21 business days from the date upon which it is made, by which the eligible person must accept the offer or be deemed to have declined it, provided that such date shall not be more than ten years after the date of adoption of the Share Option Scheme.

A consideration of HK$1.00 is payable on acceptance of the offer of grant of an option. Such consideration shall in no circumstances be refundable. An option may be exercised in whole or in part by the grantee (or his legal personal representatives) at any time before the expiry of the period to be determined and notified by the Board to the grantee which in any event shall not be longer than ten years commencing on the date of the offer letter and expiring on the last day of such ten-year period subject to the provisions for early termination as contained in the scheme.

— V-15 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(vii) Performance targets

There is no performance target that has to be achieved or minimum period in which the option must be held before the exercise of any option save as otherwise imposed by the Board on the relevant offer of options.

(viii) Subscription price for Shares

The subscription price of a Share in respect of any particular option granted under the Share Option Scheme shall be a price determined by the Board and notified to an eligible person, and shall be at least the highest of: (1) the closing price of the Shares as stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheet on the date (the “Offer Date”), which must be a trading day, on which the Board passes a resolution approving the making of an offer of grant of an option to an eligible employee; (2) the average of the closing price of the Shares as stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotation sheets for the 5 trading days immediately preceding the Offer Date; and (3) the nominal value of a Share on the Offer Date.

Where an option is to be granted, the date of the Board meeting at which the grant was proposed shall be taken to be the date of the offer of such option. For the purpose of calculating the subscription price, where an option is to be granted less than 5 business days after the listing of the Shares on the Stock Exchange, the offer price shall be taken to be the closing price for any business day before listing.

(ix) Ranking of Shares

The Shares to be issued and allotted upon the exercise of an option shall be subject to the Company’s constitutional documents for the time being in force and shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully-paid Shares in issue of the Company as at the date of allotment and will entitle the holders to participate in all dividends or other distributions declared or recommended or resolved to be paid or made in respect of a record date falling on or after the date of allotment.

(x) Restrictions on the time of grant of options

No option shall be granted after a price sensitive development concerning the Company or any subsidiary has occurred or a price sensitive matter concerning the Company or any subsidiary has been the subject of a decision until such price sensitive information has been announced pursuant to the requirements of the GEM Listing Rules. In particular, during the period commencing one month immediately preceding the earlier of (1) the date of the meeting of the Board (as such date is first notified to the Stock Exchange in accordance with the GEM Listing Rules) for the approval of the Company’s result for any year, half-year, quarterly or any other interim period (whether or not required under the GEM Listing Rules); and (2) the deadline for the Company to publish an announcement of its results for any year or half-year or quarterly or any other interim period (whether or not required under the GEM Listing Rules), and ending on the date of the results announcement, no option shall be granted.

— V-16 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(xi) Period of the Share Option Scheme

Subject to earlier termination by the Company in general meeting or by the Board, the Share Option Scheme shall be valid and effective for a period of 10 years commencing on the date of adoption of the Share Option Scheme, after which period no further option shall be granted. All options granted prior to expiry of the Share Option Scheme shall continue to be valid and exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Share Option Scheme.

(xii) Rights on cessation of employment

Where the grantee of an outstanding option ceases to be an employee of the Group for any reason other than his death or the termination of his employment on one or more of the grounds specified in (xxi)(5), the grantee may exercise the option up to his entitlement at the date of cessation in whole or in part (to the extent which has become exercisable and not already exercised) within the period of 1 month following the date of such cessation. The date of such cessation shall be his last actual working day at his work place with the Company or any subsidiary whether salary is paid in lieu of notice or not.

(xiii) Rights on death

Where the grantee of an outstanding option dies before exercising the option in full or at all, the option may be exercised in full or in part (to the extent not already exercised) by his personal representative(s) within 12 months of the date of death.

(xiv) Rights on a general offer

In the event of a general or partial offer, whether by way of take-over offer, share re-purchase offer, or scheme of arrangement or otherwise in like manner is made to all the holders of Shares, or all such holders other than the offeror and/or any person controlled by the offeror and/or any person acting in concert with the offeror, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that such offer is extended to all the grantees on the same terms, mutatis mutandis, and assuming that they will become, by the exercise in full of the options granted to them, shareholders of the Company. If such offer becomes or is declared unconditional, a grantee shall be entitled to exercise his option (to the extent not already exercised) to its full extent or to the extent specified in the grantee’s notice to the Company in exercise of his option at any time thereafter and up to the close of such offer (or any revised offer).

(xv) Rights on winding-up

In the event a notice is given by the Company to its Shareholders to convene a general meeting for the purposes of considering and, if thought fit, approving a resolution to voluntarily wind-up the Company, the Company shall on the same date as or soon after it despatches such notice to each Shareholder give notice thereof to all grantees (together with a notice of existence of this provision) and thereupon, each grantee (or his legal representative(s)) shall be entitled to exercise all or any of his options (to the extent which has become exercisable and not already exercised) at any time not later than 2 business days prior to the proposed general meeting of the Company by giving notice in

— V-17 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION writing to the Company, accompanied by a remittance for the full amount of the aggregate exercise price for the Shares in respect of which the notice is given, whereupon the Company shall as soon as possible and, in any event, no later than the business day immediately prior to the date of the proposed general meeting referred to above, allot the relevant Shares to the grantee credited as fully paid, which Shares shall rank pari passu with all other Shares in issue on the date prior to the passing of the resolution to wind-up the Company to participate in the distribution of assets of the Company available in liquidation.

(xvi) Rights on compromise or arrangement between the Company and its creditors

In the event of a compromise or arrangement between the Company and its creditors (or any class of them) or between the Company and its Shareholders (or any class of them), in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company, the Company shall give notice thereof to all grantees on the same day as it gives notice of the meeting to its Shareholders or creditors to consider such a scheme or arrangement, and thereupon any grantee (or his legal representative(s)) may forthwith and until the expiry of the period commencing with such date and ending with the earlier of the date falling 2 calendar months thereafter or the date on which such compromise or arrangement is sanctioned by Court be entitled to exercise his option (to the extent which has become exercisable and not already exercised), but the exercise of the option shall be conditional upon such compromise or arrangement being sanctioned by the Court and becoming effective. The Company may thereafter require such grantee to transfer or otherwise deal with the Shares issued as a result of such exercise of his option so as to place the grantee in the same position as nearly as possible as would have been the case had such Shares been subject to such compromise or arrangement.

(xvii) Reorganisation of capital structure

In the event of any alteration in the capital structure of the Company whilst any option has been granted and remains exercisable, whether by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves, rights issue, consolidation, subdivision or reduction of the share capital of the Company (other than an issue of Shares as consideration in respect of a transaction), the Company shall (if applicable) make corresponding alterations (if any), in accordance with the GEM Listing Rules and any applicable guidance/interpretation of the GEM Listing Rules issued by the Stock Exchange from time to time (including but not limited to the supplemental guidance issued on 5 September 2005) to:

(1) the number and/or nominal amount of Shares subject to the options already granted so far as they remain exercisable; and/or

(2) the subscription price; and/or

(3) the maximum number of Shares referred to in paragraphs (iii) and (iv) above provided that:

(aa) no such alteration shall be made in respect of an issue of Shares or other securities by the Company as consideration in a transaction;

(bb) any such alterations must be made so that each grantee is given the same proportion of the equity capital of the Company as that to which he was previously entitled;

— V-18 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(cc) no such alterations shall be made which would result in the subscription price for a Share being less than its nominal value; and

(dd) any such alterations, save those made on [●], shall be confirmed by an independent financial adviser or the auditors in writing to the Directors as satisfying the requirements of provisos paragraphs (bb) and (cc) above.

(xviii) Cancellation of options

The Company may cancel an option granted but not exercised with the approval of the Board. Any options cancelled by approval of the Board cannot be re-granted to the same eligible person.

(xix) Termination of the Share Option Scheme

The Company, by resolution in general meeting, or the Board may at any time terminate the operation of the Share Option Scheme and in such event no further option will be offered but in all other respects the provision of the Share Option Scheme shall remain in full force and effect. Options granted prior to such termination shall continue to be valid and exercisable in accordance with the Share Option Scheme.

(xx) Rights are personal to grantee

An option shall be personal to the grantee and shall not be assignable nor transferable, and no grantee shall in any way sell, transfer, charge, mortgage, encumber or create any interest (whether legal or beneficial) in favour of any third party over or in relation to any option.

(xxi) Lapse of option

The right to exercise an option (to the extent not already exercised) shall terminate immediately upon the earliest of:

(1) the expiry of the period to be determined and notified by the Board to the grantee;

(2) the expiry of the periods referred to in sub-paragraphs (xii) and (xiii) respectively;

(3) subject to the scheme of arrangement becoming effective, the expiry of the period referred to in sub-paragraph (xvi);

(4) subject to the court of competent jurisdiction not making an order prohibiting the offeror from acquiring the remaining shares in the offer, the expiry of the period referred to in sub-paragraph (xiv);

(5) the date on which the grantee ceases to be an eligible person by reason of summary dismissal for misconduct or other breach of the terms of his employment or other contract

— V-19 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

constituting him an eligible person, on which he begins to appear to be unable to pay or has no reasonable prospect of being able to pay his debts or has become insolvent or has made any arrangements or composition with his creditors generally or on which he has been convicted of any criminal offence involving his integrity or honesty;

(6) subject to sub-paragraph (xv), the date of the commencement of the winding-up of the Company; and

(7) the date on which the grantee sells, transfers, charges, mortgages, encumbers or creates any interest (whether legal or beneficial) in favour of any third party over or in relation to any option or purport to do any of the foregoing in breach of the Share Option Scheme.

(xxii) Alterations to the Share Option Scheme

(1) The Share Option Scheme may be amended or altered in any respect to the extent allowed by the GEM Listing Rules by resolution of the Board except that the following alteration must be approved by a resolution of the Shareholders in general meeting:

(aa) any changes to the definitions of eligible person, grantee and option period;

(bb) any changes to the terms and conditions of the Share Option Scheme to the advantage of the grantees of the options;

(cc) any alteration to the terms and conditions of the Share Option Scheme which are of a material nature;

(dd) any change to the terms of options granted; and

(ee) any change to the authority of the Board in relation to any alteration to the terms of the Scheme except where such alterations take effect automatically under the existing terms of the Share Option Scheme, provided that: (aa) the amended terms of the Share Option Scheme or the options must comply with Chapter 23 of the GEM Listing Rules; and (bb) no such alteration shall operate to affect adversely the terms of issue of any option granted or agreed to be granted prior to such alteration except with the consent or sanction in writing of such number of grantees as shall together hold options in respect of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of all Shares then subject to the option granted under the Scheme.

(2) Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Share Option Scheme, the Share Option Scheme may be altered in any respect by resolution of the Board without the approval of the Shareholders or the grantee(s) to the extent such amendment or alteration is required by the GEM Listing Rules or any guidelines issued by the Stock Exchange from time to time.

(3) The Company must provide to all grantees all details relating to changes in the terms of the Share Option Scheme during the life of the Share Option Scheme immediately upon such changes taking effect.

— V-20 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(xxiii) Conditions

(1) The Share Option Scheme is conditional on:

(aa) the Stock Exchange granting approval of the listing of, and permission to deal in, the Shares in issue and any Shares which may fall to be issued pursuant to the exercise of any option granted under the Share Option Scheme;

(bb) the passing of the necessary resolution to approve and adopt the Share Option Scheme by the Shareholders in general meeting or by way of written resolution to authorise the Directors to grant options at their absolute discretion thereunder and to allot, issue and deal with Shares pursuant to the exercise of any options granted under the Share Option Scheme; and

(cc) the commencement of dealings in the Shares on the GEM.

(b) Present status of the Share Option Scheme

(i) Approval and adoption of the rules of the Share Option Scheme

The rules of the Share Option Scheme, the principal terms of which are set out above, were approved and adopted by the Shareholders on [●] 2010. The provisions of the Share Option Scheme comply with Chapter 23 of the GEM Listing Rules in all material respects.

(ii) Grant of option

As at the date of this document, no options have been granted or agreed to be granted under the Share Option Scheme.

(iii) Value of options

The Directors consider it inappropriate to disclose the value of options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme as if they had been granted as at the Latest Practicable Date. Any such valuation will have to be made on the basis of certain option pricing model or other methodology, which depends on various assumptions including the exercise price, the exercise period, interest rate, expected volatility and other variables. As no options have been granted, certain variables are not available for calculating the value of options. The Directors believe that any calculation of the value of options as at the Latest Practicable Date based on a number of speculative assumptions would not be meaningful and would be misleading to investors.

D. OTHER INFORMATION

1. Tax and other indemnities App1A(10)

The Indemnifiers have entered into a deed of indemnity with and in favour of the Company (for itself and as trustee for each of its present subsidiaries) (being the material contract referred to in

— V-21 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION sub-paragraph headed “Summary of material contracts” in the paragraph headed “Further information about the business” of this appendix) and all its present subsidiaries to provide indemnities in respect of, among other matters, (i) any taxation which might be payable by any member of the Group in respect of any income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before the date on which the [●] becomes unconditional (the “Relevant Date”); (ii) all loss, damages, liability, relocation cost and disruption in operation suffered by any members of the Group in connection with the forfeiture or early termination of two lease agreements entered into by the Group; and (iii) all losses, damages, liability, cost suffered by the Group in obtaining or preserving the right to use the same or substantially the same kind of vehicle for Group’s operations and in disrupting the Group’s business in connection with the breach under certain finance leases of the motor vehicles and machinery of the Group as a result of the Breach (as defined below).

The deed of indemnity does not cover any claim (and the Indemnifiers shall be under no liability under the deed of indemnity) to the extent:

(a) that provision has been made for such taxation in the audited accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries up to 31 March 2010; or

(b) that such taxation falling on any member of the Group in respect of their current accounting periods or any accounting period commencing on or after 1 April 2010 unless liability for such taxation would not have arisen but for some act or omission of, or transaction voluntarily effected by, any member of the Group (whether alone or in conjunction with some other act, omission or transaction, whenever occurring) with the prior written consent or agreement of the Indemnifiers other than any such act, omission or transaction:

(1) carried out or effected in the ordinary course of business or in the ordinary course of acquiring and disposing of capital assets after 31 March 2010; or

(2) carried out, made or entered into pursuant to a legally binding commitment created on or before 31 March 2010 or pursuant to any statement of intention made in this document; or

(c) to the extent that any provision or reserve made for such taxation in the audited accounts of any member of the Group up to 31 March 2010 which is finally established to be an over-provision or an excessive reserve, in which case the Indemnifiers’ liability (if any) in respect of such taxation shall be reduced by an amount not exceeding such provision or reserve, provided that the amount of any such provision or reserve applied pursuant to the deed of indemnity to reduce the Indemnifiers’ liability in respect of such taxation shall not be available in respect of any such liability arising thereafter; or

(d) that such claim arises or is incurred as a result of the imposition of taxation as a consequence of any retrospective change in the law or practice coming into force after the Relevant Date or that such claim arises or is increased by an increase in rates of taxation after the Relevant Date with retrospective effect.

— V-22 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

2. Litigation App1A(40)

As at the Latest Practicable Date, save as disclosed below, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is engaged in any litigation or arbitration of material importance and no litigation or claim of material importance is known to the Directors to be pending or threatened against the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Moreover, the Group could also have been in breach of certain finance leases in respect of the motor vehicles of the Group as a result of the Breach, given there are cross-default clauses under such finance leases. Under the relevant finance leases documents, the motor vehicles of the Group which are subject to hire purchase could be re-possessed by the relevant financial institutions or the Group could be liable for immediate payment of all the outstanding sum due under the finance leases documents (including all arrears of the hire rent and all outstanding hire rent which would be payable during or in respect of the unexpired term of the original hiring period).

As at the Latest Practicable Date, since the Group has repaid all the outstanding loans to HSBC in full, the Directors consider that the risk and the liabilities of Group in respect of the matters related to the Breach are minimal.

3. Preliminary expenses App1A(20)(1)

The estimated preliminary expenses of the Company are approximately HK$40,000 and are Third Schedule 15 payable by the Company.

4. Consents and qualifications of experts

The qualifications of the experts who have given opinions and/or whose names are included in this document are as follows:

BDO Limited Certified Public Accountants App1A(4)

Michael Li & Co. legal adviser of the Company as to Hong Kong law

— V-23 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Conyers Dill & Pearman Cayman Islands attorneys-at-law

Vigers Appraisal And Professional valuers Consulting Limited

The [●] has confirmed that it satisfies the independence test under Rule 6A.07 of the GEM Listing Rules.

Each of the experts referred to above has given and has not withdrawn its written consent to the App1A(9)(2) App1A(9)(3) issue of this document with the inclusion of its report and/or letter and/or valuation certificate and/or S342B legal opinion (as the case may be) and the references to its name included in the form and context in which they are respectively included.

None of the experts named above is interested beneficially or non-beneficially in any shares in App1A(9)(1) any member of the Group or has any right or option (whether legally enforceable or not) to subscribe for or to nominate persons to subscribe for any shares in any member of the Group.

5. Binding effect

This document shall have the effect, if an application is made in pursuance of it, of rendering all persons concerned bound by all of the provisions (other than the penal provisions) of sections 44A and 44B of the Companies Ordinance so far as applicable.

6. Taxation of holders of Shares

(a) Hong Kong

Dealings in Shares registered on the Company’s Hong Kong register of members will be subject to Hong Kong stamp duty, the current rate charged on each of the purchaser and seller is 0.1% of the consideration or, if higher, the fair value of the Shares being sold or transferred. Profits from dealings in the Shares arising in or derived from Hong Kong may also be subject to Hong Kong profits tax.

(b) The Cayman Islands

Under present Cayman Islands law, transfers and other dispositions of Shares are exempt from Cayman Islands stamp duty.

Intending holders of Shares are recommended to consult their professional advisers if they are in any doubt as to the taxation implications of subscribing for, purchasing, holding or disposing of or dealing in Shares or exercising any rights attaching to them. It is emphasised that none of the Company, the Directors or the other parties involved can accept responsibility for any tax effect on, or liabilities of, holders of Shares resulting from their subscription for, purchase, holding or disposal of or dealing in Shares or exercising any rights attaching to them.

— V-24 — THIS WEB PROOF INFORMATION PACK IS IN DRAFT FORM. The information contained herein is incomplete and subject to change and it must be read in conjunction with the section headed “Warning” on the cover of this Web Proof Information Pack.

APPENDIX V STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

7. Miscellaneous

Save as disclosed herein:

(a) within two years immediately preceding the date of this document:

(i) no share or loan capital of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries has been issued, agreed to be issued or is proposed to be issued fully or partly paid either for cash or for a consideration other than cash; and

(ii) no commissions, discounts, brokerages or other special terms have been granted in connection with the issue or sale of any share or loan capital of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(b) no share, warrant or loan capital of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is under option App1A(27) Third or is agreed conditionally or unconditionally to be put under option; Schedule 25

(c) the Company has not issued nor agreed to issue any founder shares, management shares or App1A(24) Third deferred shares; Schedule 4

(d) the Directors confirm that there has been no material adverse change in the financial or trading position or prospects of the Group since 31 March 2010 (being the date to which the latest audited combined financial statements of the Group were made up);

(e) all necessary arrangements have been made enabling the Shares to be admitted into CCASS;

(f) the Directors confirm that none of them shall be required to hold any shares by way of Third Schedule 5 qualification and none of them has any interest in the promotion of the Company; and Third Schedule 19

(g) [there has not been any interruption in the business of the Group which may have or have had a significant effect on the financial position of the Group in the 12 months immediately preceding the date of this document.]

— V-25 —